- Class Book JJ presented hy THE PARADISE LOST JOHN MILTON. WITH NOTES EXPLANATORY AND CRITICAL. EDITED BY REV. JAMES ROBERT BOYD, AUTHOR OF "ELEMENTS Or RHETORIC," AND "ECLECTIC MORAL PHILOSOPHY.' Milton, whose genius had angelic wings And fed on manna. — Cowper. NEW YORK : BAKER AND SCRIBNER. 1851. ?K2> Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year IS50, by BAKER AND SCRIBNER, In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Southern District of New York. C. W. BENEDICT, Stereotype r, •201 William st., N. Y. REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS AMERICAN EDITION. Paradise Lost is, by common consent, pronounced to be a work of transcendent genius and taste. It takes rank with the Iliad of Homer, and with the JEneld of Virgil, as an Epic of incomparable merit. Dry- den was by no means extravagant in the praise which he bestowed upon it in his well-known lines : " Three poets in three distant ages born, Greece, Italy, and England did adorn : The first in loftiness of thought surpassed ; The next in majesty ; in both the last. The force of nature could no further go : To make a third, she joined the other two." Its praise is often on the lips of every man endowed with the most moderate literary qualifications : but the work has been read by com- paratively few persons. How few even of educated men can affirm that they have so read and understood it, as to appreciate all its parts ? How does this happen ? Is the poem considered unworthy of their most careful perusal 1 ? Is it not inviting to the intellect, the imagina- tion, and the sensibilities? Is it not acknowledged to be superior to any other poetic composition, the Hebrew writings only excepted, to whose lofty strains of inspired song the blind bard of London was s greatly indebted for his own subordinate inspiration ? If inquiry should extensively be made, it will be ascertained that Paradise Lost, is but little read, less understood, and still less appre- ciated; though it may be found on the shelves of almost every library, or upon the parlor table of almost every dwelling. Every school boy, 4 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. and every school girl has read some beautiful extracts from it, and has heard it extolled as an unrivalled production; and this is about all that is usually learned in regard to it, or appreciated. The question returns, and it is one of some literary interest, how is this treatment of the Paradise Lost to be accounted for ? To this inquiry the following ob- servations will, it is hoped, be considered appropriate and satisfactory. It is pre-eminently a learned work ; and has been well denominated " a book of universal knowledge." In its naked form, in its bare text, it can be understood and appreciated by none but highly educated per- sons. The perusal of it cannot fail to be attended with a vivid im- pression of its great author's prodigious learning, and of the immense stores which he brought into use in its preparation. As one of his editors, (Sir Egerton Brydges,) remarks, " his great poems require such a stretch of mind in the reader, as to be almost painful. The most amazing copiousness of learning is sublimated into all his concep- tions and descriptions. His learning never oppressed his imagination ; and his imagination never obliterated or dimmed his learning; but even these would not have done without the addition of a great heart, and a pure and lofty mind. The poem is one which could not have been produced solely by the genius of Milton, without the addition of an equal extent and depth of learning, and an equal labor of reflection. It has always a great compression. Perhaps its perpetual allusion to all past literature and history were sometimes carried a little too far for the popular reader; and the latinised style requires to be read with the attention due to an ancient classic." To read it, therefore, intelli- gently and advantageously, no small acquaintance is needed with classical and various learning. While large portions of the poem are sufficiently lucid for the com- prehension of ordinary readers, there is frequently introduced an ob- scure paragraph, sentence, clause, or word ; which serves to break up the continuity of the poem in the reader's mind, to obstruct his pro- gress, to apprise him of his own ignorance or obtuseness, and thus to create no small degree of dissatisfaction. The obscurity arises, in some cases, from the highly learned character of the allusions to an- cient history and mythology; in other cases, from great inversion of REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. ' etyle, from the use of Latin and Greek forms of expression; from re- culiar modes of spelling; from references to exploded and unphiloso- phical notions in astronomy, chemistry, geology, and philosophy, with which but few persons are familiar. Besides all this, it has been truly observed by the writer before quoted, that " Milton has a language of his own ; I may say invented by himself. It is somewhat hard but it is all sincere : it is not ver- nacular, but has a latinised cast, which requires a little time to recon- cile a reader to it. It is best fitted to convey his own magnificent ideas ; its very learnedness impresses us with respect. It moves with a gigantic step : it does not flow like Shakspeare's style, nor dance like Spenser's. Now and then there are transpositions somewhat alien to the character of the English language, which is not well cal- culated for transposition ; but in Milton this is perhaps a merit, be- cause his lines are pregnant with deep thought and sublime imagery which requires us to dwell upon them, and contemplate them over and over. He ought never to be read rapidly." Such being some of the characteristics of Paradise Lost, it is nol difficult to account for its general neglect, and for the scanty satisfac- tion experienced by most persons in the attempt to read it. Much of it, aswe have remarked, cannot be understood; it abounds in too many passages that convey to none but the learned any cleai idea: thus the common reader is repelled, and the sublimities and beauties of this incomparable poem are known only as echoes from the pages of criticism, of course inadequately. Not long since even a well-educated and popular preacher was asked how he managed in reading Paradise Lost ? His honest and truthful answer was, that he skipped over the hard places, and read the easier; that he did not pretend fully to understand, or to appreciate the entire poem ; but admitted that not -a few passages were not far from being a dead letter to him, requiring for their just interpretation more research and study than he was willing or able to bestow. The fact undoubtedly is, that since a poem is addressed chiefly to the im- agination and the sensibilities ; since it is read with a view to plea- surable excitement, and not taken up as a production to be severelj 6 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. studied ; since a demand for mental labor and research interferes with the entertainment anticipated, in most cases the Paradise Lost is, on this account, laid aside, though possessing the highest literary merit, for poems of an inferior cast, but of easier interpretation. It is possible also that the pious spirit which animates the entire poem, and the theological descriptions which abound in several of the Books, may, to the mass of readers, give it a repulsive aspect, and cause them, though unwisely, to prefer other productions in which these elements are not found. To the causes now enumerated, rather than to those assigned by Dr. Johnson may be referred the result which he thus describes: — " Para- dise Lost is one of the books which the reader admires and lays down, and forgets to take up again. None ever wished it longer than it is. Its perusal is a duty rather than a pleasure. We read Milton for in- struction, retire harrassed and overburdened, and look elsewhere for recreation : we desert our master, and seek for companions." But is there no remedy for this neglectful treatment of the fi nest poeti- cal composition in our language ? May not something be done to pre- pare American readers generally to appreciate it, and, in the perusal, to gratify their intellects and regale their fancy, among its grandeurs and beauties, and also among its learned allusions, and scientific infor- mations 1 The attainment of this important end is the design of the present edition: it is therefore furnished with a large body of notes; with notes sufficiently numerous and full, it is presumed, to clear up the ob- scurities to which we have referred ; to place the unlearned reader, so far as the possession of the information requisite to understand the poem is concerned, on the same level with the learned ; and to direct attention to the parts most deserving of admiration, and to the grounds upon which they should be admired. The editions hitherto published in this country, it is believed, are either destitute of notes, or the notes are altogether too few and too brief to afford the aid which is generally required. About half a cen'ury after the publication of the Paradise Lost, its reputation was much advanced by a series of papers which came REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 7 out weekly in the celebrated Spectator, from the graceful pen of Addison. "These," as Hallam justly remarks, "were perhaps superior to any criticisms that had been written in our language, and we must always acknowledge their good sense, their judiciousness, and the vast service they did to our literature, in setting the Paradise Lost on its proper level." But modern periodicals, and modern essays are fast crowding out the once familiar volumes of that excel- lent British classic ; and those once famous criticisms are now seldom met with, so that modern readers, with rare exceptions, derive from them no benefit in the reading of the Paradise Lost. The Editor has evinced his own high sense of their value, and has, moreover, rendered them far more available to the illustration of the poem, than they are, as found in the Spectator, by selecting such criti- cisms as appeared to him to possess the highest merit, and distributing them in the form of notes, to the several parts of the poem which they serve to illustrate and adorn. After this labor had been performed, however, and a principal part of the other notes had been prepared, it was ascertained with some surprise, on procuring a London copy of Bp. Newton's edition of Milton, now quite scarce,, that the same course had a century ago been pursued by him ; though the same pains had not been taken by Newton to distribute in detail to every part of the poem the criticisms of Addison. Besides this, he introduced them entire, and thus occupied his pages with much matter quite inferior to that which has been provided, in this edition, from recent sources. The notes of the present edition will be found to embrace, besides much other matter, all that is excellent and worth preservation in those of Newton, Todd, Brydges, and Stebbing; comprehending also some of the richest treasures of learned and ingenious criticism which the Paradise Lost has called into existence, and which have hitherto been scattered through the pages of many volumes of Reviews and miscellaneous literature : and these have been so arranged as to illus- trate the several parts of the poem to which they retate. It was not deemed important to occupy space in the discussion of certain questions, more curious than useful or generally interesting, relating to some earlier authors, to whom it has been alleged that Mil- 8 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. ton was greatly indebted for the plan and some prominent features of the Paradise Lost. Yet it has been a pleasant, and more profitable task, to discover by personal research, and by aid of the research of others, those parts of classical authors a familiar acquaintance with which has enabled the learned poet so wonderfully to enrich and adorn his beautiful production. These classic gems of thought and expres- sion have been introduced in the notes, only for the gratification of those persons who are able to appreciate the language of the Roman and Grecian poets; and who may have a taste for observing the coin- cidences between their language and that of the great master of Eng- lish verse. Not long before the composition of Paradise Lost, Milton thus speaks of the qualifications which he regarded as requisite and which he hoped to employ in preparing it: "A work not to be raised from the heat of youth or the vapors of wine ; nor to be obtained of dame Memory and her siren daughters, but by'devout prayer to that Eternal Spirit, who can enrich with all utterance and knowledge, and sends out his Seraphim with the hallowed fire of his altar, to touch and purify the lips of whom he pleases. To this must be added industrious and select reading, steady observation, insight into all seemly and generous arts and affairs." •This, T am convinced,' says Sir E. B. already quoted, ' is the true origin of Paradise Lost. Shakspeare's originality might be still more impugned, if an anticipation of hints and similar stories were to be taken as proof of plagiarism. In many of the dramatist's most beauti- ful plays the whole tale is borrowed ; but Shakspeare and Milton turn brass into gold. This sort of passage hunting has been carried a great deal too far, and has disgusted and repelled the reader of feeling and taste. The novelty is in the raciness, the life, the force, the ju>t association, the probability, the truth ; that which is striking because it is extravagant is a false novelty. He who borrows to make patches is a plagiarist; but what patch is there in Milton? All is inter- woven and forms part of one web. No doubt the holy bard was al- ways intent upon sacred poetry, and drew his principal inspirations from Scripture. This distinguishes his style and spirit from all other REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. b» poets ; and gives him a solemnity which has not been surpassed, save in the book whence welled that inspiration.' The Editor is fully aware of the boldness of the attempt to furnish a full commentary on such a poem as this : he is also painfully sensi- ble that much higher qualifications than he possesses could profitably and honorably be laid out in the undertaking. He has long wondered, and regretted, that such an edition of Paradise Lost, as the American public needs, has not been furnished ; and in the absence of a better, he offers this edition, as adapted, in his humble opinion, to render a most desirable and profitable service to the reading community, while it may contribute, as he hopes, to bring this poem from the state of unmerited neglect into which it has fallen, and cause it to be more generally read and studied, for the cultivation of a literary taste and for the expansion of the intellectual and moral powers. Ours is an age in which the best writings of the seventeenth century have been generally republished, and thus have been put upon a new career of fame and usefulness. Shakspeare has had, for more than half a century, his learned annotators, without whose aid large por- tions of his plays would be nearly unintelligible.. He has been hon- ored with public lectures also, to illustrate his genius, and to bring to view his masterly sketches of the human heart and manners. There have recently started up public readers also, by whose popular exertions he has been brought into more general admiration. It seems to be full time that a higher appreciation of the great epic of Milton than has hitherto prevailed among us, and that a more extended use- fulness also, should be secured to it, by the publication of critical and explanatory notes, such as the circumstances of the reading class ob- viously require. Ever valuable will it be, for its varied learning, for its exquisite beauties of poetic diction and measure ; for its classical, scientific and scriptural allusions; for its graphic delineations of the domestic state and its duties; for its adaptation, when duly explained and understood, to enlarge the intellect, to entertain the imagination, to improve lite- rary taste, and cultivate the social and the devout affections ; for its grand account of creation, providence, and redemption, embracing a 10 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. most beautiful narrative and explanation of some of the most interest ing events connected with the history of our race. Nor should men- tion be omitted, of those excellent counsels, and maxims of conduct which it so frequently suggests, conveyed in language too appropriate and beautiful to be easily erased from the memory, or carelessly disre- garded. In conclusion, we may confidently adopt the words of Brydges, who has said, that to study Milton's poetry is not merely the delight of every accomplished mind, but it is a duty. He who is not conversant with it, cannot conceive how far the genius of the Muse can go. The bard, whatever might have been his inborn genius, could never have at- tained this height of argument and execution but by a life of laborious and holy preparation ; a constant conversance with the ideas sug- gested by the sacred writings; the habitual resolve to lift his mind and heart above earthly thoughts ; the incessant exercise of all the strongest faculties of the intellect; retirement, temperance, courage, hope, faith. He had all the aids of learning; all the fruit of all the wisdom of ages ; all the effect of all that poetic genius, and all that philosophy had achieved. His poetry is pure majesty; the sober strength, the wisdom from above, that instructs and awes. It speaks as an oracle ; not with a mortal voice. And indeed, it will not he too much to say, that of all uninspired writings, Milton's are the most worthy of profound study by all minds which would know the crea- tiveness, the splendor, the learning, the eloquence, the wisdom, to which the human intellect can attain. Note. The names of the authors most frequently quoted will be indi- cated simply by the initial letters : those authors are Addison. Newton, E. Brydges, Todd, Hume, Kitto, Richardson, Thyer, Stebbing and Pearce. The Introductory Remarks upon the several Books are, generally, those found in Sir Egerton Brydges' edition, with the omission of such remarks as were deemed either incorrect, or of little interest and importance. BOOK I. THE ARGUMENT. This First Book proposes, first, in brief, the whole subject, Man's disobe- dience, and the loss thereupon of Paradise, wherein he was placed : then touches the prime cause of his fall, the Serpent, or rather Satan in the ser- pent ; who revolting from God, and drawing to his side many legions of Angels, was, by the command of God, driven out of Heaven, with all his crew, into the great deep. Which action passed over, the poem hastens into the midst of things, presenting Satan with his Angels now fallen into Hell, described here, not in the centre (for Heaven and Earth may be supposed as yet not made, certainly not yet accursed) but in a place of utter darkness, fitliest called Chaos : here Satan with his Angels lying on the burning lake, thunderstruck and astonished, after a certain space recovers, as from confu- sion, calls up him who next in order and dignity lay by him ; they confer of their miserable fall. Satan awakens all his legions, who lay till then in the same manner confounded : they rise ; their numbers, array of battle, their chief leaders named, according to the idols known afterward in Canaan and the countries adjoining. To these Satan directs his speech, comforts them with hope yet of regaining Heaven, but tells them lastly of a new world and new kind of creature to be created, according to an ancient prophecy or report in Heaven ; for that Angels were long before this visible creation, was the opinion of many ancient Fathers. To find out the truth of this prophecy, and what to determine thereon, he refers to a full council. What his associates thence attempt. Pandemonium, the palace of Satan, rises, sud- denly built out of the deep : the infernal peers tnere sit in council. BOOK I. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. This Book on the whole is so perfect from beginning to end, that it would be difficult to find a single superfluous passage. The matter, the illustra- tions and the allusions, are historically, naturally, and philosophically true. The learning is of every extent and diversity ; recondite, classical, scientific, antiquarian. But the most surprising thing is, the manner in which he vivi- fies every topic he touches : he gives life and picturesqueness to the driest catalogue of buried names, personal or geographical. They who bring no learning, yet feel themselves charmed by sounds and epithets which give a vague pleasure, and stir up the imagination into an indistinct emotion. Poetical imagination is the power, not only of conceiving, but of creating embodied illustrations of abstract truths, which are sublime, or pathetic, or beautiful ; but those ideas, which Milton has embodied, no imagination but his own would have dared to attempt ; none else would have risen ' to the height of this great argument/ Every one else would have fallen short oi it, and degraded it. Among the miraculous acquirements of Milton, was his deep and familial intimacy with all classical and all chivalrous literature ; the amalgamation in his mind of all the philosophy and all the sublime and ornamental literature of the ancients, and all the abstruse, the laborious, the immature learning of those who again drew off the mantle of time from the ancient treasures of genius, and mingled with them their own crude conceptions and fantastic theories. He extracted from this mine all that would aid the imagination without shocking the reason. He never rejected philosophy: but where it was fabulous, only offered it as ornament. In Milton's language though there is internal force and splendor, there is outward plainness. Common readers think that it sounds and looks like prose. This is one of its attractions ; while all that is stilted, and decorated, and affected, soon fatigues and satiates. Johnson says that " an inconvenience of Milton's design is, that it requires the description of what cannot be described. — the agency of spirits. He saw BOOK I. 13 that immateriality supplied no images, and that he could not show angels acting but by instruments of action : he therefore invested them with form and matter. This, being necessary, was therefore defensible, and he should have secured the consistency of his system by keeping immateriality out of sight, and enticing his reader to drop it from his thoughts." Surely this was quite impossible, for the reason which Johnson himself has given. The im- agination, by its natural tendencies, always embodies spirit. Poetry deals in pictures, though not exclusively in pictures. E. B. Upon the interesting topic here thus summarily though satisfactorily dis- posed of, Macaulay has furnished the following, among other admirable remarks : The most fatal error which a poet can possibly commit in the manage- ment of his machinery, is that of attempting to philosophise too much. Milton has been often censured for ascribing to spirits many functions of which spirits must be incapable. But these objections, though sanctioned by eminent names, originate, we venture to say, in profound ignorance of the art of poetry. What is spirit ? What are our own minds, the portion of spirit with which we are best acquainted ? We observe certain phenomena. We can- not explain them into material causes. We therefore infer that there exists something which is not material, but of this something we have no idea. We can define it only by negatives. We can reason about it only by sym- bols. We use the word but we have no image of the thing ; and the busi- ness of poetry is with images, and not with words. The poet uses words indeed, but they are merely the instruments of his art, n&t its objects. They are the materials which he is to dispose in such a manner as to present a picture to the mental eye. And, if they are not so disposed, they are no more entitled to be called poetry than a bale of canvas and a box of colors are to be called a painting. Logicians may reason about abstractions, but the great mass of mankind can never feel an interest in them. They must have images. The strong tendency of the multitude in all ages and nations to idolatry can be explained on no other principles. The first inhabitants of Greece, there is every rea- son to believe, worshipped one invisible Deity ; but the necessity of having something more definite to adore produced, in a few centuries, the innumera- ble crowd of gods and goddesses. In like manner the ancient Persians thought it impious to exhibit the Creator under a human form. Yet even they transferred to the sun the worship which, speculatively, they consid- ered due only to the supreme mind. The history of the Jews is the record of a continual struggle between pure Theism, supported by the most terrible sanctions, and the strangely fascinating desire of having some visible and tangible object of adoration. Perhaps none of the secondary causes which Gibbon has assigned for the rapidity with which Christianity spread over the world, while Judaism scarcely ever acquired a proselyte, operated more powerfully than this feeling. God, the uncreated, the incomprehensible, the 14 PARADISE LOST. invisible, attracted but few worshippers. A philosopher might admire so noble a conception ; but the crowd turned away in disgust from words which presented no image to their minds. It was before Deity embodied in a hu- man form, walking among men, partaking of their infirmities, leaning on their bosoms, weeping over their graves, slumbering in the manger, bleeding on the cross, that the prejudices of the synagogue, and the doubts of the Academy, and the pride of the Portico, and the forces of the lictor, and the swords of thirty legions, were humbled in the dust. Soon after Christianity had achieved its triumph, the principle which had assisted it began to corrupt it. It became a new Paganism. Patron saints assumed the offices of household gods. St. George took the place of Mars. St. Elmo consoled the mariner for the loss of Castor and Pollux. The vir- gin Mary and Cecilia succeed to Venus and the Muses. The fascination of sex and loveliness was again joined to that of celestial dignity ; and the homage of chivalry was blended with that of religion. Reformers have often made a stand against these feelings ; but never with more than appa- rent and partial success. The men who demolished the images in cathedrals have not always been able to demolish those which were enshrined in their minds. It would not be difficult to show that in politics the same rule holds good. Doctrines, we are afraid, must generally be embodied before they can excite strong public feeling. The multitude is more easily interested for the most unmeaning badge, or the most insignificant name, than for the most important principle. From these considerations, we infer that no poet who should affect that metaphysical accuracy for the want of which Milton has been blamed, would escape a disgraceful failure, still, however, there was another extreme, which, though one less dangerous, was also to be avoided. The imagina- tions of men are in a great measure under the control of their opinions. The most exquisite art of a poetical coloring can produce no illusion when it is employed to represent that which is at once perceived to be incongruous and absurd. Milton wrote in an age of philosophers and theologians. It was necessary therefore for him to abstain from giving such a shock to their un- derstandings, as might break the charm which it was his object to throw over their imaginations. This is the real explanation of the indistinctness and inconsistency with which he has often been reproached. Dr. Johnson acknowledges that it was absolutely necessary for him to clothe his spirils with material forms. " But, 1 ' says he, " he should have secured the consis- tency of his system, by keeping immateriality out of sight, and seducing the reader to drop it from his thoughts." This is easily said : but what if he could not seduce the reader to drop it from his thoughts ? What if the con- trary opinion had taken so full a possession of the minds of men, as to leave no room even for the quasi-belief which poetry requires ? Such we suspect to have been the case. It was impossible for the poet to adopt altogether the material or the immaterial system. He therefore took his stand on the debateable ground. He left the whole in ambiguity. He has doubtless, by BOOK I. 15 so doing, laid himself open to the charge of inconsistency. But, though phi- losophically in the wrong, we cannot but believe that he was poetically in the right. This task, which almost any other writer would have found im- practicable, was easy to him. The peculiar art which he possessed of com- municating his meaning circuitously, through a long succession of associated ideas, and of intimating more than he expressed, enabled him to disguise those incongruities which he could not avoid. The spirits of Milton are unlike those of almost all other writers. His fiends, in particular, are wonderful creations. They are not metaphysical abstractions. They are not wicked men. They are not ugly beasts. They have no horns, no tails. They have just enough in common with human nature to be intelligible to human beings. Their characters are, like their forms, marked by a certain dim resemblance to those of men, but exagger- ated to gigantic dimensions and veiled in mysterious gloom. PARADISE LOST. Of man's first disobedience, and the fruit Of that forbidden tree, whose mortal taste Brought death into the world, and all our woe, With loss of Eden, till one greater man Restore us, and regain the blissful seat, 5 Sing Heav'nly Muse, that on the secret top 1. As in the commencement of the Iliad, of the Odyssey, and of the ^Eneid, so here the subject of the poem is the first announcement that is made, and precedes the verb with which it stands connected, thus giving it due prominence. Besides the plainness and simplicity of the exordium, there is (as Newton has observed) a further beauty in the variety of the numbers, which of themselves charm every reader without any sublimity of thought or pomp of expression ; and this variety of the numbers consists chiefly in the pause being so artfully varied that it falls upon a different syllable in almost every line. Thus, in the successive lines it occurs after the words disobedience, tree, world, Eden, us, Muse. In Milton's verse the pause is con- tinually varied according to the sense through all the ten syllables of which it is composed ; and to this peculiarity is to be ascribed the surpassing har- mony of his numbers. * 4. Eden : Here the whole is put for a part. It was the loss of Paradise only, the garden, the most beautiful part of Eden ; for after the expulsion of our first parents from Paradise we read of their pursuing their solitary way in Eden, which was an extensive region. 5. Regain, §c. : Compare XII. 463, whence it appears that in the opinion of Milton, after the general conflagration, the whole earth would be formed into another, and more beautiful, Paradise than the one that was lost. 6. Muse: One of those nine imaginary heathen divinities, that were BOOK I. 17 Of Oreb, or of Sinai, didst inspire That Shepherd, who first taught the chosen seed In the beginning, how the heav'ns and earth Rose out of Chaos. Or if Sion hill 10 Delight thee more, and Siloa's brook that flow'd Fast by the oracle of God ; I thence Invoke thy aid to my adventurous song, That with no middle flight intends to soar Above the Aonian Mount, while it pursues 15 Things unattempted yet in prose or rhyme. And chiefly Thou, Spirit, that dost prefer thought to preside over certain arts and sciences, is here, in conformity to classical custom, addressed. Secret top : set apart, interdicted. The Israel- ites, during the delivery of the law, were not allowed to ascend that moun- tain. 7. Horeb and Sinai were the names of two contiguous eminences of the same chain of mountains. Compare Exod. iii. 1, with Acts vii. 30. 8. Shepherd: Moses. Exod. iii. 1. 12. Oracle : God's temple ; so called from the divine communications which were there granted to men. 15. The Ionian Mount; or Mount Helicon, the fabled residence of the Muses, in Bceotia, the earlier name of which was Aonia. Virgil's Eclog. vi. 65. Georg. iii. 11. 16. Things unattempted: There were but few circumstances upon which Milton could raise his poem, and in everything which he added out of his own invention he was obliged, from the nature of the subject, to proceed with the greatest caution ; yet he has filled his story with a surprising num- ber of incidents, which bear so close an analogy with what is delivered in holy writ that it is capable of pleasing the most delicate reader without giving offence to the most scrupulous. — A. 17. Chiefly Thou, O Spirit : Invoking the Muse is commonly a matter of mere form, wherein the (modern) poets neither mean, nor desire to be thought to mean, anything seriously. But the Holy Spirit, here invoked, is too solemn a name to be used insignificantly : and besides, our author, in the beginning of his next work, ' Paradise Regained,' scruples not to say to the same Divine Person — ,: Inspire As Thou art wont, my prompted song, else mute." This address therefore is no mere formality. — Heylin. It is thought by Bp. Newton that the poet is liable to the charge of enthu- siasm ; having expected from the Divine Spirit a kind and degree of inspira- tion similar to that which the writers of the sacred scriptures enjoyed. The 2 18 PARADISE LOST. Before all temples the upright heart and pure, Instruct me, for Thou know'st ; Thou from the first Wast present, and with mighty wings outspread 20 Dovelike sat'st brooding on the vast abyss, And madest it pregnant : What in me is dark, Illumine ; what is low, raise and support ; That to the height of this great argument I may assert eternal Providence, 25 And justify the ways of God to Men. Say rirst, for Heav'n hides nothing from thy view, Nor the deep tract of Hell ; say first what cause Moved our grand parents, in that happy state, Favor'd of Heav'n so highly, to fall off 30 widow of Milton was accustomed to affirm that he considered- himself as in- spired ; and this report is confirmed by a passage in his Second Book on Church Government, already quoted in our preliminary observations. 24. The hrie;ht of the argument is precisely what distinguishes this poem_ of Milton from all others. In other works of imagination the difficulty lies in giving sufficient elevation to the subject ; here it lies in raising the imagi- nation up to the grandeur of the subject, in adequate conception of its mighti- ness, and in finding language of such majesty as will not degrade it. A genius less gigantic and less holy than Milton's would have shrunk from the attempt. Milton not only does not lower ; but he illumines the bright, and enlarges the great : he expands his wings, and " sails with supreme domin- ion" up to the heavens, parts the clouds, and communes with angels and un- embodied spirits. — E. B. 27. The poets attribute a kind of omniscience to the Muse, as it enables them to speak of things which could not otherwise be supposed to come to their knowledge. Thus Homer, Iliad ii. 485, and Virgil, JEn. vii. 645. Milton's Muse, being the Holy Spirit, must of course be omniscient. — N. 30. Greatness, is an important requisite in the action or subject of an epic poem ; and Milton here surpasses both Homer and Virgil. The anger of Achilles embroiled the kings of Greece, destroyed the heroes of Troy, and engaged all the gods in factions. iEneas' settlement in Italy produced the Caesars and gave birth to the Roman empire. Milton's subject does not de- termine the fate merely of single persons, or of a nation, but of an entire species. The united powers of Hell are joined together for the destruction of mankind, which they effected in part and would have completed, had not Omnipotence itself interposed. The principal actors are man in his greatest perfection, and woman in her highest beauty. Their enemies are the fallen angels; the Mess- iah their friend, and the Almighty their Protector. In BOOK I. 19 From their Creator, and trangress his will For one restraint, lords of the world besides ? Who first seduced them to that foul revolt ? /Th' infernal Serpent : he it was whose guile, Stirr'd up with envy and revenge, deceived 35 The mother of mankind, what time his pride Had cast him out from Heav'n, with all his host Of rebel Angels ; by whose aid aspiring To set himself in glory 'bove his peers, He trusted to have equall'd the Most High, 40 If he opposed ; and with ambitious aim Against the throne and monarchy of God, Raised impious war in Heav'n, and battle proud With vain attempt. < Him the Almighty Power Hurl'd headlong flaming from th' ethereal sky, 45 With hideous ruin and combustion, down To bottomless perdition ; there to dwell In adamantine chains and penal fire, short, everything that is great in the whole circle of being, whether within the range of nature or beyond it, finds a place in this admirable poem. — A. t; The sublimest of all subjects (says Cowper) was reserved for Milton ; and, bringing to the contemplation of that subject, not only a genius equal to the best of the ancients, but a heart also deeply impregnated with the divine truths which lay before him, it is no wonder that he has produced a compo- sition, on the whole, superior, to any that we have received from former ages. But he who addresses himself to the perusal of this work with a mind en- tirely unaccustomed to serious and spiritual contemplation, unacquainted with the word of God, or prejudiced against it, is ill qualified to appreciate the value of a poem built upon it, or to taste its beauties. 32. One restraint : one subject of restraint — the tree of knowledge of good and evil. 34. Serpent. Compare Gen. iii. 1 Tim. ii. 14. John viii. 44. 38. Jlspiring: 1 Tim. iii. 6. 39. In glory : a divine glory, such as God himself possessed. This charge is brought against him, V. 725 ; it is also asserted in line 40 ; again iu VI. 88, VII. 140. 46. Ruin is derived from ruo, and includes the idea of falling with vio- lence and precipitation : combustion is more than flaming in the foregoing line ; it is burning in a dreadful manner. — N. 48. Chains. Compare with Epistle of Jude v. 8. Also, ^Eschylus Prometh. 6. 20 PARADISE LOST. Who durst defy th' Omnipotent to arms. Nine times the space that measures day and night $0 To mortal men, he with his horrid crew Lay vanquish 'd, rolling in the fiery gulf, Confounded though immortal : But his doom Reserved him to more wrath ; for now the thought Both of lost happiness and lasting pain 55 Torments him ; round he throws his baleful eyes, That witness'd huge affliction and dismay, Mix'd with obdurate pride and steadfast hate : At once, as far as angels' ken, he views The dismal situation waste and wild : 60 A dungeon horrible on all sides round, As one great furnace flamed ; yet from those flames No light ; but rather darkness visible Served only to discover sights of woe, Regions of sorrow, doleful shades, where peace 65 And rest can never dwell : hope never comes, That comes to all : but torture without end Still urges, and a fiery deluge, fed With ever-burning sulphur unconsumed : Such place eternal justice had prepared 70 50. Nine times the space, fyc. Propriety sometimes requires the use o/ circumlocution, as in this case. To have said nine days and nights would not have been proper when talking of a period before the creation of the sun, and consequently before time was portioned out to any being in that man- ner. — Campbell, Phil. Rhet. 52 — 3. The nine days' astonishment, in which the angels lay entranced after their dreadful overthrow and fall from heaven, before they could recover the use either of thought or speech, is a noble circumstance and very finely imagined. The division of hell into seas of fire, and into firm ground (227-8) impregnated with the same furious element, with that particular circumstance of the exclusion of hope from those infernal regions, are in- stances of the same great and fruitful invention. — A. 63. JJarkness visible : gloom. Absolute darkness is, strictly speaking, in- visible ; but where there is a gloom only, there is so much light remaining as serves to show that there are objects, and yet those objects cannot be dis- tinctly seen. Compare with the Penseroso, 79, 80 : ' Where glowing emhers through the room Teach light to counterfeit a gloom.'" B BOOK I. 21 For those rebellious ; here their pris'n ordained In utter darkness, and their portion set As far removed from God and light of heaven, As from the centre thrice to th' utmost pole. how unlike the place from whence they fell ! 75 There the companions of his fall, o'erwhelmed With floods and whirlwinds of tempestuous fire, He soon discerns, and welt'ring by his side One next himself in power, and next in crime, Long after known in Palestine, and named 80 Beelzebub. To whom th' Arch-Enemy, And thence in Heav'n call'd Satan, with bold words 72. Utter, has the same meaning as the word outer, which is applied to darkness in the Scriptures. Spenser uses utter in this sense. 74. Thrice as far as it is from the centre of the earth (which is the centre of the world, (universe.) according to Milton's system, IX. 103, and X. 671,) to the pole of the world ; for it is the pole of the universe, far beyond the pole of the earth, which is here called the utmost pole. It is observable that Homer makes the seat of hell as far beneath the deepest pit of earth as the heaven is above the earth, Iliad viii. 16 ; Virgil makes it twice as far, jEneid vi. 577 ; and Milton thrice as far: as if these three great poets had stretched their utmost genius, and vied with each other, in extending his idea of Hell farthest. — N. 75. The language of the inspired writings (says Dugald Stewart) is on this as on other occasions, beautifully accommodated to the irresistible im- pressions of nature ; availing itself of such popular and familiar words as up- wards and downwards, above and below, in condescension to the frailty of the human mind, governed so much by sense and imagination, and so little by the abstractions of philosophy. Hence the expression of fallen angels, which, by recalling to us the eminence from which they fell, communicates, in a single word, a character of sublimity to the bottomless abyss. — Works, vol. iv. 2S8. 77. Fire. Compare with Mark ix. 45, 46. 81. Beelzebub. Compare with Mat. xii. 24. 2 Kings i. 2. The word means god of flies. Here he is made second to Satan. 82. Satan. Many other names are assigned, to this arch enemy of God and man, in the sacred scriptures. He is called the Devil, the Dragon, the Evil One, the Angel of the Bjttomless Pit, the Prince of this World, the Prince of the power of the air, the God of this World, Apollyon, Abaddon, Belial, Beel- zebub. Milton, it will be seen, applies some of these terms to other evil angels. 22 PARADISE LOST. Breaking the horrid silence thus hegan : If thou heest he ; but how fallen ! how changed From him who, in the happy realms of light 85 Cloth'd with transcendent brightness didst outshine Myriads though bright ! If he whom mutual league, United thoughts and counsels, equal hope And hazard in the glorious enterprise, Join'd with me once, now misery hath join'd 90 In equal ruin : into what pit thou seest From what height fall'n, so much the stronger proved He with his thunder : and till then who knew The force of those dire arms ? yet not for those Nor what the potent victor in his rage 95 The term Satan denotes adversary : the term Devil denotes an accuser, See Kitto's Bib. Cycl. Upon the character of Satan as described by Milton, Hazlitt has penned an admirable criticism, which will be found at the end of Book I. 84. The confusion of mind felt by Satan is happily shown by the abrupt and halting manner in which he commences this speech. Fallen ; see Isaiah xiv. 12. Changed : see Virg. JEn. ii. 274 : " Hei mihi qualis erat ! Quantum mutatus ab illo !'' 93. He with his thunder. There is an uncommon beauty in this expres- sion. Satan disdains to utter the name of God, though he cannot but ac- knowledge his superiority. So again, line 257. — N. 94. Those: compare yEsch. Prometh. 991. 95 — 116. Amidst those impieties which this enraged spirit utters in vari- ous parts of the poem, the author has taken care to introduce none that is not big with absurdity, and incapable of shocking a religious reader ; his words, as the poet himself describes them, bearing only a " semblance of worth, not substance." He is likewise with great art described as owning his adversary to be Almighty. Whatever perverse interpretation he puts on the justice, mercy, and other attributes of the Supreme Being, he fre- quently confesses his omnipotence, that being the perfection he was forced to allow, and the only consideration which could support his pride under the shame of his defeat. — A. Upon this important point Dr. Channing has made the following observa- tions : " Some have doubted whether the moral effect of such delineations (as Milton has given) of the stormy and terrible workings of the soul is good ; whether the interest felt in a spirit so transcendently evil as Satan favors our sympathies with virtue. But our interest fastens, in this and like cases, on what is not evil. We gaze on Satan with an awe not unmixed BOOK I. 23 Can else inflict, do I repent or change, / Though changed in outward lustre, that fix'd mind And high disdain from sense of injured merit, That with the Mightiest raised me to contend, And to the fierce contention brought along 100 Innumerable force of Spirits arm'd, That durst dislike his reign, and me preferring, His utmost pow'r with adverse pow'r opposed In dubious battle on the plains of Heav'n, And shook his throne. What though the field be lost ? 105 All is not lost ; th' unconquerable will And study of revenge, immortal hate, And courage never to submit or yield : And what is else not to be overcome ; That glory never shall his wrath or might 1 10 Extort from me. To bow and sue for grace "With suppliant knee, and deify his pow'r, Who from the terror of this arm so late Doubted his empire ; that were low indeed ! That were an ignominy and shame beneath . 115 This downfall : since by fate the strength of G-ods And this empyreal substance cannot fail, with mysterious pleasure, as on a miraculous manifestation of the power ofm:nd. What chains us, as with a resistless spell, in such a character, is spiritual might (might of soul) , made visible by the racking pains which it over- powers. There is something kindling and ennobling in the consciousness, however awakened, of the energy which resides in mind ; and many a vir- tuous man has borrowed new strength from the force, constancy, and daunt- less courage of evil agents." 109. Overcome : in some editions an interrogation point is placed after this word, but improperly ; for, as Pearce remarks, the line means, ' and if there be anything else (besides the particulars mentioned) which is not to be overcome.' 110. That glory: referring to the possession of an unconquera- ble will, and the other particulars mentioned 107-9. 114. Doubted his empire : that is, doubted the stability of it. 116. Fate. Satan supposes the angels to subsist by necessity, and repre- sents them of an empyreal, that is, fiery substance, as the Scripture does, Ps. civ. 4. Heb. i. 7. Satan disdains to submit, since the angels (as he says) are necessarily immortal and cannot be destroyed, and since too they are now improved in experience. 24 PARADISE LOST. Since through experience of this great event In arms not worse, in foresight much advanced, We may with more successful hope resolve ' 120 To wage by force or guile eternal war, Irreconcileable to our grand foe, Who now triumphs, and in th' excess of joy Sole reigning holds the tyranny of heav'n. So spake th' apostate Angel, though in pain, 125 Vaunting aloud, hut rack'd with deep despair : And him thus answer'd soon his bold compeer. Prince, Chief of many throned powers ! That led the embattled Seraphim to war Under thy conduct, and in dreadful deeds 130 Fearless, endanger'd heav'n's perpetual King, And put to proof his high supremacy, Whether upheld by strength, or chance, or fate ; Too well I see and rue the dire event, That with sad overthrow and foul defeat 135 Hath lost us heav'n, and all this mighty host In horrible destruction laid thus low, As far as Gods and heav'nly essences Can perish ; for the mind and spirit remains Invincible, and vigor soon returns, 140 Though all our glory extinct, and happy state Here swallow'd up in endless misery But what if he our conqu'ror (whom I now Of force believe almighty, since no less Than such could have overpower'd such force as ours) Have left us this our spirit and strength entire 146 Strongly to suffer and support our pains, That we may so suffice his vengeful ire, Or do him mightier service as his thralls By right of war, whate'er his business be 150 Here in the heart of Hell to work in fire, Or do his errands in the gloomy deep ; What can it then avail, though yet we feel 129. Seraphim. Compare with Isaiah vi. 2 — 6. An order of angels near the throne of God. BOOK I. 25 Strength undiminish'd, or eternal being To undergo eternal punishment? 155 Whereto with speedy words th' Arch-Fiend replied : Fall'n Cherub, to be weak is miserable Doing or suffering : but of this be sure, To do aught good never will be our task, But ever to do ill our sole delight, 160 As being the contrary to his high will Whom we resist. If then his providence Out of our evil seek to bring forth good, Our labor must be to pervert that end, And out of good still to find means of evil ; 165 Which oft-times may succeed, so as perhaps Shall grieve him, if I fail not, and disturb His inmost counsels from their destined aim. But see, the angry victor hath recall'd His ministers of vengeance and pursuit 170 Back to the gates of Heav'n ; the sulph'rous hail Shot after us in storm, o'erblown hath laid The fiery surge, that from the precipice Of Heav'n received us falling ; and the thunder, Wing'd with red lightning and impetuous rage, 175 Perhaps hath spent his shafts, and ceases now To bellow through the vast and boundless deep, Let us not slip th' occasion, whether scorn 157. Cherub. One of an order of angels next in rank to a seraph. Com- pare with Gen. iii. 24. Ezek. ch. x. 169. The account here given by Satan differs materially from that which Raphael gives, book vi. 880, but this is satisfactorily explained by referring to the circumstances of the two relators. Raphael's account may be con- sidered as the true one ; but, as Newton remarks, in the other passages Sa- tan himself is the speaker, or some of his angels ; and they were too prone', and obstinate to acknowledge the Messiah for their conqueror ; as their rebellion was raised on his account, they would never own his superiority : they would rather ascribe their defeat to the whole host of heaven than to him alone. In book vi. 830 the noise of his chariot is compared to the sound of a numerous host; and perhaps their fears led them to think that they were really pursued by a numerous army. And what a sublime idea does it give us of the terrors of the Messiah, that he alone should be a; formida- ble, as if the whole host of Heaven were in pursuit of them. 26 PARADISE LOST. Or satiate fury yield it from our foe. Seest thou yon dreary plain, forlorn and wild, ISO The seat of desolation, void of light, Save what the glimm'ring of these livid flames Casts pale and dreadful ? Thither let us tend From off the tossing of these fiery waves, There rest, if any rest can harbor there, 185 And reassembling our afflicted powers, Consult how we may henceforth most offend Our enemy, our own loss how repair, How overcome this dire calamity, What reinforcement we may gain from hope, 190 If not, what resolution from despair. Thus Satan talking to his nearest mate With head uplift above the wave, and eyes That sparkling blazed, his other parts besides Prone on the flood, extended long and large, 195 Lay floating many a rood, in bulk as huge As whom the fables name of monstrous size ; Titanian, or Earth-born, that warr'd on Jove, 192. The incidents, in the passage that follows, to which Addison calls at- tention, are, Satan's being the first that wakens out of the general trance, his posture on the burning lake, his rising from it, and the description of his shield and spear ; also his call to the fallen angels that lay plunged and stupi- fied in the sea of fire. (314 — 5.) 193. Prone on the flood, somewhat like those two monstrous serpents de- scribed by Virgil ii. 206 : Pectora quorum inter fluctus arrecta, jubaeque Sanguinea; exsuperant undas ; pars cretera pontum Pone legit. 196. Rood, Sfc. : a rood is the fourth part of an acre, so that the bulk of Satan is expressed by the same sort of measure, as that of one of the giants hi Virgil, JEn. vi. 596 : Per tota novem cuijugera corpus Porrigitur. And also that of the old dragon in Spenser's Fairy Queen, book i. ' That with his largeness measured much land." N. i98. Titanian, or Earth-born : Genus antiquum terra?, Titania pubes Ma. vi. 580 COOK I. 2? Briareos, or Typhon, whom the den By ancient Tarsus held, or that sea-beast 2"0 Leviathan, which God of all his works Created hugest that swim the ocean stream ; Him haply slumbering on the Norway foam The pilot of some small night-founder'd skiff Deeming some island, oft, as seamen tell, 203 With fixed anchor in his scaly rind Moors by his side under the lea, while night Invests the sea, and wished morn delays : Here Milton commences that train of learned allusions which was among his peculiarities, and which he always makes poetical by some picturesque epithet, or simile. — E. B. 199. Briareos, a fabled giant (one of the Titans) possessed of a hundred hands. " Et centumgeminus Briareus." Virg. JEn. vi. 287. 201. Leviathan, a marine animal finely described in the book of Job, ch. xli. It is supposed by some to be the whale ; by others, the crocodile, with less probability. See Brande's Cyc. 202. Swim the ocean-stream : What a force of imagination is there in this last expression ! What an idea it conveys of the size of that largest of created beings, as if it shrunk up the ocean to a stream, and took up the sea in its nostrils as a very little thing ! Force of style is one of Milton's great excellencies. Hence, perhaps, he stimulates us more in the reading, and less afterwards. The way to defend Milton against all impugners is to take down the book and read it. — Hazlitt. This line is by some found fault with as inharmonious ; but good taste ap- proves its structure, as being on this account better suited to convey a just idea of the size of this monster. 204. Night-foundered: overtaken by the night, and thus arrested in its course. The metaphor, as Hume observes, is taken from a foundered horse that can go no further. 207. Under the lee : in a place defended from the wind. 208. Invests the sea: an allusion to the figurative description of Night given by Spenser : " By this the drooping daylight 'gan to fate. And yield his room to sad succeeding night, "Who with her sable mantle 'gan to shade The face of Earth:' Milton also, in the same taste, speaking of the moon, IV. 609 : 'And o'er the dark her silver mantle threw.' IV 28 PARAr. s-; lost. So stretch'd out huge in length the Arch-Fiend lay Chain'd on the burning lake, nor ever thence 210 Had ris'n or heaved his head, but that the will And high permission of all-ruling Heav'n Left him at large to his own dark designs, That with reiterated crimes he might Heap on himself damnation, while he sought 215 Evil to others, and enraged might see How all his malice served but to bring forth Infinite goodness, grace, and mercy shewn On Man, by him seduced ; but on himself Treble confusion, wrath, and vengeance pour'd. 220 Forthwith upright he rears from off the pool His mighty stature ; on each hand the flames Priv'n backward slope their pointing spires, and roll'd In billows, leave i' th' midst a horrid vale. Then with expanded wings he steers his flight 225 Aloft, incumbent on the dusky air, 209. There are many examples in Milton of musical expression, or of an adaptation of the sound and movement of the verse to the meaning of the passage. This line is an instance. By its great length, and peculiar struc- ture, being composed of monosyllables, it is admirably adapted to convey the idea of immense size. 210. Chained on the burning lake: There seems to be an allusion hereto the legend of Prometheus, one of the Titans, who was exposed to the wrath of Jupiter on account of his having taught mortals the arts, and especially the use of fire, which he was said to have stolen from heaven, concealed in a reed. According to another story he was actually the creator of men, or at least inspired them with thought and sense. His punishment was to be chained to a rock on Caucasus, where a vulture perpetually gnawed his liver ; from which he was finally rescued by Her- cules. This legend has formed the subject of the grandest of all the poetical illustrations of Greek supernatural belief, the Prometheus Bound of iEschy- lus. Many have recognized in the indomitable resolution of this suffering Titan, and his stern endurance of the evils inflicted on him by a power with which he had vainly warred for supremacy, the prototype of the arch-fiend of Milton. — Brande. 22G — 7. That felt unusual iveight: This conceit (as Thyer remarks) is borrowed from Spenser, who thus describes the old dragon, book i. ■•Then with bis waving wings displayed wide Fimself 'ip high he lifted from the ground, BOOK I. 29 That -felt unusual weight ; till on dry land He lights, as if it were land that ever hurn'd With solid, as the lake with liquid fire ; And such appear'd in hue, as when the force 230 Of subterranean wind transports a hill Torn from Pelorus, or the shatter'd side Of thund'ring iEtna, whose combustible And fuel'd entrails thence conceiving fire, And with strong flight did forcibly divide The yielding air, which nigh too/eehte found Her flitting parts, and element unsound, To bear so great a weight." 229. Liquid fire. Virg. Ec. vi. 33. " Et liquidi simul ignis. — X. 230. There are several noble similies and allusions in the first hook of Paradise Lost. And here it must he observed that when Milton alludes either to things or persons he never quits his simile until it rises to some very great idea, which is often foreign to the occasion that gave birth to it. The simile does not perhaps occupy above a line or two, but the poet runs on with the hint until he has raised out of it some brilliant image or senti- ment adapted to inflame the mind of the reader and to give it that sublime kind of entertainment which is suitable to the nature of an heroic poem. In short, if we look into the poems of Homer, Virgil, and Milton, we must observe, that as the great fable is the soul of each poem, so, to give their works the greater variety, the episodes employed by these authors may be regarded as so many short fables, their similies as so many short episodes, and their metaphors as so many short similies. If the comparisons in the first book of Milton, of the sun in an eclipse, of the sleeping leviathan, of the bees swarming about their hive, of the fairy dance, be regarded in this light the great beauties existing in each of these passages will readily be dis- covered. — A. 23 1 . Wind : this should be altered to winds, to agree with the reading in line 235 ; or that should be altered to agree with this. 232. Pelorus : the eastern promontory of Sicily. 234. Thence conceiving fire : the combustible and fuelled entrails, or interior contents, of the mountain, are here represented as taking fire, as the result of the action of the subterranean wind, in removing the side of the mountain. The fire thus kindled was sublimed ivith mineral fury, that is, was heightened by the rapid combustion of mineral substances of a bituminous nature. The poet seems to have in his mind the description of iEtna by Virgil (book iii 572, 578.) Sed horrificis juxta tonat TEtna ruinis, Interdumque atram prorumpit ad Eethera nubem, Turbine fumantem piceo, et candente favilla ; Attollitque globus flammarum. et sidera lambit : 30 PARADISE LOST. Sublimed with min'ral fury, aid the winds, 235 And leave a singed bottom all involved With stench and smoke ; such resting found the sole Of unblest feet. Him follow'd his next mate, Both glorying to have 'scap'd the Stygian flood As Gods, and by their own recover 'd strength, 240 Not by the sufFrance of Supernal Power. Is this the region, this the soil, the clime, Said then the lost Arch-Angel, this the seat That we must change for heav'n, this mournful gloom For that celestial light ? Be it so, since he 245 Who now is Sovran can dispose and bid What shall be right : farthest from him is best, Whom reason hath equall'd, force hath made supreme Above his equals. Farewell happy fields, Where joy forever dwells : Hail horrors, hail 250 Infernal world, and thou profoundest Hell Receive thy new possessor ; one who brings A mind not to be changed by place or time. The mind is its own place, and in itself Can make a Heav'n of Hell, a Hell of Heav'n. 255 Interdum scopulos avulsaque viscera montis Erigit eructans. liquefactaque saxa sub auras Cum gemitu glomerat, fundnque exaestuat imo. 239. Stygian flood ; an expression here of the same import with infernal flood, alluding to the fabulous river Styx of the lower world, which the poets represented as a broad, dull and sluggish stream. 246. Sovran : from the Italian word sovrano. 250. Dr. Channing, writing upon Satan's character as drawn bv the ro t observes : " Hell yields to the spirit which it imprisons. The intensity of its fires reveals the intense passion and more vehement will of Satan; and the ruined archangel gathers into himself the sublimity of the scene which surrounds him. This forms the tremendous interest of these wonderful books. We see mind triumphant over the most terrible powers of nature We see unutterable agony subdued by energy of soul." Addison remarks that Milton has attributed to Satan those sentiments which are every way answerable to his character, and suited to a created being of the most exalted and most depraved nature ; as in this passage, which describes him as taking possession of his place of torments, 250 — 2G3. 253 — 5. These are some of the extravagances of the Stoics, and could not BOOK I. 31 What matter where, if I be still the same, And what I should be, all but less than he Whom thunder hath made greater ? Here at least We shall be free ; th' Almighty hath not built Here for his envy, will not drive us hence : 200 Here we may reign secure, and in my choice To reign is worth ambition, though in hell *, Better to reign in hell than serve in heaven. But wherefore let we then our faithful friends, Th' associates and copartners of our loss, 265 Lie thus astonish'd on th' oblivious pool, And call them not to share with us their part In this unhappy mansion, or once more With rallied arms to try what may be yet Regain'd in Heav'n, or what more lost in Hell ? 270 So Satan spake ; and him Beelzebub Thus answer'd : Leader of those armies bright, Which but th' Omnipotent none could have foil'd, If once they hear that voice, their liveliest pledge Of hope in fears and dangers, heard so oft 275 In worst extremes, and on the perilous edge Of battle when it raged, in all assaults Their surest signal, they will soon resume New courage and revive, though now they lie Grrov'ling and prostrate on yon lake of fire, 280 be better ridiculed than they are here by being put into the mouth of Satan in his present situation. — Thyer. Shakspeare, in Hamlet, says : There is nothing either good or bad, but Thinking makes it so. 254. This sentiment is the great foundation on which the Stoics build, their whole system of ethics. — S. 263. This sentiment is an improvement of that which is put by yEschy- lus into the mouth of Prometheus, 965 ; and it was a memorable saying of Julius Cassar that he would rather be the first man in a village, than the second in Rome. Compare Virg. Georg. i. 36. — N. The lust of power and the hatred of moral excellence are Satan's promi- nent characteristics. 276. Edge of battle: from the Latin word acies, which signifies both the edge of a weapon and also an army in battle array. See book VI. 108 V. 32 PARADISE LOST. As we ere while, astounded and amazed, No wonder, fall'n such a pernicious height. He scarce had ceased when the superior Fiend Was moving tow'rd the shore ; his pond'rous shield Ethereal temper, massy, large, and round, 285 Behind him cast ; the broad circumference Hung on his shoulders like the moon, whose orb Through optic glass the Tuscan artist views At evening from the top of Fesole, Or in Valdarno, to descry new lands, 290 Rivers, or mountains, on her spotty globe. His spear, to equal which the tallest pine Hewn on Norwegian hills, to be the mast Of some great ammiral, were but a wand, He walk'd with to support uneasy steps 295 Over the burning marie ; not like those steps On Heaven's azure, and the torrid clime Smote on him sore besides, vaulted with fire : Nathless he so endured, till on the beach Of that inflamed sea he stood, and call'd 300 His legions, Angel forms, who lay entranced 287. Homer and Ossian describe in a like splendid manner the shields of their heroes. 288. Galileo : He was the first who applied the telescope to celestial ob- servations, and was the discoverer of the satellites of Jupiter in 1610, which, in honor of his patron, Cosmo Medici he called the Mediceun stars. Frrvn the tower of St. Mark he showed the Venetian senators not only the satel- lites of Jupiter but the crescent of Venus, the triple appearance of Saturn, and the inequalities on the Moon's surface. At this conference he also en- deavored to convince them of the truth of the Copernican system. 289 — 90. Fesole : a city of Tuscany. Valdarno, the valley of Arno, in the same district. The very sound of these names is charming. 2,94. Ammiral: the obsolete form of admiral, the principal ship in a fleet. The idea contained in this passage, may, as Dr. Johnson suggests, be drawn from the following lines of Cowley ; but, who does not admire the vast improvements in form ? He says of Goliath, '■His spear, the trunk was of .1 lofty tree, Which nature meant some tall ship"s mast should be." Compare Horn. Odys. ix. 322. JEn. iii. 659. Tasso, canto vi. 40. 299. Nathless : nevertheless. BOOK I. 33 Thick as autumnal leaves that strow the brooks In Vallombrosa, where the Etrurian shades High over-arch 'd imbow'r ; or scatter 'd sedge Afloat, when with fierce winds Orion arm'd 305 Hath vex'd the Red Sea coast, whose waves o'erthrew Busiris and his Memphian chivalry, While with perfidious hatred they pursued The sojourners of Goshen, who beheld From the safe shore their floating carcasses 310 And broken chariot wheels : so thick bestrown, Abject and lost lay these, covering the flood, Under amazement of their hideous change. He call'd so loud, that all the hollow deep 302, &c. : Here we see the impression of scenery made upon Milton's mind in his youth, when he was at Florence. This is a favorite passage with all readers of descriptive poetry. — E. B. 302. Autumnal leaves. Compare Virgil's lines, JEn. vi. 309 : Quam multa in sylvis autumni frigore primo Lapaa cadunt folia. " That as the leaves in autumn strow the woods." Dryden. But Milton's comparison is the more exact by far ; it not only expresses a multitude but also the posture and situation of the angels. Their lying con- fusedly in heaps covering the lake is finely represented by this image of the leaves in the brooks. — N. 303. Vallombrosa: a Tuscan valley: the name is composed of vallis and umbra, and thus denotes a shady valley. 305. Orion arm'd : Orion is a constellation represented in the figure of an armed man, and supposed to be attended with stormy weather, assurgens fluctu nimbosus Orion, Virg. JEn. i. 539. The Red Sea abounds so much with sedge that in the Hebrew Scriptures it is called the Sedgy Sea. The wind usually drives the sedge in great quantities against the shore. — N. 306. Busiris : Bentley objects to Milton giving this name to Pharaoh since history does not support him in it. But Milton uses the liberty of a poet in giving Pharaoh this name, because some had already attached it to him. Chivalry, denotes here those who use horses in fight, whether by riding on them, or riding in chariots drawn by them. See line 765. Also Para- dise Regained iii. 343, compared with line 328. 308. Perfidious : he permitted them to leave the country, but afterwards pursued them. 2 34 PARADISE LOST. Of Hell resounded. Princes, Potentates, 315 Warriors, the flow'r of heav'n, once yours, now lost, If such astonishment as this can seize Eternal spirits ; or have ye chos'n this place After the toil of battle to repose Your wearied virtue, for the ease you find 320 To slumber here, as in the vales of Heaven ? Or in this abject posture have ye sworn T' adore the conqueror ? who now beholds Cherub and Seraph rolling in the flood With scatter'd arms and ensigns, till anon 325 His swift pursuers from heav'n gates discern Th' advantage, and descending tread us down Thus drooping, or with linked thunderbolts Transfix us to the bottom of this gulf. Awake, arise, or be for ever fall'n. 330 They heard, and were abash'd, and up they sprung Upon the wing, as when men wont to watch On duty, sleeping found by whom they dread, Rouse and bestir themselves ere well awake. Nor did they not perceive the evil plight 335 In which they were, or the fierce pains not feel ; Yet to their gen'ral's voice they soon obey'd Innumerable. As when the potent rod Of Amram's son, in Egypt's evil day, Waved round the coast, up call'd a pitchy cloud 340 Of locusts, warping on the eastern wind, That o'er the realm of impious Pharaoh hung Like night, and darken 'd all the land of Nile : So numberless were those bad Angels seen 315. This magnificent call of Satan to his prostrate host could have been written by nobody but Milton. — E. B. 325. Anon: Soon. 329. An allusion seems here to be made to the jEneid, book i. 44-5. Ilium, exspirantem transfixo pectore flammas, Tui bine corripuit. scopuloque iufixit acuto. 338. Amram's son : Moses. See Exod. x. 341. Warping: Moving like waves ; or, working themselves forward. — H. BOOK I. 35 Hov'ring on wing under the cope of Hell 345 'Twixt upper, nether, and surrounding fires ; Till, as a signal giv'n, th' uplifted spear Of their great Sultan waving to direct Their course, in even balance down they light On the firm bi imstone, and fill all the plain ; 350 A multitude, like which the populous north Pour'd never from her frozen loins, to pass Rhene or the Danaw, when her barb'rous sons Came like a deluge on the south, and spread Beneath Gibraltar to the Lybian sands. 355 Forthwith from ev'ry squadron and each band The heads and leaders thither haste where stood Their great commander ; Godlike shapes and forms Excelling human, princely dignities, And Pow'rs that erst in Heaven sat on thrones ; 360 Though of their names in beav'nly records now Be no memorial, blotted out and rased By their rebellion from the books of life. Nor had they yet among the sons of Eve Got them new names, till wand'ring o'er the earth, 365 345. Cope : Roof. 352. Frozen loins : In Scripture children are said to come out of the loins, Gen. xxxv. 11. The term frozen is here used only on account of the cold- ness of the climate. Rhcne and Danaw, the one from the Latin, the other from the German, are chosen because uncommon. Barbarous : The Goths, Huns, and Vandals, wherever their conquests extended, destroyed the monu- ments of ancient learning and taste. Beneath Gibraltar : That is, southward of it, the northern portion of the globe being regarded as uppermost. — N. The three comparisons relate to the three different states in which these fallen angels are represented. When abject and lying supine on the lake, they are fitly compared to vast heaps of leaves which in autumn the poet himself had observed to bestrew the water-courses and bottoms of Vallom- brosa. When roused by their great leader's objurgatory summons, they are compared, in number, with the countless locusts of Egypt. The object of the third comparison is to illustrate their number when assembled as sol- diers on the firm brimstone, and here they are compared with the most nu- merous body of troops which history had made mention of. — Dunster. 360. Erst: Formerly. 364-375. The subject of Paradise Lost is the origin of evil — an event, in 36 PARADISE LOST. Thro' God's high suff'rance for the trial of man, By falsities and lies the greatest part Of mankind they corrupted, to forsake God their Creator, and th' invisible Glory of him that made them to transform 370 Oft to the image of a brute, adorn'd With gay religions full of pomp and gold, And Devils to adore for Deities :' Then were they known to men by various names, And various idols through the Heathen world, 375 Say, Muse, their names then known, who first, who last Roused from the slumber, on that fiery couch, At their great emp'ror's call, as next in worth Came singly where he stood on the bare strand, While the promiscuous crowd stood yet aloof. 380 The chief were those who from the pit of Hell Roaming to seek their prey on earth, durst fix Their seats long after next the seat of God, Their altars by his altar, Gods adored Among the nations round, and durst abide 3S5 its nature connected with everything important in the circumstances of hu- man existence ; and, amid these circumstances, Milton saw that the Fables of Paganism were too important and poetical to be omitted. As a Christian he was entitled wholly to neglect them, but as a poet he chose to treat them not as the dreams of the human mind, but as the delusions of infernal exist- ences. Thus anticipating a beautiful propriety for all classical allusions ; thus connecting and reconciling the co-existence of fable and of truth ; and thus identifying the fallen angels with the deities of " gay religions full of pomp and gold," he yoked the heathen mythology in triumph to his subject, and clothed himself in the spoils of superstition. — Edinb. Encyc. This subject is again presented in the last note on Book I. 369. Rom. i. 18-25. 372. Religions : That is, religious rites. 375. Idols : Heathen idols are here described as the representatives of these demons. Addison remarks that the catalogue of evil spirits has abundance of learning in it and a very agreeable turn of poetry, which rises in a great measure, from its describing the places where they were worshipped, by those beautiful marks of rivers so frequent among the ancient poets. The author had doubtless in this place Homers catalogue of ships, and Virgil's list of warriors in his view. "7F>. When they apostatised, they acquired new and dishonorable names. BOOK I. 37 Jehovah thund'ring out of Sion, throned Between the Cherubim ; yea, often placed Within his sanctuary itself their shrines, Abominations ; and with cursed things His holy rites and solemn feasts profaned, 390 And with their darkness durst affront his light. First Moloch, horrid king, besmear'd with blood Of human sacrifice, and parents' tears, Though for the noise of drums and timbrels loud Their children's cries unheard, that pass'd thro' fire 395 To his grim idol. Him the Ammonite Worshipp'd in Rabba and ner wat'ry plain, In Argob and in Basan, to the stream Of utmost Arnon. Nor content with such Audacious neighborhood, the wisest heart 400 Of Solomon he led by fraud to build His temple right against the temple of God, On that opprobrious hill ; and made his grove The pleasant vale of Hinnom, Tophet thence 387. Cherubim : The golden figures placed over the ark in the Hebrew sanc- tuary, Exod. xxv. See also 2 Kings xix. 15 — " O Lord God of Israel, which dwellest between the Cherubim." 392. Moloch: The national God of the Ammonites; properly denomi- nated horrid, since to him children were offered in sacrifice. Consult 2 Kings xxiii. 10-13. The characters ascribed to Moloch and Belial prepare us for their respective speeches and behaviour in the second and sixth books. 397-8. Rabba, or Rabbah, was the principal city of the Ammonites, twenty miles northeast of Jericho, and on the east side of the Jordan. Ar- gob is not far distant. JBashan is a large district of country lying east of the Sea of Tiberias, celebrated for its cattle, and its oaks. At the time of the conquest of Canaan by the Hebrews, the Ammonites occupied the country east of Jordan, from the river Arnon, which empties into the Dead Sea to the river Jabbok. The vale of Hinnom was near Jerusalem. 403. Solomon built a temple to Moloch on the Mount of Olives (1 Kings xi. 7) : it is hence called that opprobrious (or infamous) hill. 404. Tophet: In the Hebrew, drum,- this and other noisy instruments being used to drown the cries of the miserable children who were offered to this idol ; and Gehenna, or the valley of Hinnom, is in several places of the New Testament, and by our Saviour himself, made the name and type of hell.— N. 3S PARADISE LOST. And black Gehenna call'd, the type of Hell. 405 Next Chemos, the obscene dread of Moab's sons, From Aroar to Nebo, and the wild Of southmost Abarim ; in Hesebon And Horonaim, Seon's realm, beyond The flowery dale of Sibma clad with vines, 410 And Eleale to th' Asphaltic pool. Peor his other name, when he enticed Israel in Sittim, on their march from Nile, To do him wanton rites, which cost them woe. Yet thence his lustful orgies he enlarged 415 E'en to that hill of scandal, by the grove Of Moloch homicide ; lust hard by hate ; Till good Josiah drove them thence to Hell. 406. Chemos : The god of the Moahites. Consult 1 Kings xi. 6, 7. 2 Kings xxiii. 13. It is supposed to be same as Baal-Peor, and as Priapus. Numb. xxv. 1-9. 40S. Hesebon (Heshbon) : Twenty-one miles east of the mouth of the Jordan. Its situation is still marked by a few broken pillars, several large cisterns and wells, together with extensive ruins which overspread a high hill, commanding a wild and desolate scenery on every side. Abarim is a chain of mountains running north and south, east of the Dead Sea ; Pisgah is some eminence in this chain at the northern part, and Nebo is supposed to be the summit of Pisgah, nearly opposite Jericho. It was here that the great leader of the Israelites was favored with a view of the land of promise, and yielded up his life at the command of the Lord, b. c. 1451. Aroar (Aroer) was a place situated on the river Arnon, which formed the northern bound- ary of the kingdom of Moab. Seon (Sihon) was king of the Amorites. Sibma was half a mile from Heshbon ; Ele'SU, two and a half miles south of it. The Asphaltic pool is the Dead Sea. Sittim is written Shittim in the Bible. 415. Orgies: Wild, frantic rites. The term is generally applied to the feasts of Bacchus, but is equally applicable to the obscene practices connected with the worship of Chemos, or Peor. 417. Lust hard by hate : The figure contained in this verse conveys a strong moral truth. Had it not been, however, that the music of the verse would have been injured, the idea would have been more correct by the transposition of the words lust and hate. — S. Our author might perhaps have in view Spenser's Mask of Cupid, where Anger, Strife, &c, are represented as immediately following Cupid in the procession. — T. BOOK I. 39 With these came they, who from the bord'ring flood Of old Euphrates to the brook that parts 420 Eygpt from Syrian ground, had general names Of Baalim and Ashtaroth ; those male, These feminine ; for spirits, when they please, Can either sex assume, or both ; so soft And uncompounded is their essence pure 425 Not tied nor manacled with joint or limb ; Nor founded on the brittle strength of bones, Like cumbrous flesh ; but, in what shape they choose Dilated or condensed, bright or obscure, Can execute their aery purposes, 430 And works of love or enmity fulfil. For those the race of Israel oft forsook 419. Bordering flood : The Euphrates formed the eastern border of the pro- mised land, Gen. xv. 18. It may be called old from the very early historic mention of it in Gen. ii. 14. See also Ps. lxxx. 11. 420. Brook : Probably the brook Besor. 422. Baalim and Jlstaroth : There were many of these deities (so called) in Syria and adjacent regions. The sun and the stars are supposed to be in- tended under these names. 423. Milton probably derived these notions from a passage in a Greek author of antiquity, who, in a dialogue concerning Demons, tells a story oi one appearing in the form of a woman, and upon this it is asserted that they can assume either sex, take what shape and color they please, and contract and dilate themselves at pleasure. — N. 423. Spirits : The nature of spirits is here set forth, and the explanation of the manner in which spirits transform themselves by contraction or en- largement is introduced with great judgment, to make wt.y for several sur- prising accidents in the sequel of the poem. There follows a passage neai the very end of the first book, which is what the French critics call marvel- lous, but at the same time is rendered probable when compared with this passage. As soon as the infernal palace is finished, we are told, the multi- tude and rabble of spirits shrunk themselves into a small compass, that there might be room for such a numberless assembly in this capacious hall. But it is the poet's refinement upon this thought which is most to be admired, and which indeed is very noble in itself. For he tells us, that notwithstand- ing the vulgar among the fallen spirits contracted their forms, those of the first rank and dignity still preserved their natural dimensions. Consult the last ten lines of the first book. — A. 432. Those : Those demons. 433. Strength : Jehovah. 40 PARADISE LOST. Their living Strength, and unfrequented left His righteous altar, bowing lowly down To bestial gods ; for which their heads as low 435 Bow'd down in battle, sunk before the spear Of despicable foes. With these in troop Came Astoreth, whom the Phoenicians call'd Astarte, queen of heaven, with crescent horns • To whose bright image nightly by the moon 440 Sidonian virgins paid their vows and songs ; In Sion also not unsung, where stood Her temple on th' offensive mountain, built By that uxorious king, whose heart, though large, Beguiled by fair idolatresses, fell 445 To idols foul. Thammuz came next behind, Whose annual wound in Lebanon allured The Syrian damsels to lament his fate In amorous ditties all a summer's day ; While smooth Adonis from his native rock 450 Ran purple to the sea, supposed with blood Of Thammuz yearly wounded : the love-tale Infected Sion's daughters with like heat ; Whose wanton passions in the sacred porch Ezekiel saw, when by the vision led, 455 His eye survey 'd the dark idolatries 438. Jerem. vii. 18; xliv. 17, ]8. 1 Kings xi. 5. 2 Kings xxiii. 13. 443. Offensive : So called on account of the idolatrous worship there per- formed ; in other places called by Milton, for the same reason, the mountain of corruption, opprobrious hill, and hill of scandal. 444. Uxorious king : Solomon, who was too much influenced by his wives. 451. Thammuz: This idol is the same as the Phenician Adonis. Ezek. viii. 14. Adonis, in the heathen mythology, was a beautiful youth, son of Cinyrus, king of Cyprus, beloved by Venus, and killed by a wild boar, to the great regret of the goddess. It is also the name of a river of Phenicia, on the banks of which Adonis, or Thammuz as he is called in the East, was sup- posed to have been killed. At certain seasons of the year this river acquires a high red color by the rains washing up red earth. The ancient poets as- cribed this to a sympathy in the river for the death of Adonis. This season was observed as a festival in the adjacent country. To these circumstances Milton has here beautifully alluded. — Brandf.'s Cyc. BOOK I. 41 Of alienated Judah. j Next came one Who mourn'd in earnest, when the captive ark Mairn'd his brute image, head and hands lopp'd off In his own temple r on the grunsel edge, 460 Where he fell flat, and shamed his worshippers : Dagon his name, sea-monster, upward man And downward fish : yet had his temple high Rear'd in Azotus, dreaded through the coast Of Palestine, in (rath and Ascalon, 465 And Accaron and Gaza's frontier bounds. Him follow'd Rimmon, whose delightful seat Was fair Damascus, on the fertile banks Of Abbana and Pharphar, lucid streams. He also 'gainst the house of God was bold : 470 A leper once he lost, and gain'd a king ; Ahaz his sottish conqu'ror, whom he drew God's altar to disparage and displace For one of Syrian mode, whereon to burn His odious offerings, and adore the gods 475 Whom he had vanquish 'd. After these appear'd A crew, who, under names of old renown, 460. Grunsel edge: Groundsill edge — the threshold of the gate of the temple. 462. Dagon: A god of the Philistines. Consult Judges xvi. 23. 1 Sam. v. 4; vi. 17. 467. Rimmon: A god of the Syrians. Consult 2 Kings v. 18. 467-9. The power of Milton's mind is stamped on every line. The fer- vour of his imagination melts down and renders malleable, as in a furnace, the most contradictory materials. Milton's learning has all the effect of in- tuition. He describes objects, of which he could only have read in books, with the vividness of actual observation. His imagination has the force of nature. He makes words tell as pictures, as in these lines. The word lucid, here used, gives us all the sparkling effect of the most perfect landscape There is great depth of impression in his descriptions of the objects of all the different senses, whether colours, or sounds, or smells; the same absorption of mind in whatever engaged his attention at the time. He forms the most in- tense conceptions of things, and then embodies them by a single stroke of his pen. — Hazlitt. 471. 2 Kings viii. xvi. 10. 2 Chron. xxviii. 23. 42 PARADISE LOST. Osiris, Iris, Orus, and their train, With monstrous shapes and sorceries abused Fanatic Egypt and her priests, to seek 480 Their wandering gods disguised in brutish forms Rather than human. Nor did Israel 'scape Th' infection, when their borrow'd gold composed The calf in Oreb ; and the rebel king Doubled that sin in Bethel and in Dan, 485 Likening his Maker to the grazed ox ; Jehovah, who in one night when he pass'd From Egypt marching, equall'd with one stroke Both her first-born, and all her bleating gods. Belial came last, than whom a spirit more lewd 490 Fell not from heaven, or more gross to love Vice for itself: to whom no temple stood, Nor altar smoked ; yet who more oft than he In temples and at altars, when the priest Turns atheist, as did Eli's sons, who fill'd 495 478. Osiris, one of the principal Egyptian gods, was brother to Isis, and the father of Orus (Horus) . Osiris was worshipped under the form of the sacred bulls. Apis and Mnevis ; and as it is usual in the Egyptian symboli- cal language to represent their deities with human forms, and with the heads of the animals which were their representatives, we find statues of Osiris with the horns of a bull. — Anthon. The reason alleged for worshipping their gods under the monstrous forms of bulls, cats, &c, is the fabulous tradition that when the Giants invaded hea- ven, the gods were so affrighted that they fled into Egypt, and there concealed themselves in the shapes of various animals. See Ovid Met. v. 319. — N. 483. Infection : The Israelites, by dwelling so long in Egypt, were infected with the superstitions of the Egyptians. — E. B. 484. Oreb : Horeb. Rebel king : Jeroboam. Consult 1 Kings xii. 2G-33. 485. Doubled that sin, by making two golden calves, probably in imitation of the Egyptians among whom he had been, who worshipped two oxen ; one called Apis, at Memphis, the metropolis of Upper Egypt ; the other called Mnevis, at Hieropolis, the chief city of Lower Egypt. Bethel and Ban were at the southern and northern extremities of Palestine. See Psalm cvi. 20.— N. 489. Bleating gods : Sheep ; and hence shepherds who raised sheep to kill for food were " an abomination" to the Egyptians. 495. Elf s sons: Consult 1 Sam. ii. BOOK J. 43 With lust and violence the house of God ? Tn courts and palaces he also reigns, And in luxurious cities, where the noise Of riot ascends above their loftiest towers, And injury and outrage : and when night 500 Darkens the streets, then wander forth the sons Of Belial, flown with insolence and wine. Witness the streets of Sodom, and that night In Gibeah, when the hospitable door Exposed a matron, to avoid worse rape. 505 These were the prime in order and in might : The rest were long to tell, though far renown'd, Th' Ionian gods, of Javan's issue held Gods, yet confess'd later than Heaven and Earth, Their boasted parents : Titan, Heav'n's first-born, 510 With his enormous brood, and birthright seized By younger Saturn : he from mightier Jove, His own and Rhea's son, like measure found ; So Jove usurping reign'd : these first in Crete And Ida known, thence on the snowy top 515 Of cold Olympus, ruled the middle air, Their highest heav'n ; or on the Delphian cliff, Or in Dodona, and through all the bounds Of Doric land ; or who with Saturn old Fled over Adria to th' Hesperian fields, 520 And o'er the Celtic roam'd the utmost isles. 5C2. Flown: A better reading is blown, inflated. Virg. Ec. vi. 15. 504. Gibeah : Consult Judges xix. 14-30. 506. Prime : Being mentioned in the oldest records, the Hebrew. 508. Javan : The fourth son of Japhet, from whom the Ionians and the Greeks are supposed to have descended. 509. Heaven and Earth : The grd Uranus, and the goddess Gaia. 510-521. Titan was their eldest son: he was the father of the Giants^ and his empire was seized by his younger brother Saturn, as Saturn's was by Jupiter, the son of Saturn and Rhea. These first were known in the island of Crete, now Candia, in which is Mount Ida, where Jupiter is said to have been born ; thence passed over into Greece, and resided on Alount Olympus in Thessaly : the snowy top of cold Olympus, as Homer calls it, Iliad i. 420. xviii. 615, which mountain afterwards became the name of Heaven among their 44 PARADISE LOST. All these and more came flocking ; but with looks Downcast and damp ; yet such wherein appear'd Obscure some glimpse of joy, to have found their chief Not in despair, to have found themselves not lost 525 In loss itself: which on his count'nance cast Like doubtful hue : but he, his wonted pride Soon recollecting, with high words, that bore Semblance of worth, no+ substance, gently raised Their fainting courage, and dispell'd their fears. 530 Then straight commanas, that at the warlike sound Of trumpets loud and clarions be uprear'd His mighty standard ; that proud honor claim'd Azazel as his right, a cherub tall ; Who forthwith from the glittering staff unfurl 'd 535 Th' imperial ensign ; which, full high advanced, Shone like a meteor, streaming to the wind, With gems and golden lustre rich emblazed Seraphic arms and trophies ; all the while Sonorous metal blowing martial sounds : 540 At which the universal host up-sent A shout, that tore hell's concave, and beyond Frighted the reign of Chaos and old Night. All in a moment through the gloom were seen Ten thousand banners rise into the air, 545 With orient colors waving : with them rose A forest huge of spears ; and thronging helms Appear'd, and serried shields in thick array worshippers; or on the Delphian cliff, Parnassus, on which was seated the city of Delphi, famous for the temple and oracle of Apollo ; or in Dodona, a city and wood adjoining, sacred to Jupiter ; and through all the bounds of Doric- land, that is. of Greece, Doris heing a part of Greece ; or fled over Hadria, the Adriatic sea, to the Hesperian fields, to Italy ; and o'er the Celtic, France and the other countries overrun by the Celts ; roamed the utmost isles, Great Britain. Ireland, the Orkneys, Thule, or Iceland, Ultima Thule, as it is called, the utmost boundary of the world. — N. 534. Jlzazel : The name signifies brave in retreating. 543. Reign, in the sense of regnum, kingdom. 546. Orient: Brilliant. BOOK I. 45 Of depth immeasurable : anon they move In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood 550 Of flutes and soft recorders ; such as raised To height of noblest temper heroes old Arming to battle ; and instead of rage Deliberate valor breath 'd, firm and unmoved With dread of death to flight or foul retreat 555 Nor wanting power to mitigate and 'suage, With solemn touches troubled thoughts, and chase Anguish, and doubt, and fear, and sorrow, and pain From mortal or immortal minds. Thus they, Breathing united force, with fixed thought, 560 Moved on in silence, to soft pipes, that charm'd Their painful steps o'er the burnt soil: and now Advanced in view they stand ; a horrid front Of dreadful length and dazzling arms, in guise Of warriors old with order'd spear and shield, 565 Awaiting what command their mighty chief Had to impose : he through the armed files Darts his experienced eye, and soon traverse The whole battalion views, their order due, Their visages and stature as of gods : 570 Their number last he sums. And now his heart Distends with pride, and hardening in his strength Glories ; for never since created man Met such embodied force, as, named with these, Could merit more than that small infantry 575 548. Serried shields : Locked one within another, linked and clasped to- gether, from the French serrer, to lock, to shut close. — Hume. 550. There were three kinds of music among the ancients ; the Lydian, the most melancholy; the Phrygian, the most lively; and the Dorian, the most majestic, (exciting to cool and deliberate courage. — N.) Milton has been very exact in employing music fit for each particular purpose. — S. 551. Recorders: Flageolets. 560. Homer's Iliad, iii. 8. 568. Traverse : across. 575. All the heroes and armies that ever were assembled were no more than pigmies in comparison with these angels. — N. See note on Book I. 780. 46 PARADISE LOST. Warr'd on by cranes : though all the giant brood Of Phlegra with th' heroic race were join'd That fought at Thebes and Ilium, on each side Mix'd with auxiliar gods ; and what resounds In fable or romance of Uther's son 580 Begirt with British and Armoric knights ; And all who since, baptized or infidel, Jousted in Aspramont, or Montalban, Damasco, or Marocco, or Trebisond, Or whom Biserta sent from Afric shore, 585 When Charlemagne with all his peerage fell By Fontarabia. Thus far these beyond Compare of mortal prowess, yet observed Their dread commander : he, above the rest In shape and gesture proudly eminent, 590 Stood like a tower ; his form had not yet lost 577. Phlegra : The earlier name of the peninsula Pallene in Macedonia and the fabled scene of a conflict between the gods and the earth-born Titans. 580. Uther was the father of king Arthur. This and the following allu sions are derived from the old romances on the subject. Charlemagne is said not to have died at Fontarabia, but some years after, and in peace. — S. 581. Armoric: Celtic — those on the sea-coast of Brittany in the north- west part of France. 583. Jousted: Engaged in mock fights on horseback. Jlspramont and Montalban : Fictitious names of places mentioned in Orlando Furioso. 585. Biserta : Formerly called Utica. The Saracens are referred to as being sent thence to Spain. Fontarabia : Afortified town in Biscay, in Spain, near France. 590-99. Here, says Burke, is a very noble picture ; and in what does this poetical picture consist ? in images of a town, an archangel, the sun rising through mists, or in an eclipse, the ruin of monarchs, and the revolutions of kingdoms. The mind is hurried out of itself by a crowd of great and con- fused images, which affect because they are crowded and confused : for separate them, and you lose much of the greatness ; join them, and you in- fallibly lose the clearness. There are reasons in nature why the obscure idea, when properly conveyed, should be more affecting than the clear. It is our (comparative) ignorance of things that causes all our admiration, and chiefly excites our passions. Knowledge and acquaintance make the most striking causes affect but little. It is thus with the vulgar, and all men are astne vulgar in what they do not understand. BOOK I. 47 All her original brightness, nor appear'd Less than archangel ruin'd, and the excess Of glory obscured ; as when tta sun, new risen, Looks through the horizontal misty air 595 Shorn of his beams ; or from behind the moon, In dim eclipse, disastrous twilight sheds On half the nations, and with fear of change Perplexes monarchs. Darken'd so, yet shone Above them all the Arch-angel : but his face 600 Deep scars of thunder had intrench'd, and care Sat on his faded cheek ; but under brows Of dauntless courage, and considerate pride Waiting revenge ; cruel his eye, but cast Signs of remorse and passion, to behold 605 The fellows of his crime, the followers rather 595-6. When Milton sought license to publish his poem, the licenser was strongly inclined to withhold it, on the ground that he discovered treason in this noble simile of the sun eclipsed ! a striking example of the acute remark of Lord Lyttleton, that " the politics of Milton at that time brought his poetry into disgrace ; for it is a rule with the English to see no good in a man whose politics they dislike." — T. 597. Eclipse : Derived from a Greek word which signifies to fail, to faint or swoon away ; since the moon, at the period of her greatest brightness, falling into the shadow of the earth, was imagined by the ancients to sicken and swoon, as if she were going to die. By some very ancient nations she was supposed, at such times, to be in pain; and, in order to relieve her fan- cied distress, they lifted torches high in the atmosphere, blew horns and trumpets, beat upon brazen vessels, and even, after the eclipse was over, they offered sacrifices to the moon. The opinion also extensively prevailed, that it was in the power of witches, by their spells and charms, not only to darken the moon, but to bring her down from her orbit, and to compel her to shed her baleful influences upon the earth. In solar eclipses, also, especially when total, the sun was supposed to turn away his face in abhorrence of some atrocious crime, that had either been perpetrated, or was about to be perpetrated, and to threaten mankind with everlasting night, and the destruc- tion of the world. To such superstitions Milton, in this passage, alludes. — Olmsted's Letters on Astron. No where is the person of Satan described with more sublimity than in ihis part of the poem. 600. Intrenched : Cut into, made trenches there. — N. 606. Fellows. The nice moral discrimination displayed in this line, is worthy of notice. 48 PARADISE LOST. (Far other ODce beheld in bliss), condemned For ever now to have their lot in pain : Millions of Spirits for his fault amerced Of heaven, and from eternal splendours flung 610 For his revolt, yet faithful how they stood, Their glory wither'd: as when Heav'n's fire Hath scath'd the forest oaks, or mountain pines, With singed top their stately growth tho' bare Stands on the blasted heath. He now prepared 615 To speak ; whereat their doubled ranks they bend From wing to wing, and half inclose him round With all his peers. Attention held them mute. Thrice he essay'd, and thrice, in spite of scorn, Tears, such as angels weep, burst forth. At last 620 Words interwove with sighs found out their way. myriads of immortal Spirits, Powers Matchless, but with th' Almighty, and that strife Was not inglorious, though the event was dire, As this place testifies, and this dire change, 625 Hateful to utter ; but what power of mind, Foreseeing or presaging, from the depth Of knowledge past or present, could have fear'd How such united force of Gods, how such As stood like these, could ever know repulse ; 630 For who can yet believe, though after loss, That all these puissant legions, whose exile 609. Amerced : Judicially deprived. See Horn. Odys. viii. 64. 611. Yet faithful: We must refer lo line 605, and thence supply here "to behold." 619. Allusion to Ovid. Met. xi. 419 : Ter conata loqui, ter fletibus ora rigavit. 620. Tea?s, such as angels ivccp . Like Homer's ichor of the gods, which was different from the blood of mortals. This weeping of Satan on survey- ing his numerous host, and the thoughts of their wretched state, put one in mind of the story of Xerxes, weeping at the sight of his immense army, and reflecting that they were mortal, at the time that he was hastening them to their fate, and to the intended destruction of the most polished people in the world, to gratify his own vain glory. — N. BOOK I. 49 Hath emptied Heav'n. shall fail to re-ascend Self-raised, and repossess their native seat ? For me, be witness all the host of Heav'n, 635 If counsels different, or danger shunn'd By me, have lost our hopes. But he who reigns Monarch in Heav'n, till then as one secure Sat on his throne, upheld by old repute, Consent, or custom, and his regal state 640 Put forth at full, but still his strength conceal'd, Which tempted our attempt, and wrought our fall. Henceforth his might we know, and know our own, So as not either to provoke or dread New war, provoked ; our better part remains 645 To work in close design, by fraud or guile, What force effected not ; that he no less At length from us may find, who overcomes By force, hath overcome but half his foe. Space may produce new worlds ; whereof so rife 650 There went a fame in Heav'n that he ere long Intended to create, and therein plant A generation, whom his choice regard Should favour equal to the sons of Heav'n : Thither, if but to pry, shall be perhaps 655 Our first eruption, thither or elsewhere : For this infernal pit shall never hold Celestial Spirits in bondage, nor th' abyss Long under darkness cover. But these thoughts Full counsel must mature : Peace is despair'd, 66C For who can think submission ? War then, War, Open or understood, must be resolved. He spake : and, to confirm his words, out flew 633. Emptied: An instance of arrogant boasting and falsehood. 642. Tempted our attempt : Words which, though well-chosen and signifi- cant enough, yet of jingling and unpleasant sound, and, like marriages be- tween persons too near of kin, to be avoided. 650. Rife: Prevalent. This fame, or report, serves to exalt the dignitt and importance of our race. 662. Understood : Not declared. 4 50 PARADISE LOST. Millions of flaming swords, drawn from the thighs Of mighty Cherubim : the sudden blaze 665 Far round illumined Hell. Highly they raged Against the Highest, and fierce with grasped arms Clash'd on their sounding shields the din of war, Hurling defiance tow'rd the vault of Heaven. There stood a hill not far, whose grisly top 670 Belch'd fire and rolling smoke ; the rest entire Shone with a glossy scurf, undoubted sign That in his womb was hid metallic ore, The work of sulphur. Thither wing'd with speed A num'rous brigade hasten 'd : as when bands 675 Of pioneers, with spade and pickaxe arm'd, Forerun the royal camp to trench a field, Or cast a rampart. Mammon led them on ; Mammon, the least erected Spirit that fell From Heav'n : for e'en in Heav'n his looks and thoughts 680 Were always downward bent, admiring more The riches of Heav'n's pavement, trodden gold, Than aught divine or holy else enjoy'd In vision beatific. By him first Men also, and by his suggestion taught, 685 664. Drawn from the thighs : A Homeric expression, Iliad, i. 190, more dig- nified than " drawn from the sides." 668. Clashed : Alluding to a custom among Roman soldiers of striking their shields with their swords, when they applauded the speeches of their commanders. 671. Belched: An idea borrowed, perhaps, from an expression of Virgil (iEn. iii. 576) , eructans, in describing JEtna. 674. The work of sulphur : Metals were in the the time of Milton supposed to consist of two component parts, mercury, as the basis, or metallic matter ; and sulphur as the binder or cement, which fixes the fluid mercury into a co- herent, malleable mass. So Jonson in the Alchemist, Act 2, Scene 3 : " It turns to sulphur, or to quicksilver. Who are the parents of all other metals." 678. Mammon : The god of riches ; the same as the Pluto of the Greeks and Romans. Tne delineation of his character and agency by Milton, abounds in literary beauties. 685. Suggestion: Milton here alludes to a superstitious opinion formerly BOOK I. 51 Ransack'd the centre, and with impious hands Rifled the bowels of their mother earth For treasures better hid. Soon had his crew Open'd into the hill 'a spacious wound, And digg'd out ribs of gold. Let none admire 690 That riches grow in Hell ; that soil may best Deserve the precious bane. And here let those Who boast in mortal things, and wond'ring tell Of Babel, and the works of Memphian kings, Learn how their greatest monuments of fame, 695 And strength, and art, are easily outdone By Spirits reprobate, and in an hour What in an age they with incessant toil And hands innumerable scarce perform. Nigh on the plain in many cells prepared, 700 That underneath had veins of liquid fire Sluiced from the lake, a second multitude With wond'rous art founded the massy ore, Severing each kind, and scumm'd the bullion dross ; A third as soon had form'd within the ground - 705 A various mould, and from the boiling cells current with the miners, that there is a sort of demons who have much to do with minerals, being frequently seen occupying themselves with the va- rious processes of the workmen. So that Milton (as Warburton remarks) poetically supposes Mammon and his clan to have taught the sons of earth by e. ample and practical instruction, as well as precept and mental suggestion. 687. Compare Ovid Met. i. 138, &c— Hume. 688. Better hid. Compare Hor. Od. III. iii. 49 : " Aurum irrepertum, et sic melius situm." 694. Works : The pyramids. 696. Strength and art : These words are in the nominative case, connected with monuments. 699. Diodorus Siculus says, that 360,000 men were employed about twenty years on one of the pyramids. 703-4. The sense of the passage is this : They founded, or melted, the ore that was in the mass, by separating, or severing, each kind, that is, the sul- phur, earth, &c, from the metal ; and, after that, they stummed the dross that floated on the top of the boiling ore, or bullion. The word bullion does not here signify purified ore, but ore boiling. — Peaiice. 52 PARADISE LOST. By strange conveyance fill'd each hollow nook, As in an organ, from one blast of wind, To many a row of pipes, the sound-board breathes. Anon out of the earth a fabric huge 710 Rose like an exhalation, with the sound Of dulcet symphonies and voices sweet, Built like a temple, where pilasters round Were set, and Doric pillars overlaid With golden architrave ; nor did there want 715 Cornice or frieze, with bossy sculptures grav'n : The roof was fretted gold. Not Babylon, Nor great Alcairo such magnificence Equall'd in all their glories, to inshrine Belus or Serapis their Gods, or seat 720 Their kings, when Egypt with Assyria strove In wealth and luxury. Th 1 ascending pile Stood fix'd her stately height ; and straight the doors, Op'ning their brazen folds, discover wide Within her ample spaces, o'er the smooth 725 And level pavement. From the arched roof, Pendant by subtle magic, many a row Of starry lamps and blazing cressets, fed With naphtha and asphaltus, yielded light As from a sky. The hasty multitude 730 708. Organ: A very complete simile is here used. Milton, being fond of music, often draws fine illustrations from it. 710. jinon: At once. 713. Architrave : The part of a pillar above the capital. Above this, is the frieze, which is surmounted by the cornice. 718. Alcairo: Cairo, a famous city in Egypt, built from the splendid ruins of Memphis, which was partially destroyed by Arabian invaders, in the seventh century. The god Serapis, is by some supposed to be the same as Osiris, or Apis. The Belus of Assyria is thought to be the same as the great Bali of Hindoo mythology, and Baal mentioned in the Scriptures. 723. Her stately height : At her stately height. 725. Within: Is an adverb and not a preposition. So Virg. JEn. ii. 483. Apparet domus intus, et atria longa patescunt. N. 728. Cressets : Torches. BOOK I. 53 Admiring enter'd ; and the work some praise, And some the architect : his hand was known In heaven by many a tower'd structure high, Where sceptred angels held their residence, And sat as princes ; whom the supreme King 735 Exalted to such power, and gave to rule, Each in his hierarchy, the orders bright. Nor was his name unheard or unadored In ancient Greece ; and in Ausonian land Men call'd him Mulciber ; and how he fell 740 From Heaven, they fabled, thrown by angry Jove Sheer o'er the crystal battlements : from morn To noon he fell, from noon to dewy eve, A summer's day ; and with the setting sun Dropt from the zenith like a falling star, 745 On Lemnos, th' iEgean isle : thus they relate, Erring ; for he with this rebellious rout Fell long before ; nor ought avail'd him now T' have built in heav'n high tow'rs ; nor did he 'scape By all his engines, but was headlong sent 750 With his industrious crew to build in hell. Meanwhile, the winged heralds, by command Of sovereign power, with awful ceremony 740. Mulciber : Or Vulcan, to which god was ascribed the invention of arts connected with the melting and working of metals by fire. The term Vulcan is, hence, sometimes used as synonymous with fire. How he fell, $c See Homer's Iliad, i. 590. •' Once in your cause I felt his (Jove's) matchless might, Hurl'd headlong downward from the ethereal height ; Tost all the day in rapid circles round ; Nor till the sun descended, touched the ground : Breathless I fell, in giddy motion lost ; The Sinthians raised me on the Lemnian coast." It is worth observing how Milton lengthens out the time of Vulcan's fall. He not only says with Homer, that it was all day long, but we are led through the parts of the day from niorn to noon, from noon to evening, and this a summer's day. — N. 742. Sheer: Quite, or at once. 750. Engines : It is said that in the old English, this word was often used for devices, wit, contrivance. 54 PARADISE LOST. And trumpet's sound, throughout the host proclaim A solemn council, forthwith to be held 755 At Pandemonium, the high capital Of Satan and his peers : their summons call'd From every band and squared regiment By place or choice the worthiest : they anon, With hundreds and with thousands, trooping came 760 Attended : all access was throng'd : the gates And porches wide, but chief the spacious hall (Though like a cover'd field, where champions bold Wont ride in arm'd, and at the soldan's chair Defied the best of Panim chivalry 765 To mortal combat, or career with lance), Thick swarm 'd, both on the ground and in the air, Brush'd with the hiss of rustling wings. As bees In spring time, when the sun with Taurus rides, Pour forth their populous youth about the hive 770 In clusters ; they among fresh dews and flowers Fly to and fro, or on the smoothed plank, The suburb of their straw-built citadel, New rubb'd with balm, expatiate and confer Their state affairs ; so thick the aery crowd 775 Swarm 'd and were straiten'd ; till, the signal given, Behold a wonder ! They but now who seem'd In bigness to surpass earth's giant sons, Now less than smallest dwarfs, in narrow room 763. Covered: Enclosed. 764. Wont ride in : Were accustomed to ride in. Soldan's : Sultan's. 765. Panim : Pagan, infidel. 768. As bees, &>c. : Iliad, ii. 87. " As from some rocky cleft the shepherd sees Clustering in heaps on heaps the diiving bees, Rolling and blackening, swarms succeeding swarms With deeper murmurs and more hoarse alarms ; Dusky they spread, a close embodi'd crowd, And o'er the vale descends the living cloud. So," &c. 769. Taurus : One of the signs of the Zodiac, Book X. 663. 777. A wonder : Consult the note on line 423. BOOK I. 55 Throng numberless, like that pygmean race 780 Beyond the Indian mount ; or fairy elves, Whose midnight revels, by a forest-side Or fountain, some belated peasant sees, Or dreams he sees, while over head the moon Sits arbitress, and nearer to the earth 785 Wheels her pale course ; they, on their mirth and dance Intent, with jocund music charm his ear ; At once with joy and fear his heart rebounds. Thus incorporeal spirits to smallest forms Reduced their shapes immense, and were at large, 790 Though without number still, amidst the hall Of that infernal court. But far within, And in their own dimensions like themselves, The great Seraphic Lords and Cherubim, In close recess and secret conclave sat, 795 A thousand Demi-gods on golden seats, Frequent and full. After short silence then, And summons read, the great consult began. 780. Pygmean, Sfc. : A fabulous nation of dwarfs that 'contended annually with cranes. They advanced against these birds mounted on the backs of rams and goats, and armed with bows and arrows. — Iliad, iii. 3. 785. Nearer to the earth, SfC. : Referring to the superstitious notion that witches and fairies exert great power over the moon. 789. Spirits, fyc. : For some further account of the nature and properties of spirits consult Book VI. 344-353. 795. Secret conclave : An evident allusion to the conclaves of the cardinals on the death of a Pope. — E. B. 797. Frequent : Crowded, as in the Latin phrase, frequens senatus. 798. Consult: Consultation. Milton, in imitation of Homer and Virgil, opens his Paradise Lost with an infernal council, plotting the fall of man, which is the action he proposed to celebrate ; and as for those great actions, the battle of the angels and the creation of the world, which preceded, in point of time, and which would have entirely destroyed the unity of the principal action, had he related them in the same order in which they happened, he cast them into the fifth, sixth, and seventh books, by way of episode to this noble poem. It may be remarked of all the episodes introduced by Milton, that they arise naturally from the subject. In relating the fall of man, he has (by way of episode) 56 PARADISE LOST. related the fall of those angels who were his professed enemies ; and the two narratives are so conducted as not to destroy unity of action, having a close affinity for each other. In respect to the rule of epic poetry, which requires the action to be en- tire, or complete, in all its parts, having a beginning, a middle, and an end the action in the Paradise Lost, was contrived in Hell, executed upon Earth, and punished by Heaven. The parts are distinct, yet grow out of one ano- ther in the most natural method. — A. THE CHARACTERS IN PARADISE LOST. Addison, in his Spectator, has some learned and interesting remarks upon this topic, of which the substance is now to be presented. Homer has ex- celled all the heroic poets in the multitude and variety of his characters. Every god that is admitted into the Iliad, acts a part which would have been suitable to no other deity. His princes are as much distinguished by their manners as by their dominions ; and even those among them, whose charac- ters seem wholly made up of courage, differ from one another as to the par- ticular kinds of courage in which they excel. Homer excels, moreover, in the novelty of his characters. Some of them, also, possess a dignity which adapts them, in a peculiar manner, to the nature of an heroic poem. If we look into the characters of Milton, we shall find that he has intro- duced all the variety his narrative was capable of receiving. The whole species of mankind was in two persons, at the time to which the subject of his poem is confined. We have, however, four distinct characters in these two persons. We see man and woman in the highest innocence and per- fection, and in the most abject state of guilt and infirmity. The last two characters are now, indeed, very common and obvious ; but the first two are not only more magnificent, but more new than any characters either in Vir- gil of Homer, or, indeed, in the whole circle of nature. To supply the lack of characters, Milton has brought into his poem two actors of a shadowy and fictitious nature, in the persons of Sin and Death, by which means he has wrought into the body of his fable a very beautiful and well-invented allegory. — (See Note, Book II. 649.) Another principal actor in this poem, is the great Adversary of mankind. The part of Ulysses, in Homers Odyssey, is very much admired by Aris- totle, as perplexing that fable with very agreeable plots and intricacies, not only by the many adventures in his voyage, and the subtlety of his be- haviour, but by the various concealments and discoveries of his person in several parts of that poem. But the crafty being, mentioned above, makes a much longer voyage than Ulysses, puts in practice many more wiles and stratagems, and hides himself under a greater variety of shapes and appear- ances, all of which are severally detected, to the great delight and surprise jf the reader. It may, likewise, be observed, with how much art the poet has varied BOOK I. 57 several characters of the persons that speak in his infernal assembly. On the contrary, he has represented the whole Godhead exerting itself towards man, in its full benevolence, under the threefold distinction of a Creator, Redeemer, and Comforter. The angels are as much diversified in Milton, and distinguished by their proper parts, as the gods are in Homer or Virgil. The reader will find nothing ascribed to Uriel, Gabriel. Michael, or Raphael, which is not in a particular manner suitable to their respective characters. The heroes of the Iliad and iEneid, were nearly related to the people for whom Virgil and Homer wrote : their adventures would be read, conse- quently, with the deeper interest by their respective countrymen. But Milton's poem has an advantage, in this respect, above both the others, since it is impossible for any of its readers, whatever nation or country he may belong to, not to be related to the persons who are the principal actors in it ; but, what is still infinitely more to its advantage, the principal actors in this poem, are not only our progenitors, but our representatives. We have an actual interest in everything they do, and no less than our utmost happi- ness is concerned, and lies at stake in all their behaviour. OBJECTION TO MYTHOLOGICAL ALLUSIONS CONSIDERED. The charge is brought against Milton of blending the Pagan and Chris- tian forms. The great realities of angels and archangels, are continually combined into the same groups with the fabulous impersonations of the Greek Mythology. In other poets, this combination might be objected to, but not in Milton, for the following reason : Milton has himself laid an early foundation for his introduction of the pagan pantheism into Christian groups ; the false gods of the heathen were, according to Milton, the fallen angels. They are not false, therefore, in the sense of being unreal, baseless, and having a merely fantastical existence, like the European fairies, but as having drawn aside mankind from a pure worship. As ruined angels, under other names, they are no less real than the faithful and loyal angels of the Christian Heaven. And in that one difference of the Miltonic creed, which the poet has brought pointedly and elaborately under his readers' notice by his matchless cata- logue of the rebellious angels, and of their pagan transformations, in the very first book of the Paradise Lost, is laid beforehand the amplest foundation for his subsequent practice ; and, at the same time, therefore, the amplest an- swer to the charge preferred against him by Dr. Johnson, and by so many other critics, who had not sufficiently penetrated the latent theory on which he acted. — Blackwood's Mag. THE CHARACTER OF MILTON'S SATAN. " Satan is the most heroic subject that ever was chosen for a poem; and the execution is as perfect as the design is lofty. He was the first of created 58 PARADISE LOST. beings, who. for endeavouring to be equal with the Highest, and to divide the empire of Heaven with the Almighty, was hurled down to Hell. His aim was no less than the throne of the universe ; his means, myriads of angelic armies bright, who durst defy the Omnipotent in arms. His strength of mind was matchless, as his strength of body : the vastness of his designs did not surpass the firm, inflexible determination with which he submitted to his irreversible doom, and final loss of all good. His power of action and of suffering was equal. He was the greatest power that was ever over- thrown, with the strongest will left to resist or to endure. He was baffled, not confounded. The fierceness of tormenting flames is qualified and made innoxious by the greater fierceness of his pride : the loss of infinite happi- ness to himself, is compensated in thought by the power of inflicting infinite misery on others. Yet, Satan is not the principle of malignity, or of the ab- stract love of evil, but of the abstract love of power, of pride, of self-will personified, to which last principle all other good and evil, and even his own, are subordinate. He expresses the sum and substance of ambition in one line, "Fallen cherub, to be weak is miserable, doing or suffering." He founds a new empire in Hell, and from it conquers this new world, whither he bends his undaunted flight, forcing his way through nether and surround- ing fires. The Achilles of Homer is not more distinct ; the Titans were not more vast ; Prometheus, chained to his rock, was not a more terrific example of suffering and of crime. Wherever the figure of Satan i-s introduced, whether he walks or flies, " rising aloft incumbent on the dusky air," it is illustrated with the most striking and appropriate images : so that we see it always before us, gigantic, irregular, portentous, uneasy, and disturbed, but dazzling in its faded splendor, the clouded ruins of a god. The deformity of Satan is only in the depravity of his will ; he has no bodily deformity, to excite our loathing or disgust. " Not only the figure of Satan, but his speeches in council, his soliloquies, his address to Eve, his share in the war in heaven, show the same decided superiority of character." — Hazijtt. Another sketch of Satan may be found at the close of Book III., from the dashing pen of Gilfillan. Hazlitt, in the above sketch of Milton's Satan, had no authority for saying that he was not a personification of malice, but, simply, of pride and self- will : this will appear on referring to Book I. 215-17 ; Book V. 666; Book VI. 151, 270 ; Book IX. 126, 134. BOOK II. THE ARGUMENT. The consultation begun, Satan debates whether another battle be to be hazarded for the recovery of Heaven ; some advise it, others dissuade ; a third proposal is preferred, mentioned before by Satan, to search the truth of that prophecy or tradition in Heaven concerning another world, and another kind of creature, equal or not much inferior to themselves, about this time to be created : their doubt who shall be sent on this difficult search : Satan, their chief, undertakes, alone the voyage, is honoured and applauded. The council thus ended, the rest betake them several ways, and to several employments, as their inclinations lead them, to entertain the time till Satan return. He passes on his journey to Hell-gates, finds them shut, and who sat there to guard them, by whom at length they are opened, and discover to him the great gulf between Hell and Heaven ; with what difficulty he passes through, directed by Chaos, the power of that place, to the sight of this new world which he sought. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. In tracing the progress of this poem hy deliberate and minute steps, our wonder and admiration increase. The inexhaustible invention continues to grow upon us ; each page, each line, is pregnant with something new, pic- turesque, and great ; the condensity of the matter is without any parallel ; the imagination often contained in a single passage, is more than equal to all that secondary poets have produced. The fable of the voyage through Chaos is alone a sublime poem. Milton's descriptions of materiality have always touches of the spiritual, the lofty and the empyreal. Milton has too much condensation to be fluent : a line or two often con- tains a world of images and ideas. He expatiates over all time, all space, all possibilities ; he unites Earth with Heaven, with Hell, with all intermediate existences, animate and inanimate ; and his illustrations are drawn from all learning, historical, natural, and speculative. In him, almost always, " more is meant than meets the eye." An image, an epithet, conveys a rich picture. What is the subject of observation, may be told without genius ; but the wonder and the greatness lie in invention, if the invention be noble, and ac- cording to the principles of possibility. Who could have conceived, or, if conceived, who could have described the voyage of Satan through Chaos, but Milton ? Who could have invented so many distinct and grand obstacles in his way, and all picturesqu", all poetical, and all the topics of intellectual meditati :n and reflection, or of spiritual sentiment. All the faculties of the mind are exercised, stretched and elevated at once by every page of Paradise Lost. That Milton could bring so much learning, as well as so much imaginative invention, to bear on every part of his infi- nitely-extended, yet thick-compacted story, is truly miraculous. Were the learning superficial and loosely applied, the wonder would not be great, or not nearly so great; but it is always profound, solid, conscientious ; and in ils combinations original. — E. B. BOOK II. High on a throne of royal state, which far Outshone the wealth of Ormus and of Ind, Or where the gorgeous East with richest hand Show'rs on her kings barbaric pearl and gold, Satan exalted sat, by merit raised 5 To that bad eminence ; and from despair Thus high uplifted beyond hope, aspires Beyond thus high, insatiate to pursue Vain war with Heaven : and, by success untaught. His proud imaginations thus display'd : Pow'rs and Dominions, Deities of Heaven, 1. Throne, §c. : u The all-enduring, all-defying pride of Satan, assuming so majestically Hell's burning throne, and coveting the diadem which scorches his thunder-blasted brow, is a creation requiring in its author almost the spiritual (mental) energy with which he invests the fallen seraph." — Chan- ning. 2. Ormus: An island in the Persian Gulf. Ind; India. The wealth con- sisted chiefly in diamonds and pearls and gold, called barbaric, after the man- ner of Greeks and Romans, who accounted all nations but their own barbar- ous. 4. Showers on, fyc. : It was an Eastern custom, as we learn from a Per- sian life of Timur-bec, or Tamerlane, at the coronation of their kings, to powder them with gold-dust or seed-pearl. — Warburton. See Virg. JEn. ii. 504. 10. All the speeches and debates in Pandemonium are well worthy of the place and the occasion, with gods for speakers, and angels and archangels for hearers. There is a decided manly tone in the arguments and senti- ments, an eloquent dogmatism, as if each person spoke from thorough con- viction. The rout in heaven is like the fall of some mighty structure, nod- ding to its base, '• with hideous ruin and combustion down." — Hazlitt. 62 PARADISE LOST. For since no deep within her gulf can hold Immortal vigour, though oppress'd and fall'n, I give not Heav'n for lost. From this descent Celestial virtues rising, will appear 15 More glorions and more dread than from no fall, And trust themselves to fear no second fate. Me, though just right, and the fix'd laws of Heav'n, Did first create your leader, next free choice, With what besides, in council or in fight, 20 Hath been achieved of merit ; yet this loss, Thus far at least recover'd, hath much more Establish'd in a safe unenvied throne, Yielded with full consent. The happier state In Heaven, which follows dignity, might draw 25 Envy from each inferior ; but who here Will envy whom the highest place exposes Foremost to stand against the Thund'rer's aim Your bulwark, and condemns to greatest share Of endless pain ? Where there is then no good 30 For which to strive, no strife can grow up there From faction ; for none sure will claim in Hell Precedence ; none, whose portion is so small Of present pain, that with ambitious mind Will covet more. With this advantage then 35 To union, and firm faith, and firm accord, More than can be in Heav'n, we now return To claim our just inheritance of old, Surer to prosper than prosperity Could have assured us ; and by what best way, 40 15. Virtues: Powers, or spirits. Thus, in Book V., the angels are ad- dressed under the following names : thrones, dominations, princedoms, virtues, powers. So in this Book, 1. 315, 316. 17. Fate: Desl ruction. 18. Me: The position of this word at the commencement of the sentence, indicates, in a vivid manner, the arrogance and pride of the speaker. That superior greatness and mock-majesty which is ascribed to the prince of fallen angels, is admirably preserved in the beginning of this book. His opening and closing the debate, his taking on himself that great enterprise. BOOK II. 63 Whether of open war or covert guile, We now debate : who can advise, may speak. He ceased : and next him Moloch, scepter'd king, Stood up, the strongest and the fiercest Sp'rit That fought in Heav'n, now fiercer by despair. 45 His trust was with th' Eternal to be deem'd Equal in strength ; and rather than be less, Cared not to be at all. With that care lost Went all his fear : of God, or Hell, or worse, He reck'd not ; and these words thereafter spake : 50 My sentence is for open war : of wiles More unexpert I boast not : them let those Contrive who need, or when they need, not now. For while they sit contriving, shall the rest, Millions that stand in arms, and longing wait 55 The signal to ascend, sit ling'ring here Heav'n's fugitives, and for their dwelling-place Accept this dark opprobrious den of shame, The prison of his tyranny who reigns By our delay ? No, let us rather choose, 60 Arm'd with Hell-flames and fury, all at once O'er Heav'n's high tow'rs to force resistless way, Turning our tortures, into horrid arms Against the torturer ; when to meet the noise Of his almighty engine he shall hear, 65 Infernal thunder, and for lightning see at the thought of which the*whole infernal assembly trembled; his encoun- tering the hideous phantom, who guarded the gates of hell, and appeared to him in all his terrors, are instances of that daring mind which could not brook submission even to Omnipotence. — A. 43. Moloch : The part of Moloch is, in all its circumstances, full of that fire and fury which distinguish this spirit from the rest of the fallen angels. He is described in the First Book ( 1. 392) as besmeared with the blood of human sacrifices, and delighted with the tears of parents, and the cries of children. In this Second Book, he is marked out as the fiercest spirit that fought in heaven ; and, if we consider the figure which he makes in the Sixth Book, where the battle of the angels is described, we find it every way answerable to the same furious, enraged character. All his sentiments are rash, audacious, and desperate, particularly from the 64 PARADISE LOST Black fire and horror shot with equal rage Among his Angels, and his throne itself Mix'd with Tartarean sulphur, and strange fire, His own invented torments. But perhaps 70 The way seems difficult and steep, to scale With upright wing against a higher foe. Let such bethink them, if the sleepy drench Of that forgetful lake benumb not still, That in our proper motion we ascend 75 Up to our native seat ; descent and fall To us is ad/erse. Who but felt of late, When the fierce foe hung on our broken rear Insulting, and pursued us through the deep, With what compulsion and laborious flight , 80 We sunk thus low ? Th' ascent is easy then ; Th' event is fear'd. Should we again provoke Our stronger, some worse way his wrath may find To our destruction, if there be in Hell Fear to be worse destroy'd. What can be worse 85 Than to dwell here, driv'n out from bliss, condemn'd In this abhorred deep to utter woe, Where pain of unextinguishable fire Must exercise us without hope of end, The vassals of his anger, when the scourge 90 Inexorably, and the tort'ring hour sixtieth to seventieth line. His preferring annihilation to shame or misery, is also highly suitable to his character : so the comfort he draws from their disturbing the peace of heaven — that if it be not victory it is revenge — is a sentiment truly diabolical, and becoming the bitterness of this implacable fiend. — A. 69. Mix'd : Filled. Virg. ^En. ii. 487. 74. Forgetful : Causing forgetfulness. An allusion is here made to Lethe, the River of Oblivion, one of the fabled streams of the infernal regions. Its waters possessed the quality of causing those who drank them to forget the whole of their former existence. This river is finely described by Mil- ton in this Second Book, (1. 583-586, 603-614.) 83. Our stronger : Our superior in strength. 89. Exercise: Torment. Virg. Georg. iv. 453. BOOK II. 65 Calls us to penance ? more destroy'd than thus, We should be quite abolish'd, and expire. What fear we then ? what doubt we to incense His utmost ire ? which to the height enraged 95 Will either quite consume us, and reduce To nothing this essential, happier far Than mis'rable to have eternal being. Or if our substance be indeed divine, And cannot cease to be, we are at worst 100 On this side nothing ; and by proof we feel Our pow'r sufficient to disturb his Heav'n, And with perpetual inroads to alarm, Though inaccessible, his fatal throne : Which, if not victory, is yet revenge. 105 He ended frowning, and his look denounced Desp'rate revenge, and battle dangerous To less than Gods. On th' other side up rose Belial, in act more graceful and humane : A fairer person lost not Heav'n ; he seem'd 110 For dignity composed and high exploit : But all was false and hollow, though his tongue 92. By calling to penance, Milton seems to intimate, that the sufferings of the condemned spirits are not always equally severe. — S. 97. Essential : The adjective for the substantive, essence, or existence. 97-8. The sense is this : which (annihilation) is far happier than, in a condition of misery, to have eternal being. See Mat. xxvi. 24. Mark xiv. 21. 100. At worst : In the worst possible condition. 104. Fatal: Sustained by fate, (I. 133.) 108. Gods, in the proper sense. See IX. 937, where gods are distin- guished from angels, who are called demi-gods. 109. Belial, is described in the First Book as the idol of the lewd and luxurious. He is, in this Second Book, pursuant to that description, charac- terized as timorous and slothful ; and, if we look into the Sixth Book, we find him celebrated in the battle of the angels for nothing but that scoffing speech which he makes to Satan, on their supposed advantage over the enemy. As his appearance is uniform, and of a piece in these three several views, we find his sentiments in the infernal assembly every way conform- able to his character. Such are his apprehensions of a second battle, his horror of annihilation, his preferring to be miserable rather than ''not to be."' 5 66 PARADISE LOST. Dropt manna, and could make the worse appear The better reason, to perplex and dash Maturest counsels : for his thoughts were low ; 115 To vice industrious, but to nobler deeds Tim'rous and slothful : yet he pleased the ear, And with persuasive accent thus began : I should be much for open war, Peers ! As not behind in hate, if what was urged 120 Main reason to persuade immediate war, Did not dissuade me most, and seem to cast Ominous conjecture on the whole success : When he who most excels in fact of arms, In what he counsels and in what excels 125 Mistrustful, grounds his courage on despair, And utter dissolution, as the scope Of all his aim, after some dire revenge. First, what revenge ? The tow'rs of Heav'n are fill'd With armed watch, that render all access 130 Impregnable ; oft on the bord'ring deep Encamp their legions, or with obscure wing Scout far and wide into the realms of night, Scorning surprise. Or could we break our way By force, and at our heels all hell should rise 135 With blackest insurrection, to confound HeavVs purest light, yet our Great Enemy, All incorruptible, would on his throne Sit unpolluted, and th' ethereal mould Incapable of stain would soon expel 140 Her mischief, and purge off the baser fire The contrast of thought in this speech, and that which precedes it, gives an agreeable variety to the debate. — A. 113-14. Could make the worse appear the better reason : An exact translation of what the Greek sophists professed to accomplish. 124. Fact : Deed of arms, battle. 139. On his throne sit unpolluted : This is a reply to that part of Moloch's speech, where he had threatened to mix the throne itself, of God, with in- fernal sulphur and strange fire. — N. Mould : Substance, or form. BOOK II. 67 Victorious. Thus repulsed, our final hope Is flat despair. We must exasperate Th' Almighty Victor to spend all his rage, And that must end -us ; that must be our cure, 145 To be no more ? Sad cure ; for who would lose, Though full of pain, this intellectual being, Those thoughts that wander through eternity, To perish rather, swallow'd up and lost In the wide womb of uncreated night, 150 Devoid of sense and motion ? And who knows, Let this be good, whether our angry Foe **' Can give it, or will ever ? How he can Is doubtful ; that he never will is sure. Will he, so wise, let loose at once his ire 155 Belike through impotence, or unaware, iS To give his enemies their wish, and end Them in his anger, whom his anger saves To punish endless ? Wherefore cease we then P**^ Say they who counsel war, we are decreed, 160 Reserved, and destined, to eternal woe : Whatever doing, what can we suffer more, What can we suffer worse ? Is this then worst, Thus sitting, thus consulting, thus in arms ? What when we fled amain, pursued and struck 165 With HeavVs afflicting thunder, and besought The deep to shelter us ? This Hell then seem'd A refuge from those wounds : or when we lay Chain'd on the burning lake ? That sure was worse. What if the breath that kindled those grim fires, 170 Awaked should blow them into sev'nfold rage, And plunge us in the flames ? Or from above Should intermitted vengeance arm again 152. Let this be good : Grant that this is good. 156. Belike: Perhaps. Impotence: Want of self-command. 159. Wherefore cease, §c . : Why then should we cease to exist? What reason is there to expect annihilation? 170. Is. xxx. 33. 68 PARADISE LOST. His red right band to plague us ? What if all Her stores were open'd, and this firmament 175 Of Hell should spout her cataracts of fire, Impendent horrors, threat'ning hideous fall One day upon our heads ; while we perhaps Designing or exhorting glorious war, Caught in a fiery tempest, shall be hurl'd > 180 Each on his rock, transfix'd, the sport and prey; Of wracking whirlwinds, or for ever sunk Under yon boiling ocean, wrapt in chains ; There to converse with everlasting groans, Unrespited, unpitied, uureprieved, 185 Ages of hopeless end ? This would be worse. War therefore, open or conceal'd, alike My voice dissuades ; for what can force or guile With him, or who deceive his mind, whose eye Views all thing at one view ? He from Heav'n's height 190 All these our motions vain, sees and derides : Not more almighty to resist our might Than wise to frustrate all our plots and wiles. Shall we then live thus vile, the race of Heav'n Thus trampled, thus expell'd, to suffer here 195 Chains and these torments ? Better these than worse, By my advice : since fate inevitable Subdues us, and omnipotent decree, The Victor's will. To suffer, as to do, Our strength is equal ; nor the law unjust 200 That so ordains. This was at first resolved, If we were wise, against so great a Foe 180. See Note, Book I. 329. 181. Virg. JEn. vi. 75, " rapidis ludibria ventis." 188. Can: Can (accomplish). 191. Allusion to Ps. ii. 4. 199. To suffer, as to do : Scaevola boasted that he was a Roman, and knew as well how to suffer as to act. " Et facere et pati fortia Romanum est." — Livy ii. 12.— N. 201. This ivas at first resolved : Our minds were made up at first to this. BOOK II. 69 Contending, and so doubtful what might fall. I laugh, when those who at the spear are bold And vent'rous, if that fail them, shrink and fear 205 What yet they know must fullow, to endure Exile or ignominy, or bonds, or pain, The sentence of their Conqu'ror. This is now Our doom ; which if we can sustain and bear, Our Supreme Foe in time may much remit 210 His anger, and perhaps, thus far removed, Not mind us not offending, satisfy'd With what is punish 'd ; whence these raging fires Will slacken, if his breath stir not their flames. Our purer essence then will overcome 215 Their noxious vapour, or inured not feel, Or changed at length, and to the place conform'd In temper and in nature, will receive / Familiar the fierce heat, and void of pain ; This horror will grow mild, this darkness light, 220 Besides what hope the never-ending flight Of future days may bring, what chance, what. change Worth waiting, since our present lot appears For happy though but ill, for ill not worst, If we procure not to ourselves more woe. 225 Thus Belial, with words cloth 'd in reason's garb, Counsel'd ignoble ease and peaceful sloth, Not peace : and after him thus Mammon spake : 218-19. Receive familiar : Receive as a matter made easy (by habit) . The same idea is uttered by Mammon, 1. 274-78 of this Book. 223. Waiting: Waiting for. 223-25. Since our present lot appears for (as) a happy one, though it is, indeed, but an ill one, for, though ill, it is not the worst, &c. 228. Mammon: His character is so fully drawn in the First Book, that the poet adds nothing to it in the Second. We were before told that he was the first who taught mankind to ransack the earth for gold and silver ; and, that he was the architect of Pandemonium, or the infernal palace where the evil spirits were to meet in council. His speech, in this Book, is every way suitable to so depraved a character. How proper is that reflection of their being unable to taste the happiness of heaven, were they actually 70 PARADISE LOST. Either to disenthrone the King of Heav'n We war, if war be best, or to regain 230 Our own right lost : him to unthrone we then May hope, when everlasting Fate shall yield To fickle Chance, and Chaos judge the strife. The former vain to hope, argues as vain The latter ; for what place can be for us 235 Within Heav'n's bound, unless Heav'n's Lord Supreme We overpow'r ? Suppose he should relent, And publish grace to all, on promise made Of new subjection ; with what eyes could we Stand in his presence humble, and receive 240 Strict laws imposed, to celebrate his throne With warbled hymns, and to his Godhead sing Forced hallelujahs, while he lordly sits Our envied Sovereign, and his altar breathes Ambrosial odours and ambrosial flow'rs, 245 Our servile offerings ? This must be our task In Heav'n, this our delight. How wearisome Eternity so spent in worship paid To whom we hate ! Let us not then pursue By force impossible, by leave obtain'd 250 Unacceptable, though in Heav'n, our state Of splendid vassalage ; but rather seek Our own good from ourselves, and from our own Live to ourselves, though in this vast recess, Free, and to none accountable, preferring 255 Hard liberty before the easy yoke there, in the mouth of one who, while he was in heaven, is said to have had his mind dazzled with the outward pomps and glories of the place, and to have been more intent on the riches of the pavement than on the beatific vision. The sentiments uttered in lines 262-273 are admirably charac- teristic of the same being. — A. 233. The strife: Between the King of Heaven and us, not between Fate and Chance. — Pearce. 244. Breathes : Throws out the smell of, &c. See IV. 265. 250. By force, <§r. : What is impossible to attain by force, what is unaccept- able if obtained by permission. BOOK II. 71 Of servile pomp. Our greatness will appear Then most conspicuous, when great things of small, Useful of hurtful, prosp'rous of adverse, We can create, and in what place soe'er, 260 Thrive under evil, and work ease out of pain Through labour and endurance. This deep world Of darkness do we dread ? How oft amidst Thick clouds and dark doth Heav'n's all-ruling Sire Choose to reside, his glory unobscured, 265 And with the majesty of darkness round Covers his throne ; from whence deep thunders roar, Must'ring their rage, and Heav'n resembles Hell ? As he our darkness, cannot we his light Imitate when we please ? This desert soil 270 Wants not her hidden lustre, gems and gold ; Nor want we skill or art, from whence to raise Magnificence : and what can Heav'n shew more ? Our torments also may in length of time Become our elements ; these piercing fires 275 As soft as now severe, our temper changed ' Into their temper ; which must needs remove The sensible of pain. All things invite To peaceful counsels, and the settled state Of order, how in safety best we may 280 Compose our present evils, with regard Of what we are and where, dismissing quite All thoughts of war. Ye have what I advise. He scarce had finish'd, when such murmur fill'd Th' assembly, as when hollow rocks retain 285 The sound of blust'ring winds, which all night long Had roused the sea, now with hoarse cadence lull Seafaring men o'erwatch'd, whose bark by chance Or pinnace anchors in a craggy bay 263-8. The imagery of this passage is drawn from Ps. xviii. 11,13; xcvii. 2. 278. The sensible of pain : The feeling, the sensation of pain. 279. These speeches are wonderfully fine ; but the question is changed in the course of the debate. — N. 72 PARADISE LOST. After the tempest. Such applause was heard 290 As Mammon ended, and his sentence pleased, Advising peace ; for such another field They dreaded worse than Hell : so much the fear Of thunder and the sword of Michael Wrought still within them ; and no less desire 295 To found this nether empire, which might rise By policy and long process of time, In emulation opposite to Heav'n : Which when Beelzebub perceived, than whom, Satan except, none higher sat, with grave 300 Aspect he rose, and in his rising seem'd A pillar of state : deep on his front engraven Deliberation sat and public care ; And princely counsel in his face yet shone, Majestic though in ruin : sage he stood, 305 With Atlantean shoulders fit to bear 294. Michael: A holy angel, who, in the Book of Daniel, chap. x. 3-21, is represented as having charge of the Jewish nation ; and, in the book of Jude, verse 9, as contending with Satan about the body of Moses. His name is introduced also in Rev. xii. 7-9. 296. Nether: Lower. 299. Beelzebub : This evil spirit, who is reckoned the second in dignity that fell, and is, in the First Book, the second that awakes out of the trance, and confers with Satan upon the situation of their affairs, maintains his rank in the Book now before us. There is a wonderful majesty exhibited in his rising up to speak. He acts as a kind of moderator between the two oppo- site parties, and proposes a third undertaking, which the whole assembly approves. The motion he makes to detach one of their body in search of a new world, is grounded uopn a project devised by Satan, and cursorily pro- posed by him, in the First Book, 650-660. It is on this project that Beelzebub grounds his proposal — "What, if we find." &c. Book II. 344-353. It may be observed how just it was, not to omit in the First Book, the project upon which the whole poem turns ; as, also, that the prince of the fallen angels was the only proper person to give it birth, and that the next to him in dignity was the fittest to second and support it. 306. Atlantean: An allusion to King Atlas, who, according to ancient mythology, was changed into a mountain on the northern coast of Africa, which, from its groat height, was represented as supportins the atmosphere. The weight of mightiest monarchies ; his look Drew audience and attention still as night Or summer's noon-tide air, while thus he spake : Thrones and Imperial Powers, Offspring of Heav'n 310 Ethereal Virtues ; or these titles now Must we renounce, and changing style be call'd Princes of Hell ? for so the popular vote Inclines here to continue, and build up here A growing empire ; doubtless, while we dream, 315 And know not that the King of Heav'n hath dooni'd This place our dungeon, not our safe retreat Beyond his potent arm, to live exempt From Heav'n 's high jurisdiction, in new league Banded against his throne, but to remain 320 In strictest bondage, though thus far removed, Under th' inevitable curb, reserved His captive multitude : for he, be sure, In height or depth, still first and last will reign Sole King, and of his kingdom lose no part 325 By our revolt ; but over Hell extend His empire, and with iron sceptre rule Us here, as with his golden those in Heav'n. What sit we then projecting peace and war ? "War hath determined us, and foil'd with loss 330 Irreparable : terms of peace yet none Vouchsafed or sought : for what peace will be giv'n To us enslaved, but custody severe, And stripes and arbitrary punishment Inflicted ? And what peace can we return, 335 But to our power hostility and hate, Untamed reluctance, and revenge though slow, Yet ever plotting how the Conqu'ror least May reap his conquest, and may least rejoice 329. What : For what ? or, why ? 336. But to : But according to. The word but in this line, and in line 333, is used with a poetic freedom, somewhat as the word except is employed in fine 678. 74 PARADISE LOST. Jn doing what we most in suff'ring feel ? 340 Nor will occasion want, nor shall we need With dang'rous expedition to invade Heav'n, whose high walls fear no assault or siege, Or ambush from the deep. What if we find Some easier enterprise ? There is a place, 345 (If ancient and prophetic fame in Heav'n Err not) another world, the happy seat Of some new race call'd Man, about this time To be created like to us, though less In pow'r and excellence, but favour'd more 350 Of Him who rules above ; so was his will Pronounced among the Gods, and by an oath, That shook Heav'n's whole circumference, confirm 'd. Thither let us bend all our thoughts, to learn What creatures there inhabit, of what mould 355 Or substance, how endued, and what their pow'r, And where their weakness ; how attempted best, By force or subtlety. Though Heav'n be shut, And Heav'n's high Arbitrator sit secure In his own strength, this place may lie exposed 360 The utmost border of his kingdom, left To their defence who hold it. Here perhaps 346. Fame in Heaven : There is something wonderfully beautiful, and very apt to affect the reader's imagination, in this ancient prophecy, or report in Heaven, concerning the creation of man. Nothing could better show the dignity of the species, than this tradition respecting them before their exist- ence. They are represented to have been the talk of Heaven before they were created. — A. 352. Heb. vi. 17. An allusion, also, to Jupiter's oath. Virg. JEn. ix. 104, Horn. Iliad, i. 528. 360. It has been objected that there is a contradiction between this part of Beelzebub's speech and what he says afterwards, speaking of the same thing ; but, in reply, it may be observed, that his design is different in these different speeches. In the former, where he is encouraging the assembly to undertake an expedition against this world, he says things to lessen the diffi- culty and danger ; but in the latter, when they are seeking a proper person to perform it, he says things to magnify the danger, in order to make them more cautious in their choice. — N. BOOK II. 75 Some advantageous act may be achieved By sudden onset, either with Hell fire To waste his whole creation, or possess 365 All as our own, and' drive, as we were driv'n, The puny habitants ; or if not drive, Seduce them to our party, that their God May prove their Foe, and with repenting hand Abolish his own works. This would surpass 370 Common revenge, and interrupt his joy In our confusion, and our joy upraise In his disturbance ; when his darling sons, Hurl'd headlong to partake with us, shall curse Their frail original and faded bliss, 375 Faded so soon. Advise if this be worth Attempting, or to sit in darkness here Hatching vain empires. Thus Beelzebub Pleaded his dev'lish counsel, first devised By Satan, and in part proposed : for whence, 380 But from the author of all ill, could spring So deep a malice, to confound the race Of mankind in one root, and Earth with Hell To mingle and involve, done all to spite The great Creator ? But their spite still serves 385 His glory to augment. The bold design Pleased highly those infernal States, and joy Sparkled in all their eyes. With full assent They vote ; whereat his speech he thus renews : Well have ye judged, well ended long debate, 390 Synod of Gods, and like to what ye are, Great things resolved, which from the lowest deep Will once more lift us up, in spite of fate, Nearer our ancient seat ; perhaps in view Of those bright confines, whence with neighb'ring arms 395 367. Puny: Newly-created; derived from the French expression, puis n<5, born since. The idea of feebleness is involved. 382. Confound : Overthrow, destroy. 393. Fate : The decree of God. 76 PARADISE LOST. And opportune excursion, we may chance Re-enter Heav'n ; or else in some mild zone Dwell not unvisited of Heav'n 's fair light Secure, and at the bright'ning orient beam Purge off this gloom : the soft delicious air, 400 To heal the scar of these corrosive fires, Shall breathe her balm. But first, whom shall we send In search of this new world ? whom shall we find Sufficient ? who shall 'tempt with wand'ring feet The dark unbottom'd infinite abyss, 405 And through the palpable obscure find out His uncouth way, or spread his aery flight, Upborne with indefatigable wings Over the vast abrupt, ere he arrive The happy isle ? What strength, what art, can then 410 Suffice, or what evasion bear him safe Through the strict senteries and stations thick Of Angels watching round ? Here he had need All circumspection, and we now no less Choice in our suffrage ; for on whom we send, 415 The weight of all and our last hope relies. This said, he sat ; and expectation held His look suspense, awaiting who appear 'd To second or oppose, or undertake The perilous attempt : but all sate mute 420 Pond'ring the danger with deep thoughts ; and each In other's count'nance read his own dismay 404. 'Tempt: Try. 405. Obscure : Obscurity, an adjective being used for a substantive. 409. Jlrrive: Arrive at. 410. Isle: The earth is so called because surrounded by an atmospheric «ea ; or, perhaps, because swimming in space. 412. Had need: Would need, as in the phrase "You had better go." The meaning is, " You would better go" — " It would be better for you to go." 414. All: The greatest. 41. r ). Choice: Judgment or care in choosing. 417. Expectation is hire personified. His looks suspense means, His coun- tenance in a fixed, serious position. Compare Virg. JEn. ii. 1. BOOK II. 77 Astonish'd. None among the choice and prime Of those Heav'n-warring champions could be found So hardy as to proffer or accept 425 Alone the dreadful voyage ; till at last Satan, whom now transcendent glory raised Above his fellows, with monarchal pride, Conscious of highest worth, unmoved, thus spake : Progeny of Heav'n, empyreal Thrones, 430 With reason hath deep silence and demur Seized us, though undismay'd : long is the way And hard that out of Hell leads up to light ; Our prison strong ; this huge convex of fire, Outrageous to devour, immures us round 435 Ninefold, and gates of burning adamant Barr'd over us prohibit all egress. These pass'd if any pass, the void profound Of unessential Night receives him next Wide gaping, and with utter loss of being 440 Threatens him, plunged in that abortive gulf, If thence he 'scape into whatever world, Or unknown region, what remains him less Than unknown dangers, and as hard escape ? But I should ill-become this throne, Peers, 445 And this imperial sov'reignty, adorn'd With splendour, arm'd with pow'r, if aught propos'd And judged of public moment, in the shape Of difficulty or danger, could deter Me from attempting. Wherefore do I assume 450 429. Unmoved : That is, by the dangers in view. 431. Demur: Suspense. 434. Convex : Vault of fire, bending down on all sides around us. The word properly denotes the exterior surface of a globe, and concave the interior, but the poets use them promiscuously, as here. What is here called convex is called concave in line 635. 436. Virg. JEn. vi. 439, 552. 439. Unessential : Unsubstantial, void of materiality. 445-466. An imitation of one of the noblest speeches in the Iliad, xii. 310, &c. : but a great improvement upon it. Y<5 PARADISE LOST. These royalties, and not refuse to reign, Refusing to accept as great a share Of hazard as of honour ; due alike To him who reigns, and so much to him due Of hazard more, as he above the rest 455 High honourd sits ? Go, therefore, mighty Powers, Terror of Heav'n, though fall'n ; intend at home, "While here shall be our home, what best may ease The present misery, and render Hell More tolerable ; if there be cure or charm 460 To respite, or deceive, or slack the pain Of this ill mansion ; intermit no watch Against a wakeful foe, while I abroad Through all the coasts of dark destruction, seek Deliv'rance for us all. This enterprise 465 None shall partake with me. Thus saying rose The Monarch, and prevented all reply, Prudent, lest from his resolution raised, Others among the chief might offer now (Certain to be refused) what erst they fear'd : 470 And so refused might in opinion stand His rivals, winning cheap the high repute Which he through hazard huge must earn. But they Dreaded not more th' adventure than his voice Forbidding ; and at once with him they rose ; 475 Their rising all at once was as the sound Of thunder heard remote. Tow'rds him they bend With awful rev'rence prone ; and as a God Extol him equal to the High'st in Heav'n : Nor fail'd they to express how much they praised, 480 That for the gen'ral safety he despised His own : for neither do the Spirits damn'd Lose all their virtue : lest bad men should boast 457. Intend : Regard, deliberate upon. 470. Erst : At first. 4S2. For neither, #e. : This seems to have been a sarcasm on the bad men •f Milton's time.— E. B. BOOK II. 79 Their specious deeds on earth, -which glory excites, Or close ambition, varnish 'd o'er with zeal. 4S5 Thus they their doubtful consultations dark Ended, rejoicing in their matchless chief: As when from mountain-tops the dusky clouds Ascending, while the north wind sleeps, o'erspread Heav'n's cheerful face, the low'ring element 4'J'O Scowls o'er the darken'd landscape snow, or show'r ; If chance the radiant Sun with farewell sweet Extend his ev'ning beam, the fields revive, The birds their notes renew, and bleating herds Attest their joy, that hill and valley rings. 495 shame to men ! Devil with Devil damn'd Firm concord holds, men only disagree Of creatures rational, though under hope Of heav'nly grace : and God proclaiming peace, Yet live in hatred, enmity, and strife 500 Among themselves, and levy cruel wars, Wasting the earth, each other to destroy ; As if (which might induce us to accord) Man had not hellish foes enough besides, 483. Lest : Before this word supply, or understand, " this remark is made." 485. Milton intimates above, that the fallen and degraded state of man, or his individual vice, is not at all disproved by some of his external actions not appearing totally base. The commentators should have observed, in ex- plaining this passage, that the whole grand mystery on which the poem de- pends, is the first fearful spiritual alienation of Satan from God, the only fountain of truth and all real positive good ; and that, when thus separated, whether the spirit be that of man or devil, it may perform actions fair in appearance, but not essentially good, because springing from no fixed prii - ciple of good. — S. 489. While the north wind sleeps: A simile of perfect beauty: it illus- trates the delightful feeling resulting from the contrast of the stormy debate with the light that seems subsequently to break in upon the assembly. — E. B. 491. Scowls: Drives in a frowning manner. 496. shame to men : The reflections of the poet here are of great prac- tical wisdom and importance. They were suggested, probably, by the civil commotions and animosities of his own times. 80 PARADISE LOST. That day and night for his destruction wait. 505 The Stygian council thus dissolved ; and forth In order came the grand infernal peers : 'Midst came their mighty Paramount, and seem'd Alone th' antagonist of Heav'n, nor less Than Hell's dread emperor with pomp supreme, 510 And God-like imitated state ; him round A globe of fiery Seraphim inclosed With bright emblazonry, and horrent arms. Then of their session ended they bid cry With trumpets' regal sound the great result : 515 Tow'rds the four winds four speedy Cherubim Put to their mouths the sounding alchemy By herald's voice explain'd ; the hollow abyss Heard far and wide, and all the host of Hell With deaf'ning shout return'd them loud acclaim. 520 Thence more at ease their minds, and somewhat raised By false presumptuous hope, the ranged Pow'rs Disband, and wand'ring, each his sev'ral way Pursues, as inclination or sad choice Leads him perplex'd, where he may likeliest find 525 Truce to his restless thoughts, and entertain The irksome hours till his great chief return. Part on the plain, or in the air sublime, 507. Stygian : An epithet derived from Styx, the name of a distinguished river in the infernal regions, according to the Pagan mythology ; it here means the same as the word infernal. 512. Globe : A body of men formed into a circle. Virgil (JEn. x. 373) uses a similar expression : " Qua globus ille virum densissimus urguef." 513. That is, with glittering ensigns, and bristled arms, or arms with points standing outward. The word horrent was, probably, suggested by '' horrentia Martis arma," of the yEneid, book i., or by the "horrentibus hastis" of JEn. x. 178. 517. Mchemy: An alloy or mixed metal, out of which the trumpets were made : here, by metonymy denotes trumpets. 528. Part on the plain, $c. : The diversions of the fallen angels, with the particular account of their place of habitation, are described with great pregnancy of thought and copiousness of invention. The diversions are BOOK II. 81 Upon the wing, or in swift race contend, As at tli' Olympian games or Pythian fields, 530 Part curb their fiery steeds, or shun the goal With rapid wheels,, or fronted brigades form, As when to warn proud cities war appears Waged in the troubled sky, and armies rush To battle in the clouds, before each van 535 Prick forth the airy knights, and couch their spears Till thickest legions close ; with feats of arms From either end of Heav'n the welkin burns. Others, with vast Typhoean rage more fell, Rend up both rocks and hills, \md ride the air 540 In whirlwind ; Hell scarce holds the wild uproar. As when Alcides, from Oechalia crown'd With conquest, felt th' envenom'd robe, and tore every way suitable to beings who had nothing left them but strength and knowledge misapplied. Such are t-heir contentions at the race, and in feats of arms, with their entertainment, described in lines 539-541, &c. — A. Compare Ovid, Met. iv. 445. 529-30. These warlike diversions of the fallen angels, seem to be copied from the military exercises of the Myrmidons during the absence of their chief from the war. — Horn. Iliad, ii. 774, &c. See also JEn. vi. 64. 531. Rapid wheels: Hor. Ode i. 1 : 4, "Metaque fervidis evitata rotis." 536. Couch their spears : Put them in a posture for attack : put them in their rests. 538. Welkin: Atmosphere. 539. Typhcean : Gigantic, from Typhosus, one of the giants of Pagan my- thology, that fought against Heaven. 542. Alcides : A name of Hercules, from a word signifying strength. He was a celebrated hero, who received, after death, divine honours. Having killed the King of OEchalia, in Greece, and led away his beautiful daughter Iole, as a captive, he raised an altai to Jupiter, and sent off for a splendid robe to wear when he should offer a sacrifice. Deianira, in a fit of jealousy, before sending the robe, tinged it with a certain poisonous preparation. Her- cules soon found that the robe was consuming his flesh, and adhered so closely to his skin, that it could not be separated. In the agony of the mo- ment,^he seized Lichas, the bearer of the robe, by the foot, and hurled him from the top of Mount (Eta, into the sea. This name is given to a chain of mountains in Thessaly, the eastern extremity of which, in conjunction with ' the sea, formed the celebrated pass of Thermopylae. 6 82 PARADISE LOST. Through pain up by the roots Thessalian pines, And Lichas from the top of Oeta threw 545 Into th' Euboic sea. Others more mild, Retreated in a silent valley, sing With notes angelical to many a harp Their own heroic deeds and hapless fall By doom of battle ; and complain that Fate 550 Free virtue should inthrall to force or chance. Their song was partial, but the harmony (What could it less when Spirits immortal sing ?) Suspended Hell, and took with ravishment The thronging audience. In discourse more sweet 555 (For eloquence the soul, song charms the sense) Others apart sat on a hill retired, In thoughts more elevate, and reason'd high Of providence, foreknowledge, will, and fate, Fix'd fate, free-will, foreknowledge absolute, 560 And found no end, in wand'ring mazes lost Of good and evil much they argued then, Of happiness and final misery, Passion and apathy, glory and shame, Vain wisdom all, and false philosophy : 565 547. Sing, fyc. : Their music is employed in celebrating their own crimi- nal exploits, and their discourse in sounding the unfathomable depths of fate, free-will, and foreknowledge. — A. 552. Partial: Too favourable to themselves. Or the word may express this idea . Confined to few and inferior topics — those relating to war. 554. Suspended Hell : The effect of their singing is somewhat like that of Orpheus in Hell. Virg. Geor. iv. 481. — N. 556. Eloquence, <§r. : The preference is here given to intellect above the pleasures of the senses. — E. B. 557. Apart : Hor. Ode ii. 13 : 23, " Sedesque discrelas piorum." 563. Good and evil, and de finibus bonorum et malorum, &c, were more particularly the subjects of disputation among the philosophers and sophists of old; as providence, free-will, &c, were among the school-men and divines of later times, especially upon the introduction of the free notions of Ar- minius upon these subjects ; and our author shows herein what an opinion he had of all books and learning of this kind. — N. BOOK II. 83 Yet with a pleasing sorcery could cliarm Pain for a while, or anguish, and excite Fallacious hope, or arm th' obdured breast With stubborn patience as with triple steel. Another part in squadrons and gross bands, 570 On bold adventure to discover wide That dismal world, if any clime perhaps Might yield them easier habitation, bend Four ways their flying march, along the banks Of four infernal rivers, that disgorge 575 Into the burning lake their baleful streams ; Abhorred Styx, the flood of deadly hate ; Sad Acheron of sorrow, black and deep ; 566. Charm : Allay, beguile. 569. Triple : Hor. Ode i. 3 : 9. " Mi robur, et But what owe I to his commands above Who hates me, and .hath hither thrust me down Into this gloom of Tartarus profound, To sit in hateful office here confined, Inhabitant of Heav'n, and heav'nly born, 860 Here in perpetual agony and pain, With terrors and with clamours compass'd round Of mine own brood, that on my bowels feed ? Thou art my father, thou my author, thou My being gav'st me ; whom should I obey 865 But thee, whom follow ? thou wilt bring me soon To that new world of light and bliss, among The Gods who live at ease, where I shall reign At thy right hand voluptuous, as beseems Thy daughter and thy darling, without end. 870 Thus saying, from her side the fatal key, Sad instrument of all our woe, she took ; And tow'rds the gate rolling her bestial train, 855. Living might : Except that of God, at whose command Sin and Death were appointed to guard the gates of Hell. 856. Owe I: Sin refuses obedience to God, casts off allegiance to Him. 860. Sin was born in Heaven when Satan committed his first offence (864-5) . 866. JVhom follow : That is, whom shall I follow ? Sin yields obedience to Satan. So every act of human transgression is represented in Scripture as an act of homage to Satan. John viii. 44; Ephes. ii. 1-3. 871. It is one great part of the poet's art, to know when to describe thing? in general, and when to be very circumstantial and particular. Milton has, in this and the following lines, shown his judgment in this respect. The first opening of the gates of Hell by Sin, is an incident of such importance that every reader's attention must have been greatly excited, and, consi- quently, as highly gratified by the minute detail of particulars our autho. has given us. It may, with justice, be further observed, that in no par; of the poem the versification is better accommodated to the sense. The drawing up of the portcullis, the turning of the key, the sudden shooting of the bolts, and the flying open of the doors, are, in some sort, described by the very break and sound of the verse. — T. 872. Sad instrument of all our woe: The escape of Satan to our world was the occasion of human sin and misery. 7 98 PARADISE LOST. Forthwith the huge portcullis high up-drew, Which but herself, not all the Stygian pow'rs 875 Could once have moved ; then in the key-hole turns Th' intricate wards, and ev'ry bolt and bar Of massy iron or solid rock with ease Unfastens. On a sudden open fly With impetuous recoil and jarring sound 880 Th' infernal doors, and on their hinges grate Harsh thunder, that the lowest bottom shook Of Erebus. She open'd ; but to shut Excell'd her pow'r : the gates wide open stood, That with extended wings a banner'd host 885 Under spread ensigns marching might pass through With horse and chariots rank'd in loose array ; So wide they stood, and like a furnace mouth 879-883. On a sudden, fyc. : The description just given of the gates is highly poetical, and now of the opening of the gates. There is a harshness in the sound of the words, that happily corresponds to the meaning con- veyed, or to the fact described. This correspondence of the sound of the language to the sense, is a great rhetorical beauty : in this case, it also ad- mirably serves to impress the mind with horror. 883. See Virg. Georg. iv. 471, "Erebi de sedibus imis." Erebus: Ac- cording to ideas of the Homeric and Hesiodic ages, the world or universe was a hollow globe, divided into two equal portions by the flat disk of the earth. The external shell of this globe is called by the poets brazen and iron, pro- bably only to express its solidity. The superior hemisphere was named Heaven: the inferior one, Tartarus. The length of the diameter of the hollow sphere, is thus given by Hesiod. It would take, he says, nine days for an anvil to fall from Heaven to Earth; and an equal space of time would be occupied by its fall from Earth to the bottom of Tartarus. The luminaries which gave light to gods and men, shed their radiance through all the interior of the upper hemisphere ; while that of the inferior one was filled with gloom and darkness, and its still air was unmoved by any wind. Tartarus was regarded, at this period, as the prison of the gods, and not as the place of torment for wicked men, being to the gods what Erebus was to men-^-the abode of those who were driven from the supernal world. Ere- bus lay between the Earth and Hades, beneath the latter of which was Tartarus. — Anthon. 883-4. But to shut, fyc. : An impressive lesson is here incidentally con- veyed — that it is easy to sin, but not so easy to avoid the penal conse- sequences. BOOK II. 99 Cast forth redounding smoke and ruddy flame. Before their eyes in sudden view appear 890 The secrets of the hoary deep, a dark Illimitable ocean, without bound, Without dimension, where length, breadth, and heighth, And time, and place, are lost ; where eldest Night And Chaos, ancestors of Nature, hold 895 Eternal anarchy, amidst the noise Of endless wars, and by confusion stand. For hot, cold, moist, and dry, four champions fierce Strive here for mast'ry, and to battle bring Their embryon atoms ; they around the flag 900 Of each his faction, in their sev'ral clans, Light-arm'd or heavy, sharp, smooth, swift, or slow, Swarm populous, unnumber'd as the sands Of Barca or Cyrene's torrid soil, Levy'd to side with warring winds, and poise 905 394-5. Night : By the Romans, Night was personified as the daughter of Chaos. Both are here represented as progenitors of Nature, by which the arranged creation is meant. Dropping the allegory, the idea conveyed, is that night and chaos, or darkness and a confused state of matter, preceded the existence of nature, or of the universe in its fully arranged and organized form. Night and Chaos are represented as the monarchs of a confused state of the elements of things, among which hot, cold, moist, or dry, like four fierce champions, are striving for the mastery. The false Epicurean theory of creation is here alluded to, according to which the worlds were produced by a fortuitous concourse of atoms. " Chance governs all." 898. For hot: Ovid i. 19, &c. " Fiigida pugnabant calidis, humentia siccis Mollia cum duris, sine pondere habentia pondus." Milton has, in this description, omitted all the puerilities that disfigure Ovid's.— N. 904. Barca : For the most part a desert country, on the northern coast of Africa, extending from the Syrtis Major as far as Egypt. Cyrene, was the capital of Cyrenaica (which was included in Barca) , on the shore of the Mediterranean, west of Egypt. 905. The atoms, or indivisible particles of matter, are compared, in re- spect to number and motion, to the sands of an African desert, which are mustered to side with, or assist, contending winds in their mutual struggles. Poise their lighter wings : Give weight, or ballast, to the lighter wings of 100 PARADISE LOST. Their lighter wings. To whom these most adhere, He rules a moment ; Chaos umpire sits, And by decision more embroils the fray By which he reigns : next him high arbiter Chance governs all. Into this wild abyss, 910 The womb of Nature, and perhaps her grave, Of neither sea, nor shore, nor air, nor fire, But all these in their pregnant causes mix'd Confus'dly, and which thus must ever fight, Unless th' Almighty Maker them ordain 915 His dark materials to create more worlds ; Into this wild abyss the wary Fiend Stood on the brink of Hell and look'd a while, Pond'ring his voyage : for no narrow frith the winds. An allusion is here made to the birds described by Pliny, as ballasting themselves with small stones when a storm rises ; or, to the bees deseribed by Virg. Georg. iv. 194. — R. 906. To whom these most : The reason why any one of these champions rules (though but for a moment) , is, because the atoms of his faction adhere most to him ; or, the meaning may be, to whatever side the atoms tem- porarily adhere, that side rules for the moment. — E. B. 910. Wild abyss: Milton's system of the universe is, in short, that the Em- pyrean Heaven, and Chaos, and Darkness, were before the Creation — Heaven above and Chaos beneath ; and then, upon the rebellion of the angels, first Hell was formed out of Chaos, stretching far and wide beneath; and after- wards Heaven and Earth were formed — another world hanging over the realm of Chaos, and won from his dominion. — N. 912. Possessing neither sea nor shore, &c. 918. Stood and looked: These words are to be transposed to make the sense plain; which is, that the wary Fiend stood on tie brink of Hell, and looked a while into this wild abyss. A similar liberty is taken by the poet, in the transposition of words, in Book V. 368. 919. Pondering his voyage: In Satan's voyage through the chaos, there are several imaginary persons described as residing in that immense waste of matter. This may, perhaps, be conformable to the taste of those critics who are pleased with nothing in a poet which has not life and manners ascribed to it ; but, for my own part, says Addison, I am pleased most with those passages in this description, which carry in them a greater measure of pro- bability, and are such as might possibly have happened. Of this kind is his first mounting in the smoke that rises from the infernal pit; his falling into a cloud of nitre, and the like combustible materials, which, by their explo- BOOK II. 101 He had to cross. Nor was his ear less peal'd 920 With noises loud and ruinous (to compare Great things with small) than when Bellona storms With all her batt'ring engines bent, to raze Some capital city ; or less than if this frame Of Heav'n were falling, and these elements 925 In mutiny had from her axle torn The steadfast earth. At last his sail-broad vans He spreads for flight, and in the surging smoke Uplifted spurns the ground ; thence many a league, As in a cloudy chair, ascending rides 930 Audacious ; but that seat soon failing, meets A vast vacuity : all unawares Flutt'ring his pennons vain, plumb down he drops Ten thousand fathom deep, and to this hour Down had been falling, had not by ill chance, 935 The strong rebuff of some tumultuous cloud, Instinct with fire and nitre, hurried him As many miles aloft : that fury stay'd, sion, still hurried him onward in his voyage ; his springing up like a pyra- mid of fire, with his laborious passage through that confusion of elements which the poet calls " the womb of Nature, and perhaps her grave. — A. 921. Compare, Sf-c. : Virg. Ec. i. 24, "Parvis componere magna." 922. Bellona : The goddess of war. 927. Vans : Wings. As the air and water are both fluids, the metaphors taken from the one are often applied to the other, and flying is compared to sailing, and sailing to flying. Says Virg. JEn. iii. 520, " Velorum pandimus alas," and in JEn. i. 300, " volat ille per aera magnum Remigio alarum." Newton has furnished examples also from Spenser. 933. Pennons : The common meaning is banners ; but it probably is used for pinions, and is synonymous with vans, used above. Plumb : Perpendi- cularly. 935. Ill chance : An ill chance for mankind that he was so far speeded on his journey. — P. 938. That fury stayed : That fiery rebuff" ceased, quenched and, put out by a soft quicksand. Syrtis is explained by neither sea nor land, exactly agree- ing with Lucan. '• Syrtes — in dubio pelagi, terrseque reliquit." 102 PARADISE LOST. Quench'd in a boggy Syrtis, neither sea, Nor good dry land : nigh founder'd on he fares, 940 Treading the crude consistence, half on foot, Half flying ; behoves hirn now both oar and sail. As when a gryphon through the wilderness With winged course, o'er hill or moory dale, Pursues the Arimaspian, who by stealth 945 Had from his wakeful custody purloin'd The guarded gold : so eagerly the Fiend O'er bog, or steep, through strait, rough, dense or rare, With head, hands, wings, or feet pursues his way, And swims, or sinks, or wades, or creeps, or flies : 950 At length a universal hubbub wild Of stunning sounds and voices all confused, Borne through the hollow dark, assaults his ear With loudest vehemence : thither he plies, Undaunted to meet there whatever Pow'r 955 Or Spirit of the nethermost abyss Might in that noise reside, of whom to ask Which way the nearest coast of darkness lies 940. Fares: Goes. 942. Behoves him, fyc. : It behoveth him more to use both his oars and his sails, as galleys do, according to the proverb, Remis velisque, with might and main. — H. 943. Gryphon : An imaginary animal, part eagle and part lion, said to watch over mines of gold, and whatever was hidden for safe keeping. The Arimaspians were a people of Scythia, who, according to the legend related by Herodotus, had but one eye, and waged a continual warfare with the griffons that guarded the gold, which was found in great abundance where these people resided. 948. The difficulty of Satan's voyage is very well expressed by sn many monosyllables, which cannot be pronounced but slowly, and with frequent pauses. — N. 956. Nethermost: While the throne of Chaos was above Hell, and, con- sequently, a part of the abyss was so, a part of that abyss was, at the same time, far below Hell ; so far below, that when Satan went from Hell on his voyage, he fell in that abyss ten thousand fathoms deep (934) , and the poet there adds that if it had not been for an accident, he had been falling down there to this hour ; nay, it was illimitable, and xuhere height is lost. Of course the abyss, considered as a whole, was nethermost in respect to Hell. — P. BOOK II. 103 Bord'ring on light ; when strait behold the throne Of Chaos, and his dark pavilion spread 960 Wide on the wasteful deep ; with him enthroned Sat sable-vested Night, eldest of things, The consort of his reign ; and by them stood Orcus and Ades, and the dreaded name Of Demogorgon ; Rumour next and Chance, 965 And Tumult and Confusion, all embroil'd, And Discord, with a thousand various mouths. T' whom Satan turning boldly, thus : Ye Pow'rs And Spirits of this nethermost abyss, Chaos and ancient Night, I come no spy, 970 With purpose to explore or to disturb The secrets of your realm, but by constraint Wand'ring this darksome desert, as my way Lies through your spacious empire up to light, 964. Orcus and Ades : Orcus and Hades. These terms usually denote the abodes of departed spirits ; sometimes are used as names of Pluto, the fabled deity that presides over those abodes. They are here personified, and occupy a place in the court of Chaos. 965-6. Name, fyi. : There was a notion among the ancients of a certain deity, whose very name they supposed capable of producing the most ter- rible effects, and which they therefore dreaded to pronounce, He was con- sidered as possessing great power in incantations ; and to have obtained this name from the power which he had of looking with impunity upon the Gorgon, that turned all other spectators to stone. The dreaded name of De- mogorgon here stands for " the dreaded Demogorgon," by a common figure, used especially by the sacred writers. See Rev. xi. 13, " And in the earth- quake were slain names of men seven thousand," meaning, of course, seven thousand men. — N. Rumor next, fyc. : Addison seems to disapprove of these fictitious beings, thinking them, I suppose (like Sin and Death), improper for an epic poem ; but I see no reason why Milton may not be allowed to place such imaginary beings in the regions of Chaos, as well as Virgil describe simi- lar beings, Grief, and Fear, and Want, and Sleep, and Death, and Discord like- wise, within the confines of Hell ; and why what is accounted a beauty in one should be deemed a fault in the other? See JEn. vi. 273, &c, and Dry- den's translation of the passage. Other writers have introduced, with general approbation, similar fictitious beings. — N. 966. Embroiled : Confusedly intermixed. 972. Secrets : Secret places is the more probable meaning : yet it may mean, secret counsels and transactions. See Book I. 167 ; VII. 95. — N. 104 PARADISE LOST. Alone, and without guide, half lost, I seek 975 What readiest path leads where your gloomy bounds Confine with Heav'n ; or if some other place From your dominion won, th' ethereal King Possesses lately, thither to arrive I travel this profound ; direct my course ; 980 Directed no mean recompense it brings To your behoof, if I that region lost, All usurpation thence expell'd, reduce To her original darkness and your sway (Which is my present journey), and once more 985 Erect the standard there of ancient Night ; Yours be th' advantage all, mine the revenge Thus Satan ; and him thus the Anarch old, With fault'ring speech and visage incomposed, Answer'd : I know thee, stranger, who thou art ; 990 That mighty leading Angel, who of late Made head against Heav'n's King, though overthrown. I saw and heard ; for such a num'rous host Fled not in silence, through the frighted deep With ruin upon ruin, rout on rout, 995 Confusion worse confounded ; and Heav'n gates Pour'd out by millions her victorious bands Pursuing. I upon my frontiers here Keep residence ; if all I can will serve That little which is left so to defend, 1000 Encroach'd on still through your intestine broils, Weak'ning the sceptre of old Night : first Hell 981. This passage is thus paraphrased by Newton: My course directed may bring no little recompense and advantage to you, if I reduce that lost region, all usurpation being thence expelled, to her original darkness and your sway, which is the purport of my present journey, &c. 982. Behoof: Advantage. Lost: That is, to those whom he addressed, having been withdrawn from a chaotic condition. 999. Can : Can do. 1000. So: In this manner; that is, by keeping my residence on the fron- tiers, and doing all I can. 1002. First Hell (was encroached on). BOOK II. 105 Your dungeon stretching far and wide beneath ; Now lately Heav'n and Earth, another world, Hung o'er my realm, link'd in a golden chain 1005 To that side Heav'n from whence your legions fell : If that way be your walk, you have not far ; So much the nearer danger ; go and speed ; Havock, and spoil, and ruin, are my gain. He ceased, and Satan stay'd not to reply; 1010 But glad that now his sea should find a shore, With fresh alacrity and force renew'd, Springs upward like a pyramid of fire Into the wild expanse, and through the shock Of fighting elements, on all sides round 1015 Environ'd, wins his way ; harder beset 1004. Another world (was encroached on). The term Heaven is here the starry heaven, which, together with our earth, constitutes the other " world" here mentioned. 1005-6. The idea may have been suggested by the golden chain with which Jupiter is described in the Iliad, book viii., as drawing up the earth. Heaven, in these lines, denotes the residence of Deity,- and the abode of righteous men and angels, called the empyreal Heaven, line 1047. The ques- tion arises, how the intestine broils, originated by the fallen angels, had produced the encroachments above referred to ? To this question, the answer may be rendered, that Hell was created out of chaotic materials to serve as a prison for the apostate angels ; and that our world was created out of similar ma- terials to furnish an abode for a holy race that might serve as a compen- sation for the loss of the fallen angels from the services of Heaven. See Book III. 678-80. The atoms from which Hell and the Earth were formed, previously to the " intestine broils" in the angelic family, belonged to the kingdom of Chaos and Old Night. See 345-386. Night's sceptre was thus weakened by the withdrawment of a part of her dominions. 1011. Find a shore : A metaphor, expressive of his joy that now his travel and voyage should terminate ; somewhat like that of one of the ancients, who, reading a tedious book, and coming near to the end, cried, / see land, Terram video. — N. 1013. Like a pyramid of fire: To take in the full meaning of the mag- nificent similitude, we must imagine ourselves in chaos, and a vast luminous body rising upward near the place where we are, so swiftly as to appear a continued track of light, and lessening to the view according to the increase of distance, till it end in a point, and then disappear ; and all this must be supposed to strike our eye at one instant.— Bp/^tie. 106 PARADISE LOST. And more endanger'd than when Argo pass'd Through Bosphorus, betwixt the justling rocks ; Or when Ulysses on the larboard shunn'd Charybdis, and by th' other whirlpool steer'd. 1020 So he with difficulty and labour hard Moved on, with difficulty and labour he ; But he once past, soon after when man fell, Strange alteration ! Sin and Death amain Following his track, such was the will of Heav'n, 1025 Paved after him a broad and beaten way Over the dark abyss, whose boiling gulf Tamely endured a bridge of wondrous length From Hell continued reaching th' utmost orb 1017. Argo: There was an ancient fable that two small islands, called Symplegades, at the mouth of the Thracian Bosphorus (Straits of Constan- tinople) , floated about, and sometimes united to crush those vessels which chanced at the time to be passing through the Straits. The ship Jlrgo, on its way to Colchis, had a narrow escape in passing, having lost the ex- tremity of the stern. 1021-2. With difficulty, fyc. : These lines can be pronounced only with some effort, and hence are well adapted to impress the idea which they con- vey. The repetition of the idea also favors the same residt. 1024. Amain: Violently. 1028. Bridge, Sfc. : It has been properly objected to this passage, that the same bridge is described in Book x. for several lines together, poetically and pompously, as a thing untouched before, and an incident to surprise the reader ; and therefore the poet should not have anticipated it here. — N. 1029. Utmost orb : The idea here conveyed is entirely different from what to most readers will seem the obvious one. In Book X. 302, the bridge is represented as "joining to the wall immoveable of this now fenceless world." The same thing is described (317) as "the outside base of this round world." In Book III. 74, 75, Satan is represented as " Ready now ' To stoop with wearied wings and willing feet On the bare outside of this world, that seem'd Firm land embosom'd, without firmament, Uncertain which, in ocean or in air." A more full description of the same locality is furnished Book III. 417-430 ; 497-502 ; 526-528 ; 540-543. The poet, in these passages, brings up be- fore our imagination, an immense opaque hollow sphere, separating the reign of Chaos and Old Night from the solar and sidereal system. BOOK II. 107 Of this frail world; by which the Spirits perverse 1030 With easy intercourse pass to and fro To tempt or punish mortals, except whom God and good Angels guard by special grace But now at last the sacred influence Of light appears, and from the walls of Heav'n 1035 Shoots far into the bosom of dim Night A glimm'ring dawn. Here Nature first begins Her farthest verge, and Chaos to retire As from her outmost works a broken foe With tumult less, and with less hostile din, 1040 That Satan with less toil, and now with ease, Wafts on the calmer wave by dubious light, And like a weather-beaten vessel holds Gladly the port, though shrouds and tackle torn ; Or in the emptier waste, resembling air, 1045 Weighs his spread wings, at leisure to behold Far off th' empyreal Heav'n, extended wide In circuit, undetermined square or round, 1046. Weighs : Lifts. 1047. Empyreal Heaven: The highest and purest region of heaven, or sim- ply, the pure and brilliant heaven, from a word signifying fire. 1048. Undetermined square or round : Of no definite boundaries. 1052. Pendent world: From Shakspeare's Measure for Measure, Act III. Scene 1. 1052-3. This pendent world: The earth alone is not meant, but the new creation, Heaven and Earth, the whole orb of fixed stars, including the plau- ets, the earth and the sun. In line 1004, Chaos had said, "Now lately, Heav'n and Earth, another world. Hung o'er my realm, linked in a golden chain.'' Satan had not yet seen the earth, nor any of those other luminous bodies he was afterwards surprised at the sudden view of all this world at once, III 542, having wandered long on the outside of it, till at last he saw our sun, and there was informed by the archangel Uriel, where the Earth and Para- dise were, III. 722. This pendent world, therefore, must mean the whole world, in the sense of universe, then new created, which, when observed from a distance, afar off, appeared,, in comparison with the empyreal Heaven, no bigger than a star of smallest magnitude, close to the moon, appears when compared with that body. How wonderful is the imagination of prodigious distance, exhibited in 108 PARADISE LOST. With opal tow'rs and battlements adorn'd Of living sapphire, once his native seat ; 1050 And fast by hanging in a golden chain This pendent world, in bigness as a star Of smallest magnitude close by the moon. Thither full fraught with mischievous revenge, Accursed, and in a cursed hour he hies. 1055 these lines, that after Satan had travelled on so far, and had come in view of the whole world, it should still appear, in comparison with the empyreal Heaven, no larger than the smallest star, and that star apparently yet smaller by its proximity to the moon ! How beautiful, and how poetical also, thus to open the scene by degrees ! Satan at first descries the whole world at a distance, Book II. ; and then, as we learn in Book III., he discovers our plan- etary system, and the sun, and afterwards, by the direction of Uriel, the earth and neighbouring moon. — N. 1055. Hies : Hastens. This progress is described in the next Book, 418- 430 ; 498-590 ; 722-743. POETIC DICTION OF MILTON. To some readers it will not be unprofitable or unacceptable to offer some remarks on this subject, drawn from Addison's Spectator. Milton, in conformity with the practice of the ancient poets, has infused a great many Latinisms, as well as Graecisms, and sometimes Hebraisms, into the language of his poem. Under this head may be ranked the placing the adjective after the substantive, the transposition of words, the turning the adjective into a substantive, with several other foreign modes of speech which this poet has naturalized, to give his verse the greater sound, and throw it out of prose. Sometimes particular words are extended or contracted by the insertion or omission of certain syllables. Milton has put in practice this method of raising his language, as far as the nature of our tongue will permit, as eremite for hermit. For the sake of the measure of his v erse, he has with great judgment suppressed a syllable in several words, and short- ened those of two syllables into one, this expedient giving a greater variety to his numbers. It is chiefly observable in the names of persons and coun- tries, as Beelzebub, Hessebon, and in many other particulars, wherein he has either changed the name, or made use of that which is not the most com- monly known, that he might the further deviate from the language of com- mon life. The same reason recommended to him several old words, which also makes his poem appear the more venerable, and gives it a greater air of an- tiquity. BOOK II. 109 There are also in Milton several words of his own coining, as Cerberean miscreate, hell-doomed, embryon, atomy, and many others. The same liberty was made use of by Homer. Milton, by the above-mentioned helps, and by the choice of the noblest words and phrases which' our tongue would afford him, has carried our lan- guage to a greater height than any of the English poets have ever done be- fore or after him, and made the sublimity of his style equal to that of his sentiments ; yet in some places his style is rendered stiff and obscure by the methods which he adopted for raising his style above the prosaic. These forms of expression, however, with which Milton has so very much enriched, and in some places darkened the language of his poem, were the more proper for him to use, because his poem is written in blank verse. Rhyme, without any other assistance, throws the language off from prose, and often makes an indifferent phrase pass unregarded ; but where the verse is not built upon rhymes, there pomp of sound and energy of expression are in- dispensably necessary to support the style and keep it from falling into the flatness of prose. Upon the subject of Poetic Diction, Dugald Stewart offers some excellent observations, (Works, vol. i. 280-3). He says : As it is one great object of the poet, in his serious productions, to elevate the imagination of his readers above the grossness of sensible objects, and the vulgarity of common life, it becomes peculiarly necessary for him to reject the use of all words and phrases which are trivial and hackneyed. Among those which are equally pure and equally perspicuous, he, in general, finds it expedient to adopt that which is the least common. Milton pre- fers the words Rhene and Danaw, to the more common words Rhine and Danube. "A multitude, like which the populous North Poured never from his frozen loins, bi pass Rhene or the Danaw." — Book I. 353. In the following line, •• Things unattempted yet in prose or rhyme," how much more suitable to the poetical style does the expression appear than if the author had said, " Things unattempted yet in prose or verse." In another passage, where, for the sake of variety, he has made use of the last phrase, he adds an epithet to remove it a little from the familiarity of ordinary discourse, " in prose or numerous verse." In consequence of this circumstance, there arises gradually in every lan- guage a poetical diction, which differs widely from the common diction of prose. It is much less subject to the vicissitudes of fashion than the polite modes of expression in familiar conversation ; because, when it has once been adopted by the poet, it is avoided by good prose writers, as being too 110 PARADISE LOST. elevated for that species of composition. It may, therefore, retain its charm as long as the language exists ; nay, the charm may increase, as the language grows older. Indeed, the charm of poetical diction must increase to a certain degree, as polite literature advances. For, when once a set of words has been con- secrated to poetry, the very sound of them, independently of the ideas they convey, awakens, every time we hear it, the agreeable impressions which were connected with it, when we met with them in the performances of our favourite authors. Even when strung together in sentences which convey no meaning, they produce some effect on the mind of a reader of sensibility ; an effect, at least, extremely different from that of an unmeaning sentence in prose. Nor is it merely by a difference of words that the language of poetry is distinguished from that of prose. When a poetical arrangement of words has once been established by authors of reputation, the most common ex- pressions, by being presented in this consecrated order, may serve to excite poetical associations. On the other hand, nothing more completely destroys the charm of poetry, than a string of words which the custom of ordinary discourse has arranged in so invariable an order, that the whole phrase may be anticipated from hearing its commencement. A single word frequently strikes us as flat and prosaic, in consequence of its familiarity ; but two such words, coupled together in the order of conversation, can scarcely be introduced into serious poetry without approaching the ludicrous. No poet in our language has shown so strikingly as Milton, the wonder- ful elevation which style may derive from an arrangement of words, which, while it is perfectly intelligible, departs widely from that to which we are in general accustomed. Many of his most sublime periods, when the order of the words is altered, are reduced nearly to the level of prose. To copy this artifice with success, is a much more difficult attainment than is commonly imagined ; and, of consequence, when it is acquired, it secures an author, to a great degree, from that crowd of imitators who spoil the effect of whatever is not beyond their reach. To the poet, who uses blank: verse, it is an acquisition of still more essential consequence than to him who expresses himself in rhyme ; for the more that the structure of the verse approaches to prose, the more it is necessary to give novelty and dignity to the composition. And, accordingly, among our magazine poets, ten thousand catch the structure of Pope's versification, for one who approaches to the manner of Milton or Thomson. Some of Dr. Channing's observations on the expressiveness of Milton's numbers, are included in the note on lines 209-14, Book VI. BOOK III. THE ARGUMENT. God, sitting on his throne, sees Satan flying towards this world, then newly created; shows him to the Son, who sat at his right hand; foretells the success of Satan in perverting mankind ; clears his own justice and wis- dom from all imputation, having created Man free and able enough to have withstood his tempter ; yet declares his purpose of grace towards him, in regard he fell not of his own malice, as did Satan, but by him seduced. The Son of God renders praises to his Father for the manifestation of his gracious purpose towards Man ; but God again declares, that grace cannot be extended towards Man without the satisfaction of divine justice ; Man hath offended the Majesty of God by aspiring to Godhead, and, therefore, with all his pro- geny, devoted to death, must die, unless some one can be found sufficient to answer for his offence, and undergo his punishment. The Son of God freely offers himself a ransom for Man ; the Father accepts him, ordains his incar- nation, pronounces his exaltation above all names in Heaven and Earth ; commands all the Angels to adore him ; they obey, and hymning to their harps in full choir, celebrate the Father and the Son. Meanwhile Satan alights upon the bare convex of this world's outermost orb, where, wander- ing, he first finds a place, since called the Limbo of Vanity ; what persons and things fly up thither : thence comes to the gate of Heaven, descried ascending by stairs, and the waters above the firmament that flow about it; his passage thence to the orb of the Sun ; he finds there Uriel, the regent ol that orb, but first changes himself into the shape of a meaner Angel ; and pretending a zealous desire to behold the new creation, and Man whom God had placed here, inquires of him the place of his habitation, and is directed; alights first on Mount Niphates. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. I cannot admit this Book to be inferior in poetical merit, to those which precede it ; the argumentative parts give a pleasing variety. The unfavour- able opinion has arisen from a narrow view of the nature of Poetry ; from the theory of those who think that it ought to be confined to description and imagery ; on the contrary, the highest poetry consists more of spirit than of matter. Matter is good only so far as it is imbued with spirit, or causes spiritual exaltation. Among the innumerable grand descriptions in Milton, I do not believe there is one which stands unconnected with complex intel- lectual considerations, and of which those considerations do not form a lead- ing part of the attraction. The learned allusions may be too deep for the common reader ; and so far, the poet is above the reach of the multitude : but even then they create a certain vague stir in unprepared minds ; names indistinctly heard ; visions dimly seen ; constant recognitions of Scriptural passages, and sacred names, awfully impressed on the memory from child- hood, awaken the sensitive understanding with sacred and mysterious movements. We do not read Milton in the same light mood as we read any other poet : his is the imagination of a sublime instructor : we give our faith through duty as well as will. If our fancy flags we strain it, that we may appre- hend : we know that there is something which our conception ought to reach. There is not an idle word in any of the delineations which the bard exhibits ; nor is any picture merely addressed to the senses. Everything is invention — arising from novelty or complexity of combination ; nothing is a mere reflection from the mirror of the fancy. Milton early broke loose from the narrow bounds of observation, and ex- plored the trackless regions of air, and worlds of spirits — the good and the bad. There his pregnant imagination embodied new states of existence, and out of chaos drew form and life, and all that is grand, and beautiful, and godlike ; and yet, he so mingled them up with materials from the globe in which we are placed, that it is an unpardonable error to say that Paradise Lost contains little that is applicable to human interests. The human learn- ing, and human wisdom, contained in every page, are inexhaustible. On this account no other poem requires so many explanatory notes, drawn from all the most extensive stores of erudition. BOOK III. 113 Of classical literature, and of the Italian poets, Milton was a perfect mas- ter. He often replenished his images and forms of expression from Homer and Virgil, and yet, never was a servile borrower. There is an added plea- sure to what in itself is beautiful from the happiness of his adaptations. I do not doubt that what he wrote was from a conjunction of genius, learning, art, and labour; but the grand source of all his poetical conception and language, was the Scripture. — E. B. Horace advises a poet to consider thoroughly the nature and force of his genius. Milton seems to have known perfectly well wherein his strength lay, and has, therefore, chosen a subject entirely conformable to those talents of which he was master. As his genius was wonderfully turned to the sub- lime, his subject is the noblest that could have entered into the thoughts of man. Everything that is truly great and astonishing, has a place in it. The whole system of the intellectual world — the Chaos and the Creation — Heaven, Earth, and Hell, enter into the constitution of this poem. Having, in the First and Second Books, represented the infernal world with all its horrors, the thread of his story naturally leads him into the op- posite regions of bliss and glory. — A. 8 BOOK III. Hail, holy Light, offspring of Heav'n first-born, Or of th' Eternal coeternal beam, May I express thee unblamed ? since Grod is Light, And never but in unapproached light Dwelt from eternity, dwelt then in thee, 5 Bright effluence of bright essence increate. Or hear'st thou rather, pure ethereal stream, Whose fountain who shall tell ? Before the Sun, 1. Hail, holy Light : An elegant apostrophe to light. How pathetic, says Dr. Thomas Brown, is the very heauty of this invocation, when we con- sider the feelings with which it must have been written by him, who, " Like the wakeful bird, Sung darkling," and who seems to have looked back on that loveliness of nature, from which he was separated, with the melancholy readiness, with which the thoughts of the unfortunate and the sorrowful still revert to past enjoyments ; as the prisoner, even when fettered to his dungeon-floor, still turns his eye, almost involuntarily, to that single gleani of light, which reminds him only of scenes that exist no longer to him. 2-3. Milton questions whether he should address the light as the first-born of Heaven, or as the coeternal beam of the eternal Father, or as a pure etheral stream, whose fountain is unknown (7, 8) ; but, as the second appel- lation seems to ascribe a proper eternity to light, Milton very justly doubts whether he might use that without blame. — N. 3-4. Compare with 1 John i. 5, and 1 Tim. vi. 16. 6. Increate : Uncreated. See Book of Wisdom vii. 25, 26, which speaks of Wisdom in the same terms that are here applied to Light. 7. Or hear 1 st thou rather : A Latin and Greek form of expression, mean- ing, or dost thou prefer to hear thyself described as a pure, &c BOOK III. 115 Before the Heav'ns thou wert, and at the voice Of God, as with a mantle, didst invest 10 The rising world of waters dark and deep, "Won from the void and formless infinite. Thee I revisit now with bolder wing, Escaped the Stygian pool, though long detain'd In that obscure sojourn, while in my flight 15 Through utter and through middle darkness borne With other notes than to th' Orphean lyre I sung of Chaos and eternal Night, Taught by the heav'nly Muse to venture down The dark descent, and up to re-ascend, 20 Though hard and rare : thee I revisit safe, And feel thy sov'reign vital lamp : but thou Revisit'st not these eyes, that roll in vain To find thy piercing ray, and find no dawn ; 11. This line is borrowed from Spenser. 12. Void: Desolate. It has not the sense of empty, for we have seen that Chaos was described as full of matter ; but it has the sense of unorganized, unarranged. Milton borrows this description of Chaos from the account which Moses gives of the earth at a certain period, " without form arid voidP It is called infinite from its unlimited extension downwards, while Heaven was equally unlimited upwards. 16. That is, through Hell, which is often called utter {outer) darkness, and through the great gulf between Hell and Heaven, the middle darkness. — N. 17. With other notes, fyc. : Orpheus, a celebrated Thracian poet and musi- cian, made a Hymn to Night, which is still extant ; and also wrote of the Creation out of Chaos. He was inspired by his mother, Calliope, only ; Mil- ton, by the heavenly Muse; therefore, he boasts that he sung with other (meaning better) notes than Orpheus, though the subjects were the same. — R. 19. Heavenly Muse: The Holy Spirit, or, in imitation of the classical poets, Milton addresses one of those imaginary goddesses that preside over poetry and the fine arts. These, from the etymology of the word, are sup- posed to be nothing more than personifications of the inventive powers of the mind, as displayed in the several arts. 21. An allusion to Virg. vi. 128 : '■ Sed revocare gradum, superasque evadere ad auras, Hoc opus, hie labor est." 116 PARADISE LOST. So thick a drop serene hath quench 'd their orbs, 25 Or dim suffusion veil'd. Yet not the more Cease I to wander where the Muses haunt Clear spring, or shady grove, or sunny hill, Smit with the love of sacred song ; but chief Thee, Sion, and the flow'ry brooks beneath, 30 That wash thy hallow'd feet, and warbling flow, Nightly I visit : nor sometimes forget Those other two equall'd with me in fate, So were I equall'd with them in renown, Blind Thamyris and blind Masonides, 35 25. Drop-serene : A disease of the eye, affecting the retina. Dim suffu- sion : Supposed, in the time of Milton, to be caused by a film gradually cov- ering the front of the eye, but really caused by a change in the crystalline humour, called cataract. 26. Di/rn suffusion : This line may best be explained by an extract from one of Milton's letters, written in 1654, about ten years after his sight began to be impaired, and when the left eye had become useless. He says of the other : " While I was perfectly stationary, everything seemed to swim back- wards and forwards ; and now, thick vapours appear to settle upon my fore- head and temples, which weigh down my eyes with an oppressive sense of drowsiness, so as frequently to remind me of Phineus, the Salmydessian, in the Argonautics. ' In darkness swam his brain, and where he stood, The steadfast earth seemed rolling like a flood.' " He also says : " The constant darkness in which I live day and night, inclines more to a whitish than a blackish tinge ; and the eye, in turning itself round, admits, as through a narrow chink, a very small portion of light." 27. Cease to wander : Forbear to wander ; I do it as much as I did before I was blind. — N. 29. Smit, Ifc. : Virg. Georg. ii. 475.— N. 30. Brooks, fyc. : Kedron and Siloah. He still was pleased to study the beauties of the ancient poets, but his highest delight was in the songs of Sion, in the holy Scriptures. — N. 32. Nor, Sfc. : The same as, and sometimes not forget. Thus, in Latin, ncc and neque are frequently the same as et non. 34. So : In like manner. Oh, that I were in like manner, &c. 35-6. Thamyris : A Thracian poet, who had a contest of musical skill with the Muses, and being conquered, was, by them, deprived of sight for bis presumption. Mceonides : A surname of Homer, derived from his sup- posed birth in Mceonia. He is said to have become blind, by disease, at BOOK III. 3 17 And Tiresias and Phineus prophets old : Then feed on thoughts, that voluntary move Harmonious numbers ; as the wakeful bird Sings darkling, and in shadiest covert hid Ithaca Tiresias : A celebrated Theban prophet, of the cause of whose blindness various accounts are given. Phineus : A Thracian king, endowed with prophetic powers, who was rendered blind by the gods and tormented by the Harpies. 36. The enemies of the blind poet cruelly taunted him, in their writ- ings, with his blindness, as a just affliction of Heaven for the active part which he took against Charles I. The Christian philosophy which he ex- hibits in one of his replies, is full of interest. He says . " It is not, how- ever, miserable to be blind ; he only is miserable who cannot acquiesce in his blindness with fortitude. And why should I repent at a calamity, which every man's mind ought to be so prepared and disciplined, as to be able, on the contingency of its happening, to undergo with patience : a calamity to which every man, by the condition of his nature, is liable, and which I know to have been the lot of some of the greatest and best of my species. Among those on whom it has fallen, I might reckon some of the remotest bards of remote antiquity, whose want of sight the gods are said to have compensated with extraordinary, and far more valuable endowments, and whose virtues were so venerated, that men would rather arraign' the gods themselves of injustice, than draw from the blindness of these admirable mortals, an argument of their guilt. What is handed down to us respecting the augur Tiresias is very commonly known. Of Phineus, Apollonius, in his Argonautics, thus sings : " Careless of Jove, in conscious virtue bold, His daring lips Heaven's sacred mind unfold. The god hence gave him years without decay But robbed his eye-balls of the pleasing day." 37. Then feed, tifc. : Nothing could better express the musing thought ful- ness of a blind poet. It resembles a line in Speeser, whence it may have been borrowed. " I feed on sweet contentment of my thought." T. 38. Harmonious numbers : The reader will observe the flowing of the numbers here with all the ease and harmony of the finest voluntary. The words seem, of themselves, to have fallen naturally into verse, almost with- out the poet's thinking of it. This harmony appears to the greater advan- tage for the roughness of some of the preceding verses, which is an artifice frequently practiced by Milton, to be careless of his numbers in some places the better to set off the musical flow of those which immediately follow. — N. 39. Darkling : In the dark. 118 PARADISE LOST. Tunes her nocturnal note. Thus with the year 40 Seasons return, but not to me returns Day, or the sweet approach of ev'n or morn, Or sight of vernal bloom, or summer's rose, Or flocks, or herds, or human face divine ; But cloud instead, and ever-during dark 45 Surrounds me, from the cheerful ways of men Cut off, and for the Book of knowledge fair Presented with an universal blank Of Nature's works, to me expunged and rased, And Wisdom at one entrance quite shut out, 50 So much the rather thou, celestial Light. Shine inward, and the mind through all her pow'rs Irradiate, there plant eyes ; all mist from thence Purge and disperse, that I may see and tell Of things invisible to mortal sight. 55 Now had th' Almighty Father from above, From the pure empyrean where he sits High throned above all bight, bent down his eye, His own works and their works at once to view : About him all the sanctities of Heav'n 60 Stood thick as stars, and from his sight received Beatitude past utterance ; on his right The radiant image of his glory sat, His only Son : on earth he first beheld Our two first parents, yet the only two 65 Of mankind, in the happy garden placed, 40. Thus with the year, fyc. : The following lines are exceedingly touching, and are also well adapted to awaken lively gratitude in the reader's mind for the preservation of the invaluable sense of sight, and for the innumerable pleasures and advantages which that sense conveys to the mind. See Book VII., note on line 26. 47. For : Instead of. 58. Bent down his eye, fyc. : The survey of the whole creation, and of everything that is transacted in it, is a prospect worthy of Omniscience, and as much above that in which Virgil has drawn his Jupiter, as the Christian idea of the Supreme Being is more rational and sublime than that of the Heathens. The particular objects on which he is described as casting his eye, are represented in the most beautiful and lively manner. — A. BOOK III. 119 Reaping immortal fruits of joy and love, Uninterrupted joy, unrivall'd love, In blissful solitude. p He then survey'd Hell and the gulf between, and Satan there 70 Coasting the wall of Heav'n on this side Night, In the dun air sublime, and ready now To stoop with wearied wings and willing feet On the bare outside of this world, that seem'd Firm land embosom 'd, without firmament, 75 Uncertain which, in ocean or in air. Him God beholding from his prospect high, Wherein past, present, future, he beholds, Thus to his only Son foreseeing spake : Only begotten Son, seest thou what rage 80 Transports our Adversary ? whom no bounds Prescribed, no bars of Hell, nor all the chains Heap'd on him there, nor yet the main abyss Wide interrupt can hold ; so bent he seems On desperate revenge, that shall redound 85 Upon his own rebellious head. And now, Through all restraint broke loose, he wings his way 74-5. The universe now appeared to Satan to be a solid globe, encom- passed on all sides, but whether with water or with air was uncertain ; yet, it was without firmament — that is, without any sphere of fixed stars over it, as is now over the earth. The sphere of fixed stars was itself compre- hended in it (in the world here spoken of) , and made a part of it. — N. 79. 77ms to his only Son foreseeing spake: If Milton's majesty forsakes him anywhere, it is in those parts of his poem where the Divine Persons are introduced as speakers. The author seems to proceed with a kind of fear and trembling, while he describes the sentiments of the Almighty. He dares not give his imagination its full play, but chooses to confine himself to such thoughts as are drawn from the books of the most orthodox divines, and to such expressions as may be met with in Scripture. The beauties, therefore, which we are apt to look for in these speeches, are not of a poetical nature, nor so proper to fill the mind with sentiments of grandeur as with thoughts of devotion. The passions which they are designed to raise, are a divine love and a religious fear. — A . 83. Main: Vast. 84. Wide interrupt : Widely broken, and abounding in chasms. 120 PARADISE LOST. Not far off Heav'n, in the precincts of light, Directly tow'rds the new-created world, And man there placed, with purpose to assay 90 If him by force he can destroy, or worse, By some false guile pervert ; and shall pervert, For Man will hearken to his glozing lies, And easily transgress the sole command, Sole pledge of his obedience : So will fall, 95 He and his faithless progeny. Whose fault ? Whose but his own ? Ingrate, he had of me All he could have ; I made him just and right, Sufficient to have stood, though free to fall. Such I created all th' ethereal Pow'rs 100 And Spirits, both them who stood and them who fail'd ; Freely they stood, who stood, — and fell, who fell. Not free, what proof could they have giv'n sincere Of true allegiance, constant faith, or love, Where only what they needs must do appear'd, 105 Not what they would ? what praise could they receive ? What pleasure I from such obedience paid, When will and reason (reason also is choice) Useless and vain, of freedom both despoil'd, Made passive both, had served necessity, 110 Not me ? They therefore, as to right belong'd, So were created, nor can justly accuse Their Maker, or their making, or their fate, As if predestination over-ruled 93. Glozing: Flattering. 96. Whose fault : The responsibility of the fall is here justly attributed to man, being based upon his freedom and capacity to act rightly, or otherwise. ] 03. Not free : Not being free. 108. Reason also is choice : Reason is connected with choice — is essential to the exercise of will. A passage from Milton's Areopagitica throws some light on the above expression: " When God gave him reason he gave him freedom to choose ; for reason is but choosing." 114. jls if predestination : The particular beauty of the speeches in the Third Book, consists in that brevity and perspicuity of style, in which the poet has couched the greatest mysteries of Christianity, and drawn together, BOOK III. 121 Their will, disposed by absolute decree 115 Or high foreknowledge ; they themselves decreed Their own revolt, not I. If I foreknew, Foreknowledge had no influence on their fault, "Which had no less proved certain unforeknown. So without least impulse or shadow of fate, • 120 Or aught by me immutably foreseen, They trespass, authors to themselves in all Both what they judge and what they choose ; for so I form'd them free, and free they must remain, Till they enthrall themselves ; I else must change 125 Their nature, and revoke the high decree Unchangeable, eternal, which ordain 'd Their freedom, they themselves ordain 'd their fall. The first sort by their own suggestion fell, Self-tempted, self-depraved : Man falls, deceived 130 By th' other first : Man therefore shall find grace, The other none : in mercy and justice both, Through Heav'n and Earth, so shall my glory excel, in a regular scheme, the whole dispensation of Providence with respect to man. He has represented all the abstruse doctrines of predestination, free- will, and grace, as also the great points of incarnation and redemption (which naturally grow up in a poem that treats of the fall of man), with greal energy of expression, and in a clearer and stronger light than I ever met with in any other writer. As these points are dry in themselves, to the generality of readers, the concise and clear manner in which he has treated them, is very much to be admired, as is likewise that particular art which he has made use of in the interspersing of all those graces of poetry which the subject was capable of receiving. — A. See the note on line 172. It has been objected 1o Milton by Dr. Blair, that he is too frequently theo- logical and metaphysical ; but, on this point, there is ground for an opposite opinion. Why should not the poet be indulged in strains both theological and metaphysical, when treating upon a subject that lies at the foundation of revealed theology, and involves some of the most subtle operations of the human mind ? The Fall of Man, and the Loss of Paradise, could not have been treated with satisfactory fullness if the profound remarks of the poet relating to theology and mental philosophy had been omitted. 117. If: Though. 121. Immutably foreseen: So foreseen as to be immutable. — N. 129. Tlt£ first sort.: The apostate angels 122 PARADISE LOST. But mercy first and last shall brightest shine. Thus while God spake, ambrosial fragrance fhTd 135 All Heav'n, and in the blessed Spirits elect Sense of new joy ineffable -diffused. Beyond compare the Son of God was seen Most glorious ; in him all his Father shone Substantially express'd ; and in his face 140 Divine compassion visibly appear'd, Love without end, and without measure grace ; Which utt'ring, thus he to his Father spake : Father, gracious was that word which closed Thy sov'reign sentence, that Man should find grace ; 145 For which both Heav'n and Earth shall high extol Thy praises, with th' innumerable sound Of hymns and sacred songs, wherewith thy throne Encompass'd shall resound thee ever blest. For should Man finally be lost ; should Man, 150 Thy creature late so loved, thy youngest son, Fall circumvented thus by fraud, though join'd With his own folly ? that be from thee far, That far be from thee, Father, who art Judge Of all things made, and judgest only right. 155 Or shall the Adversary thus obtain His end, and frustrate thine ? Shall he fulfil His malice, and thy goodness bring to nought, Or proud return, though to his heavier doom, Yet with revenge accomplish'd, and to Hell 160 Draw after him the whole race of mankind By him corrupted ? Or, wilt thou thyself Abolish thy creation, and unmake, For him, what for thy glory thou hast made ? 136. And in the blessed spirits, §c. : The effects of the speech just delivered, upon the blessed spirits, and in the Divine Person to whom it was addressed cannot but fill the mind of the reader with a secret pleasure and com- placency. — A. 140. Substantially expressed: Heb. i. 1-3, 8. 153. Far from thee: Gen. xviii. 25. 163, &c. Matt, iii- 17; 1. Cor. i. 24; Rev. xix. 13. BOOK HI. 123 So should thy goodness and thy greatness both 165 Be question'd and blasphemed without defence. To whom the great Creator thus reply 'd : Son, in whom my soul hath chief delight, Son of my bosom, Son who art alone My word, my wisdom, and effectual might, 170 All hast thou spoken as my thoughts are ; all As my eternal purpose hath decreed. Man shall not quite be lost, but saved who will. Yet not of will in him, but grace in me Freely vouchsafed. Once more I will renew 175 His lapsed pow'rs, though forfeit and enthrall'd By sin to foul exorbitant desires : Upheld by me, yet once more he shall stand On even ground against his mortal foe, By me upheld, that he may know how frail 180 His fall'n condition is, and to me owe All his deliv'rance, and to none but me Some I have chosen of peculiar grace Elect above the rest ; so is my will : The rest shall hear me call, and oft be warn'd 185 Their sinful state, and to appease betimes Th' incensed Deity, while offer'd grace Invites ; for I will clear their senses dark, What may suffice, and soften stony hearts To pray, repent, and bring obedience due. 190 To pray'r, repentance, and obedience due, Though but endeavour'd with sincere intent, Mine ear shall not be slow, mine eye not shut. And I will place within them as a guide My umpire Conscience ; whom if they will hear, 195 170. My word, my wisdom: John i. 1. 17'2. Eternal purpose : Ephes. i. 4, 11; ii. 7-10; Rom. ix. 15, 16. 180. Upheld: Compare this with line 178, and remark the happy effect of changing the position of this word in the two lines. 189. Stony: Ezek. xxxvi. 26. 195. Rom. ii. 14, 15. 124 PARADISE LOST. Light after light well used they shall attain, And, to the end persisting, safe arrive. This my long suffrance and my day of grace They who neglect and scorn, shall never taste ; But hard be harden'd, blind be blinded more, 200 That they may stumble on, and deeper fall : And none but such from mercy I exclude. But yet all is not done : Man disobeying, Disloyal breaks his fealty, and sins Against the High Supremacy of Heav'n, 205 Affecting Godhead, and so losing all, To expiate his treason hath nought left, But to destruction sacred and devote, He, with his whole posterity, must die 5 Die he or justice must ; unless for him 210 Some other able, and as willing, pay The rigid satisfaction, death for death. Say, heav'nly Pow'rs, where shall we find such love ? Which of ye will be mortal to redeem Man's mortal crime, and just th' unjust to save ? 215 Dwells in all Heaven charity so dear ? He ask'd ; but all the heav'nly choir stood mute, And silence was in Heav'n : on Man's behalf Patron or intercessor none appear'd, Much less that durst upon his own head draw 220 The deadly forfeiture, and ransom set. And now without redemption all mankind Must have been lost, adjudged to Death and Hell By doom severe, had not the Son of God, In whom the fulness dwells of love divine, 225 His dearest mediation thus renew'd : Father, thy word is past, Man shall find grace ; 199. Matt. xiii. 14-16; Luke xiv. 24; Acts xiii. 41. 208. Devote: Devoted. 210. Heb. ix. 22, 28; x. 4-7. 217. Choir stood mute: This is a beautiful circumstance; the occasion was a lit one to produce such silence in heaven. Rev. viii. 1. BOOK III. 125 And shall grace not find means, that finds her way, The speediest of thy winged messengers, To visit all thy creatures, and to all 230 Comes unprevented, unimplored, unsought ? Happy for man, so coming : he her aid Can never seek, once dead in sins and lost : Atonement for himself or ofPring meet, Indebted and undone, hath none to bring. 235 Behold me then ; me for him, life for life I offer : on me let thine anger fall ; Account me Man : I for his sake will leave Thy bosom, and this glory next to thee Freely put off, and for him lastly die 240 Well pleased : on me let Death wreak all his rage : Under his gloomy pow'r I shall not long Lie vancpuish'd : thou hast given me to possess Life in myself for ever ; by thee I live, Though now to Death I yield, and am his due 245 All that of me can die ; yet that debt paid, Thou wilt not leave me in the loathsome grave His prey, nor suffer my unspotted soul For ever with corruption there to dwell ; But I shall rise victorious, and subdue 250 My Vanquisher, spoil'd of his vaunted spoil ; Death his death's wound shall then receive, and stoop 231. Unprevented: Not preceded by anything, by any effort in man. 236. The frequent repetition of me, reminds one of a line in Virgil's ^Eneid, Book ix. 427. " Me, me, adsum qui feci in me convertite ferrum." 241. Wreak: Inflict, 1 Pet. iii. 18. 244. John v. 26. 249. Corruption: Decomposition of the body, Acts ii. 25-31. 250-1. It has been objected to Milton's story that the hero is unsuccessful, and by no means a match for his enemies. This gave occasion to Dryden's reflection that Satan was in reality Milton's hero. To this it may be re- plied, that Paradise Lost is a narrative poem, and he that looks for a hero in it searches for that which Milton never intended; but if he is determined to fix the name of a hero upon any person in it, the Messiah is certainly the hero, both in the principal action and in the chief episodes. — A 126 PARADISE LOST. Inglorious, of his mortal sting disarm 'd. I through the ample air in triumph high Shall lead Hell captive maugre Hell, and shew 255 The Pow'rs of darkness bound. Thou at the sight Pleased, out of Heav'n shalt look down and smile, While by thee raised I ruin all my foes, Death last, and with his carcase glut the grave : Then with the multitude of my redeem'd 260 Shall enter Heav'n long absent, and return, Father, to see thy face, wherein no cloud Of anger shall remain, but peace assured And reconcilement ; wrath shall be no more Thenceforth, but in thy presence joy entire. 265 His words here ended, but his meek aspect Silent yet spake, and breath'd immortal love To mortal men, above which only shone Filial obedience : as a sacrifice Glad to be offer'd, he attends the will 270 Of his great Father. Admiration seized All Heav'n, what this might mean, and whither tend, Wond'ring ; but soon th' Almighty thus reply'd : thou in Heav'n and Earth the only peace Found out for mankind under wrath ! thou 275 My sole complacence ! well thou know'st how dear 253. See 1 Cor. xv. 55-7. 255. Maugre Hell: In spite of Hell, Ps. lxviii. 18; Eph. iv. 8; Col. ii. 15. 266. What a charming and lovely picture has Milton given us of God the Son, considered as our Saviour and Redeemer ! not in t'he least inferior in its way to that grander one in the Sixth Book, where he describes him clothed with majesty and terror, taking vengeance of his enemies. Before he repre- sents him speaking, he makes " divine compassion, love without end, and grace without measure, visibly to appear in his face," (140); and carrying on the same lovely picture, makes him end it with a countenance "breath- ing immortal love to mortal men." Nothing could be better contrived to leave a deep impression upon the reader's mind ; and I believe one may ven- ture to assert, that no art or words could lift the imagination to a stronger idea of a good and benevolent being. There is a muto eloquence prettily expressed by the poet in his " Silent, yet spake." — T. 269. John iv. 34; Ps. xl. 6, &c. BOOK III. 127 To me are all my works, nor Man the least, Though last created ; that for him I spare Thee from my bosom and right hand, to save, By losing thee a while, the whole race lost. 2S0 Thou therefore whom thou only canst redeem, Their nature also to thy nature join ; And be thyself Man among men on earth, Made flesh, when time shall be, of virgin seed, By wondrous birth : be thou in Adam's room 2S5 The Head of all mankind, though Adam's son. As in him perish all men, so in thee, As from a second root, shall be restored As many as are restored ; without thee none. His crime makes guilty all his sons ; thy merit 290 Imputed shall absolve them who renounce Their own both righteous and unrio-hteous deeds, And live in thee transplanted, and from thee Receive new life. So Man, as is most just, Shall satisfy for man, be judged and die, 295 And dying rise, and rising with him raise His brethren ransom'd with his own dear life. So heav'nly love shall outdo hellish hate, Giving to death, and dying to redeem, So dearly to redeem what hellish hate 300 So easily destroy'd, and still destroys In those who, when they may, accept not grace. Nor shalt thou, by descending to assume Man's nature, lessen or degrade thine own. Because thou hast, though throned in highest bliss 305 276. Mat. iii. 17. 277. Least : Least dear. 281-2. John i. 14; Heb. ii. 16. These lines may he transposed to exhibit the true meaning : " Thou therefore, join to thy nature the nature also of thein whom thou only canst redeem." 287. 1 Cor. xv. 21-2. 290. Rom. v. 12-19. 301. The language is here accommodated to the eternity of the speaker, to whom past, present, and future are one. — S. 128 PARADISE LOST. Equal to God, and equally enjoying God-like fruition, quitted all to save A world from utter loss, and hast been found By merit more than birthright, Son of God, Found worthiest to be so by being good, 310 Far more than great or high ; because in thee Love hath abounded more than glory 'bounds, Therefore thy humiliation shall exalt With thee thy manhood also to this throne : Here shalt thou sit incarnate, here shalt reign 315 Both God and Man, Son both of God and Man, Anointed Universal King : all pow'r I give thee ; reign for ever, and assume Thy merits ; under thee as Head Supreme Thrones, Princedoms, Pow'rs, Dominions I reduce : 320 All knees to thee shall bow, of them that bide In Heav'n, or Earth, or under Earth in Hell. When thou attended gloriously from Heav'n Shalt in the sky appear, and from thee send The summoning Arch-Angels to proclaim 325 Thy dread tribunal, forthwith from all winds The living, and forthwith the cited dead Of all past ages, to the gen'ral doom Shall hasten ; such a peal shall rouse their sleep. Then all thy saints assembled, thou shalt judge 330 Bad men and Angels ; they arraign'd shall sink Beneath thy sentence : Hell, her numbers full, Thenceforth shall be for ever shut. Mean while The world shall burn, and from her ashes spring New Heav'n and Earth, wherein the just shall dwell, 335 And after all their tribulations long See golden days, fruitful of golden deeds, 306-319. Phil. ii. 6-11 ; Eph. i. 20-23. 328. Mat. xxv. 31-46 ; 2 Thess. i. 7-9 ; Mat. v. 28, 29. 334. 2 Peter iii. 10-13. 335. See Dr. Chalmers's sermon on this subject. " Heaven and Earth" denote the entire creation. BOOK III. 129 With joy and love triumphing, and fair truth. Then thou thy regal sceptre shalt lay by, For regal sceptre then no more shall need, 340 God shall be All in All. But all ye Gods, Adore him, who to compass all this dies : Adore the Son, and honour him as me. No sooner had th' Almighty ceased, but all The multitude of Angels, with a shout 345 Loud as from numbers without number, sweet As from blest voices, utt'ring joy, Heav'n rung With jubilee, and loud Hosannas fill'd Th' eternal regions : lowly reverent Tow'rds either throne they bow, and to the ground 350 With solemn adoration down they cast Their crowns, inwove with amarant and gold ; Immortal amarant; a flow'r which once In Paradise, fast by the tree of life, Began to bloom ; but soon, for man's offence, 355 To Heav'n removed, where first it grew, there grows, And flow'rs aloft, shading the fount of life, And where the riv'r of bliss through midst of Heav'n 337. Golden : Virgil's Eclog. iv. 9. " Toto surget gens aurea mundo." 341. 1 Cor. xv. 24, 25. 343. Heb. i. 6. 344. If the reader pleases to compare this divine dialogue with the speeches of the gods in Homer, he will find the Christian poet to transcend the heathen, as much as the religion of the one surpasses that of the others. Their deities talk and act like men, but Milton's Divine Persons are Divine Persons indeed, and talk in the language of God, that is, in the language or spirit of Scripture. — N. 345. The construction is this : " All the multitude of angels uttering joy with a shout loud. &c. 351. Rev. iv. 10. 357. Ps. xxxvi. 8, 9; Rev. vii. 17; xxii. 1. 353. 1 Pet. i. 4. v. 4. The amarant, or amaranth, is an imaginary flower, the beauty of which never fades. 358. Elysian : An allusion to the Elysian Fields, or abodes of the blessed, of classical mythology. At first these were located upon islands in the At- lantic Ocean not far from the Straits of Gibraltar ; but. with the increase of 9 130 PARADISE LOST. Rolls o'er Elysian flow'rs her amber stream ; With these, that never fade, the Spirits elect 360 Bind their resplendent locks inwreath'd with beams, Now in loose garlands thick thrown off, the bright Pavement, that like a sea of jasper shone, Impurpled with celestial roses smiled. Then crown'd again, their golden harps they took, 365 Harps ever tuned, that glitt'ring by their side Like quivers hung, and with preamble sweet Of charming symphony they introduce Their sacred song, and waken raptures high ; No voice exempt, no voice but well could join 370 Melodious part, — such concord is in Heav'n. Thee, Father, first they sung, Omnipotent, Immutable, Immortal, Infinite, Eternal King ; thee, Author of all being, Fountain of Light, thyself invisible 375 Amidst the glorious brightness where thou sitt'st Throned inaccessible, but when thou shad'st The full blaze of thy beams, and through a cloud Drawn round about thee like a radiant shrine, geographical knowledge, these fields of bliss were transferred to the lower world, in a region supposed to be favoured with perpetual spring, clothed with continual verdure, enamelled with flowers, shaded by pleasant groves, and refreshed by never-failing fountains. Here the righteous lived in perfect felicity^ communing with each other, bathed in a flood of light proceeding from their own sun, and the sky at eve being lighted up by their own constellations : Solemque suum, sua sidera norunt." (Virgil iEn. vi. 641.) Their employ- ments below resembled those of earth, and whatever had warmly engaged their attention in the upper world, continued to be a source of virtuous enjoy- ment in the world below. (Virg. JEn. vi. 653.) — Anthon. 359. Amber stream : So called, not at all on account of its color, but of its clearness and transparency. Virgil (Georg. iii. 522) says of a river, '• Purior electro campum petit amnis.-' N. 360. These refers to floioers (359) . 363. Sea of jasper : Jasper is a precious stone of several colours ; but the green is most esteemed, and bears some resemblance to the sea. — N. 377. But : Except. The meaning is, Thou art accessible only when thou shadest. &c. EOOK III. 131 Dark with excessive bright thy skirts appear, 380 Yet dazzle Heav'n, that brightest Seraphim Approach not, but with both wings veil their eyes. Thee, next they sa'ng, of all creation first, Begotten Son, Divine Similitude, In whose conspicuous count'nance, without cloud 3St> Made visible, th' Almighty Father shines, Whom else no creature can behold : on thee Impress'd th' effulgence of his glory 'bides, Transfused on thee his ample Spirit rests. He Heav'n of Heav'ns and all the Pow'rs therein 390 By thee created, and by thee threw down Th' aspiring Dominations : thou that day Thy Father's dreadful thunder didst not spare, Nor stop thy flaming chariot-wheels, that shook Heav'n's everlasting frame, while o'er the necks 395 Thou drov'st of warring Angels disarray'd. Back from pursuit thy Pow'rs with loud acclaim Thee only extoll'd Son of thy Father's might, To execute fierce vengeance on his foes, Not so on Man : Him thro' their malice fall'n, 400 Father of mercy and grace, thou didst not doom So strictly, but much more to pity incline ; No sooner did thy dear and only Son Perceive thee purposed not to doom frail Man 380. Dark, fyc. : Milton has the same thought of darkness occasioned by glory, in Book V. 599 : " brightness had made invisible," an expression which sheds light upon the meaning of the poet here ; the excess of brightness had the effect of darkness — invisibility. What an idea of glory ! the skirts only not to be looked on by the beings nearest to God, but when doubly or trebly shaded by a cloud and both wings. What then is the full blaze ! — R. 382. See Isaiah's Vision, vi. 1-3. 1- 383. Col. i. 15, 16; John i. 1-3. 387. Else : In no other manner can any creature behold the Father. 388. Heb. i. 3. 389. John iii. 34-5. 397-8. Thy Powers extolled Thee only, (returning) back from pursuit. He had achieved the conquest alone. Book VI. 880. 132 PARADISE LOST. So strictly, but much more to pity inclined, 405 He to appease thy wrath, and end the strife Of mercy and justice in thy face discern'd, Regardless of the bliss wherein he sat Second to thee, offer'd himself to die For man's offence. unexampled love ! 410 Love no where to be found less than Divine ! Hail Son of God, Saviour of Men, thy name Shall be the copious matter of my song Henceforth, and never shall my harp thy praise Forget, nor from thy Father's praise disjoin. 415 Thus they in Heav'n, above the starry sphere, Their happy hours in joy and hymning spent. Mean while upon the firm opacous globe Of this round world, whose first convex divides The luminous inferior orbs, inclosed 420 From Chaos and th' inroad of Darkness old, Satan alighted walks : a globe far off 406. "Than" or "but" is understood before "he," to complete the sense. — N. 414. Harp thy praise: Rev. iv. 10, 11 ; v. 11-14. 419. First convex divides. Arc. : Milton frequently uses the words sphere, orb, globe, convex, as synonymous, and by them generally expresses the idea of a hollow crystalline sphere — of which, according to the old astronomy, there were several. The outermost one is here intended, but was opaque, and separated Chaos from the solar system, which it included. 421. Chaos: Matter was supposed to exist in a confused, unorganized state originally, and was designated by this name. A certain portion of this was separated into its different kinds, and reduced to order and form by the power of God. 422. Satan alighted walks : Satan's walk upon the outside of the universe, which at a distance appeared to him of a globular form, but upon his nearer approach looked like an unbounded plain, is natural and noble; as his roam- ing upon the frontiers of the creation, between that mass of matter which was wrought into a world, and that shapeless unformed heap of materials which still lay in chaos and confusion, strikes the imagination as something astonishingly great and wild. Upon this outermost surface of the universe the poet creates the Limbo of Vanity, respecting which some remarks will be made. — A. BOOK III. 133 It seem'd, now seems a boundless continent Dark, waste, and wild, under the frown of Night Starless exposed, and ever-threat'ning storms 425 Of Chaos blust'ring round, inclement sky ; Save on that side which from the wall of Heav'n, Though distant far, some small reflection gains Of glimm'ring air less vex'd with tempest loud : Here walk'd the Fiend at large in spacious field. 430 As when a vulture on Imaus bred, Whose snowy ridge the roving Tartar bounds, Dislodging from a region scarce of prey To gorge the flesh of lambs or yeanling kids On hills where flocks are fed, flies toward the springs 435 Of Ganges or Hydaspes, Indian streams ; But in his way lights on the barren plains Of Sericana, where Chineses drive With sails and wind their cany wagons light : So on this windy sea of land, the Fiend 440 Walk'd up and down alone, bent on his prey : Alone ; for other creature in this place, Living or lifeless, to be found was none ; 431-441. As when a vulture, fyc. : This simile is very apposite and lively. Satan, coming from Hell to Earth, in order to destroy mankind, but lighting first on the bare convex of this world's outermost orb (the outermost orb of creation) — a sea of land, as the poet calls it — is very fitly compared to a vulture flying, in quest of his prey, tender lambs or kids new yeaned, from the barren rocks to the more fruitful hills and streams of India, but lighting in his way on the plains of Sericana, which were, in a manner, a sea of land, too, the country being so smooth and open that carriages were driven (as travellers report) with sails and wind. Imaus is a celebrated mountain in Asia ; its name signifies snowy, and hence, its snowy ridge is spoken of. It is the eastern boundary of the Western Tartars, who are called roving, as they live chiefly in tents, and remove from place to place for the convenience of pasturage. Ganges and Hydaspes are rivers of India, the latter being a tributary to the river Indus. Scrica is a region between China on the eas* and the mountain Imaus on the west. What our author here says of the Chineses, seems to have been derived from Heylin's Cosmography. — N. 432 Bounds: Confines 433. Dislodging : Removing. 434 Yeanling: Young. 134 • PARADISE LOST. None yet, but store hereafter from the earth Up hither like aereal vapours flew 445 Of all things transit'ry and vain, when sin With vanity had fill'd the works of men ; Both all things vain, and all who in vain things Built their fond hopes of glory, or lasting fame, Or happiness, in this or th' other life ; 450 All who have their reward on earth, the fruits Of painful superstition and blind zeal, Nought seeking but the praise of men, here find Fit retribution, empty as their deeds : All th' unaccomplish'd works of Nature's hand, 455 Abortive, monstrous, or unkindly mix'd, Dissolved on earth, fleet hither, and in vain, Till final dissolution, wander here ; Not in the neighb'ring moon, as some have dream'd ; Those argent fields more likely habitants, 460 Translated Saints or middle Spirits, hold 457. In vain : At random, in the sense of the Latin frustra, fortuito. 459. Not in the moon, Sfc. : Ariosto, in his Orlando Furioso, gives a much longer description of things lost on earth and treasured up in the moon, than Milton here furnishes. A specimen is subjoined, in Harrington's trans- lation : " A storehouse strange, that what on earth is lost By fault, by time, by fortune, there is found ; Nor speak I sole of wealth, or things of cost, In which blind fortune's pow'r doth most abound, But e'en of things quite out of fortune's pow'r, Which wilfully we waste each day and hour : The precious time that fools mispend in play, The vain attempts that never take effect, The vows that sinners make and never pay, The counsels wise th'it careless men neglect, The fond desires that lead us oft astray, * »**♦** May there be found unto this place ascending." The same notion is amply set forth in Pope's Rape of the Lock, Canto V. — N. 460. Jlrgent : Bright like silver. The moon may be inhabited ; but, as Newton suggests, it is greatly to be questioned whether the notion here ex- pressed by the poet is true, that its inhabitants are translated saints, or spirits of a middle nature between angels and men. BOOK III. 135 Betwixt th' angelical and human kind. Hither of ill-join'd sons and daughters born First from the ancient world those giants came, With many a vain exploit, though then renown'd : 465 The builders next of Babel on the plain Of Sennaar, and still with vain design New Babels, had they wherewithal, would build : Others came single ; he who to be deem'd A God, leap'd fondly into iEtna flames, 470 Empedocles ; and he who to enjoy Plato's Elysium, leap'd into the sea, Cleombrotus ; and many more too long, Embryos and idiots, eremites and friars White, black and grey, with all their trumpery. 475 Here Pilgrims roam, that stray'd so far to seek 463. The sons of God, ill-joined with the daughters of men, alluding to Gen. vi. 4 ; the posterity of Seth, who worshipped the true God, and are, therefore, called the sons of God, intermarried with the idolatrous posterity of the apostate Cain. — N. 467. Sennaar, or Shinar, both names denoting a province of Babylonia. Milton here, as in many other instances, follows the Vulgate, in writing the names of places. — N. 470. Empedocles : A Sicilian philosopher, who flourished about 450 b. c, and became highly distinguished for his various attainments in science. The story alluded to in the text is, that he threw himself into the burning crater of Mount ./Etna, in order that, the manner of his death not being known, he might afterwards pass for a god ; but the secret was discovered by the ejection of one of his brass sandals in a subsequent eruption of the volcano. Horace alludes to the story in his Art of Poetry, 464. 473. Cleombrotus was a young man, who, having been deeply interested with Plato's reflections on the immortality of the soul, leaped into the sea, 'hat he might at once enjoy the felicity mentioned. — S. 473. Too long : That is, too long a number to describe. 475. White, Sfc. : So named from the dresses which they wore : white liars, or Carmelites ; black friars, or Dominicans ; grey friars, or Franciscans ; names derived from Carmel — where the first pretend their order was insti- tuted — from St. Dominic and St. Francis, the founders of the other two respectively. Our author here, as elsewhere, shows his dislike and abhor- rence of the Church of Rome, by placing the religious orders, with all their trumpery, cowls, hoods, &c, in the Paradise of Fools, and making them the principal objects there. — N. 136 PARADISE LOST. In Golgotha him dead, who lives in Heav'n ; And they who, to be sure of Paradise, Dying put on the weeds of Dominic, Or in Franciscan think to pass disguised : 480 They pass the planets sev'n, and pass the fix'd, And that crystalline sphere whose balance weighs The trepidation talked, and that first moved ; And now Saint Peter at Heav'n 's wicket seems To wait them with his keys, and now at foot 485 Of Heav'n's ascent they lift their feet, when lo, A violent cross wind from either coast 481-3. They pass the planets seven : Our planetary or solar system ; and beyond this pass the fixed, the firmament, or sphere of the fixed stars ; and beyond this, that crystalline sphere — the crystalline Heaven, clear as crystal — to which the Ptolemaic astronomers attributed a sort of libration, or shaking (the trepidation so much talked of) , to account for (or counterpoise) certain irregularities in the motion of the stars ; and beyond this, the first mov'd, the primum mobile, the sphere which was both the first moved and the first mover, communicating its motions to all the lower spheres ; and beyond this was the empyrean Heaven, the seat of God and the angels. — N. 482. Crystalline sphere : The opinions of Pythagoras on the system of the world, with few exceptions were founded in truth ; yet they were rejected by Aristotle, and by most succeeding astronomers, down to the time of Copernicus, and in their place was substituted the doctrine of crystalline spheres, first taught by Eudoxus, who lived about 370 b. c. According to this system, the heavenly bodies are set like gems in hollow solid orbs, com- posed of crystal so transparent, that no anterior orb obstructs in the least the view of any of the orbs that lie behind it. The sun and the planets have each its separate orb ; but the fixed stars are all set in the same grand orb ; and beyond this is another still, the primum mobile, which revolves daily from east to west, and carries along with it all the other orbs. Above the whole spreads the grand empyrean, or third heavens, the abode of perpetual serenity. To account for the planetary motions, it was supposed that each of the planetary orbs, as well as that of the sun, has a motion of its own, eastward, while it partakes of the common diurnal motion of the starry sphere. Aris- totle taught that these motions are effected by a tutelary genius of each planet, residing in it, and directing its motions, as the mind of man directs its movements. — Olmsted's Letters on Astronomy. 484. The poet here turns into ridicule the false assumption that Peter, and those who claim to be his spiritual successors, are exclusively intrusted with the keys of Heaven. BOOK III 137 Blows them transverse ten thousand leagues awry Into the devious air ; then might ye see Cowls, hoods, and "habits, with their wearers, tost 490 And flutter 'd into rags ; then reliques, beads, Indulgences, dispenses, pardons, bulls, The sport of winds : all these upwhirl'd aloft Fly o'er the backside of the world far off Into a Limbo large and broad, since call'd 495 The Paradise of Fools, to few unknown Long after, now unpeopled, and untrod. All this dark globe the Fiend found as he pass'd, And long he wander'd, till at last a gleam 488. Awry: Aside. 489. Devious: Out of the way, remote. 489. Then might ye see : That is, if you had been there ; or, the expression simply means, then might be seen. 490-49G. Ludicrous sentiments are unnatural in an epic poem, because they do not naturally occur while one is composing it ; and hence (as Dr. Beattie remarks) , the humorous description of the Limbo of Vanity, how- ever just as an allegory, however poignant as a satire, ought not to have ob- tained a place in Paradise Lost. Such a thing might suit the volatile genius of Ariosto and his followers, but is quite unworthy of the sober and well- principled disciple of Homer and Virgil. 493. Sport : Vjrg. JEn. vi. 75, " Ludibria ventis." 494. The " world' 1 '' here mentioned is not our earth, but the hollow, opaque sphere outside of the starry heavens (422-425). 495. The word Limbo (from the Latin limbus, a hem or edge) is a region which was supposed by some of the school theologians to lie on the edge or neighbourhood of Hell. This served as a receptacle for the souls of just men, who were not admitted into Purgatory or Heaven. Such were, according to some Christian writers, the patriarchs, and other pious ancients, who died before the birth of Christ ; hence, the Limbo was called the Lirnbus Pa- trum. These, it was believed, would be liberated at Christ's second coming, and admitted to the privileges of the blessed in Heaven. Dante has fixed his Limbo, in which the distinguished spirits of antiquity are confined, as the outermost of the circles of his Hell. The use which Milton has made of the same superstitious belief is seen in this passage. — Brande. 499. Till at last a gleam, &fc. : Satan, after having long wandered upon the surface or outermost wall of the organized universe, discovers, at last, a wide gap in it, which led into the creation, and is described as the opening 138 PARADISE LOST. Of dawning light turn'd thitherward in haste 500 His travell'd steps : far distant he descries Ascending by degrees magnificent Up to the wall of Heav'n a structure high ; At top whereof, but far more rich, appear'd The work as of a kingly palace gate, 505 With frontispiece of diamond and gold Embellish'd : thick with sparkling orient gems The portal shone, inimitable on earth By model, or by shading pencil drawn. The stairs were such as whereon Jacob saw 510 Angels ascending and descending, bands Of guardians bright, when he from Esau fled To Padan-Aram, in the field of Luz Dreaming by night under the open sky, And waking cry'd, This is the gate of Heav'n. 515 Each stair mysteriously was meant, nor stood There always, but drawn up to Heav'n sometimes Viewless : and underneath a bright sea flow'd Of jasper, or of liquid pearl, whereon Who after came from earth, sailing arrived, 520 Wafted by Angels, or flew o'er the lake Rapt in a chariot drawn by fiery steeds. The stairs were then let down, whether to dare The Fiend by easy 'scent, or aggravate His sad exclusion from the doors of bliss : 525 Direct against which open'd from beneath, Just o'er the blissful seat of Paradise, through which the angels pass to and fro into the lower world, upon their errands to mankind. — A. 506-7. These lines are an imitation of Ovid, Met. ii. 1 : " Regia solis erat sublimibus alta columnis, Clara micante auro, flammasque imitante pyropo." 510. Stairs: See Gen. xxviii. 11-17. 516. Each stair (the stairs line 510) was designed for some secret pur- pose. 518. The author, in the " Argument" of this Book, explains the sea to mean, the water above the firmament. BOOK III. 139 A passage down to th' Earth, a passage wide, Wider by far than that of after-times Over mount S ion, -and, though that were large, 530 Over the Promised Land, to God so dear, By which, to visit oft those happy tribes, On high behests his Angels to and fro Pass'd frequent, and his eye with choice regard From Paneas the fount of Jordan's flood 535 To Beersaba, where the Holy Land Borders on Egypt and th' Arabian shore . So wide the op'ning seem'd, where bounds were set To darkness, such as bound the ocean wave. Satan from hence, now on the lower stair 540 That scaled by steps of gold to Heaven gate, Looks down with wonder at the sudden view Of all this world at once. As when a scout Through dark and desert ways with peril gone • All night, at last by break of cheerful dawn 545 Obtains the brow of some high-climbing hill, Which to his eye discovers unaware The goodly prospect of some foreign land First seen, or some renown'd metropolis With glist'ring spires and pinnacles adorn'd, 550 Which now the rising Sun gilds with his beams : Such wonder seized, though after Heaven seen, The Spirit malign, but much more envy seized, 534. After regard, supply the words " passed frequent." 535. Paneas : The modern name, Banias. It was once called Caesarea- Philippi, and is securely embosomed among mountains, being at the head of one of the principal branches of the Jordan. 542. Looks dawn, fyc. : His sitting upon the brink of this passage, an<\ taking a survey of the whole face of nature, that appeared to him new and fresh in all its beauties, with the simile illustrating this circumstance, fills the mind of the reader with as surprising and glorious an idea as any that arises in the whole poem. He looks down into that vast hollow of the universe with the eye (or, as Milton calls it in his First Book , with the ken, of an angel. He surveys all the wonders in this immense amphi- theatre, that lie between both the poles of Heaven, and takes in, at one view, the whole round of the creation. — A. 140 PARADISE LOST. At sight of all this world beheld so fair. Round he surveys (and well might, where he stood 555 So high above the circling canopy Of Night's extended shade) from eastern point Of Libra to the fleecy star that bears Andromeda far off Atlantic seas Beyond th' horizon ; then from pole to pole 560 He views in breadth, and without longer pause Down right into the world's first region throws 555-561. Satan is here represented as taking a view of the whole crea- tion from east to west, and then from north to south ; but poetry delights to say the most common things in an uncommon manner. He surveys from eastern point of Libra : One of the twelve signs, exactly opposite to Aries, to the fleecy star, Aries or the Ram — that is, from east to west ; for when Libra rises in the east Aries sets in the western horizon. Aries is said to bear Andromeda, because that constellation, represented as a woman, is placed just over Aries, and, therefore, when Aries sets he seems to bear Andro- meda far off Atlantic seas, the great western ocean, beyond tti horizon. Then from pole to pole he views in breadth : That is, from north to south ; and that is said to be in breadth, because the ancients knowing more of the earth from east to west than from north to south, and so, having a much greater journey one way than the other, one was called length, or longitude, the other breadth, or latitude. — N. 555-568, &c. The verse in this exquisitely-moulded passage, says Hazlitt, floats up and down as if itself had wings. The sound of Milton's lines is moulded often into the expression of the sentiment, almost of the very image. They rise or fall, pause, or hurry rapidly on, with exquisite art, but without the least trick or affectation, as the occasion seems to require. See a beautiful instance, Book I. 732-747 ; 762-787. 562—4. Satan, having surveyed the whole creation, without longer pause, throws himself into it, and is described as making two different motions. At first he drops down perpendicularly some way into it, down right, &c, and afterwards winds his oblique way, turns and winds this way and that in order to espy the seat of man ; for though in 527 it is said that the passage was just over Paradise, yet it is evident that Satan did not know it. The air is compared to marble for its clearness and whiteness, without any re- gard to its hardness. The Latin word marmor, marble, is derived from a Greek word that signifies to shine and glisten. Virgil uses the expression of the marble sea, and Shakspeare speaks of the marble air. It is common with the ancients, and with those who write in the spirit and manner of the ancients, in their metaphors and similes, if they agree in the main circum- stances, to have no regard to lesser particulars. — N. BOOK III. 141 His flight precipitant, and winds with ease Through the pure marble air his oblique way Amongst innumer.able stars, that shone 565 Stars distant, but nigh hand seem'd other worlds ; Or other worlds they seem'd, or happy isles, Like those Hesperian gardens famed of old, Fortunate fields, and groves, and flow'ry vales, Thrice happy isles ; but who dwelt happy there 570 He stay'd not to inquire : above them all The golden Sun, in splendour likest Heav'n, Allur'd his eye : thither his course he bends Through the calm firmament (but up or down, By centre, or eccentric, hard to tell, 575 Or longitude) where the great luminary Aloof the vulgar constellations thick, That from his lordly eye keep distance due, Dispenses light from far ; they as they move Their starry dance in numbers that compute 580 Days, months, and years, tow'rds his all-cheering lamp Turn swift their various motions, or are turn'd By his magnetic beam, that gently warms The universe, and to each inward part With gentle penetration, though unseen, 585 Shoots invisible virtue ev'n to the deep ; 563 . Winds with ease, fyc. : His flight between the several worlds that shined on every side of him, with the particular description of the sun, are set forth in all the wantoness of a luxuriant imagination. — A. 565-6. Shone stars, fyc. : Appeared to be stars. 568. Hesperian gardens : Some have located these on the Cape Verd Islands ; others on Bissagos, a little above Sierra Leone. 574—6. But up or down, fyc. : Satan had now passed the fixed stars, and was directing his course towards the sun ; but it is hard to tell, says the poet, whether his course was up or down, that is, north or south (ix. 78; x. 675 , or whether it was by centre or eccentric, towards the centre or from the centre, it not being determined whether the sun is the centre of the world or not ; or whether it was by longitude, that is, in length, east or west, as appears from IV. 539 ; VII. 373.— N. 577. Aloof: Apart from. 5S0. Numbers : Measures. 142 PARADISE LOST. So wondrously was set his station bright. There lands the Fiend, a spot like which perhaps Astronomer in the Sun's lucent orb Through his glazed optic tube yet never saw. 590 The place he found beyond expression bright, Compar'd with aught on earth, metal or stone ; Not all parts like, but all alike inform 'd With radiant light, as glowing iron with fire ; If metal, part seem'd gold, part silver clear ; 595 If stone, carbuncle most, or chrysolite, Ruby or topaz, to the twelve that shone In Aaron's breast-plate, and a stone besides Imagined rather oft than elsewhere seen, That stone, or like to that which here below 600 Philosophers in vain so long have sought ; In vain, though by their pow'rful art they bind Volatile Hermes, and call up unbound In various shapes old Proteus from the sea, 590. The spots in the sun are visible with a telescope ; but astronomer perhaps never saw, " through his glazed optic tube," such a spot as Satan, now he was on the sun's orb. The poet mentions this glass the oftener in honor of Galileo, whom he means here by the astronomer. — N. 593. Informed: Inwrought. 597. To : It means, and so on, up to the twelve, or, including all the twelve. 600. Stone : A stone, or substance which the alchemists endeavoured to prepare, by a mixture of which with the common metals they hoped to con- vert them into gold. 603. Volatile Hermes: Hermes is the Greek name for Mercury, who pos- sessed a winged cap and sandals, which enabled him to pass rapidly from one part of space to another. While the poet evidently alludes to this fabulous being, he seems to speak of the metal, called mercury, or quicksilver, which is volatile, or rises into the air, by the application of intense heat. We know that the alchemists made great use of this metal in their vain endea- vours to manufacture a " philosopher's stone," such as they desired. The binding spoken of may refer to the amalgams which they formed with it. 604. Proteus, a deified mortal (according to the old Grecian mythology , a sooth-saying and wonder-working old man of the sea, who fed the phocEeof Neptune in the iEgean Sea, and was said by wandering manners to sun himself with his sea-calves, and to sleep at mid-day on the desert island of Pharos, BOOK III. 143 Drain'd through a limbec to his native form. 605 What wonder then if fields and regions here Breathe forth Elixir pure, and rivers run Potable gold, when with one virtuous touch Th' arch-chemic Sun, so far from us remote, Produces with terrestrial humour mix'd 610 Here in the dark so many precious things Of colour glorious and effect so rare ? Here matter new to gaze the Devil met and elsewhere. He prophesied only when compelled by force and art. He tried every means to elude those who consulted him, and changed himself, after the manner of the sea-gods, into every shape ; into beasts, trees, ser- pents, and even into fire and water. But whoever boldly held him fast re- ceived a revelation of whatever he wished to know, whether past, present, or future (Odyssey iv. 351). Any one who hastily changes his principles is, from this old sea-god, called a Proteus. — Encyclop. Amer. From the variety of shapes which this god was accustomed to assume and lay aside, Milton alludes to him in order to illustrate the various changes to which substances were subjected in the limbec (alembic 1 , or still, of the in- dustrious alchemist. Possibly sea-water, which is a compound of many con- stituents, was one of those substances. The passage then means (as Newton observes) , Though by their powerful art they bind and fix quicksilver, and change their matter (a representative of which Proteus has been supposed to be) unbound, unfixed, into as many various shapes as Proteus, till it be reduced at last, by draining through their stills, to its first original form. To bind or fix, is to render a substance inca- pable of being volatilized by heat. So the alchemists understood the term. 606. What wonder, fyc. : And if alchemists can do so much, what wonder then if the sun itself is the true philosopher's stone, the grand elixir, and rivers of liquid gold ; when the sun, the chief of alchemists, though at so great a distance, can perform such wonders upon earth, and produce so many precious things ? The thought of making the sun the chief alchemist, seems to be taken from Shakspeare's King John, Act iii. : ' To solemnize this day. the glorious sun Stays in his course and plays the alchemist, Turning with splendour of his precious eye The meagre cloddy earth to glittering gold." N. C0t5. dere : In the sun, which he was speaking of. 607. Elixir pure : Elixir vita?, a medicine for perpetuating life, was also •n earnest object of pursuit with the alchemists. 608. Potable : Drinkable. Virtuous : Efficacious. 144 PARADISE LOST. Undazzled ; far and wide his eye commands ; For sight no obstacle found here, nor shade, 615 But all sunshine, as when his beams at noon Culminate from th' equator, as they now Shot upward still direct, whence no way round Shadow from body opaque can fall ; and th' air, No where so clear, sharpen'd his visual ray 620 To objects distant far, whereby he soon Saw within ken a glorious Angel stand, The same whom John saw also in the Sun. His back was turn'd, but not his brightness hid : Of beaming sunny rays a golden tiar 625 Circled his head, nor less his locks behind Illustrious on his shoulders fledge with wings Lay waving round. On some great charge employ'd He seem'd, or fix'd in cogitation deep. Glad was the Spirit impure, as now in hope 630 To find who might direct his wand'ring flight To Paradise, the happy seat of Man, His journey's end, and our beginning woe. But first he casts to change his proper shape, 616-17. There was no shadow, just as there is none at our equator when the sun culminates, is at its highest point, is directly overhead, and sends down his rays from the celestial equator. Jls they now : For as much as, &c. 621—44. The figures introduced in this passage have, says Hazlitt, all the elegance and precision of a Greek statue ; glossy and impurpled, tinged with golden light, and musical as the strings of Memnon's harp ! 623. See Rev. xix. 17, " And I saw an angel standing in the sun." 625. Tiar : Coronet, or cap. 627. Illustrious: Lustrous, glossy. Fledge: Furnished. 634. Casts to change, Sfc. : That is, meditates to change his shape. His shape, speech, and behaviour, upon his transforming himself into an angel of light, are touched with exquisite beauty. The poet's thought of directing Satan to the sun, which, in the vulgar opinion of mankind, is the most con- spicuous part of the creation, and the placing in it an angel, is a circumstance very finely contrived, and the more adjusted to a poetical probability, as it was a received doctrine among the most famous philosophers that every orb had its intelligent beings ; and as an apostle, in sacred writ, is said to have seen an angel in the sun. — A. BOOK III. 145 Which else might work him danger or delay : 635 And now a stripling Cherub he appears, Not of the prime, yet such as in his face Youth smiled celestial, and to ev'ry limb Suitable grace diffused, so well he feign'd : Under a coronet his flowing hair 640 In curls on either cheek play'd ; wings he wore Of many a colour'd plume, sprinkled with gold ; His habit fit for speed succinct, and held Before his decent steps a silver wand. He drew not nigh unheard : the Angel bright, 645 Ere he drew nigh, his radiant visage turn'd, Admonisk'd by his ear, and straight was known Th' Arch-Angel Uriel, one of the seven Who in God's presence, nearest to his throne, Stand ready at command, and are his eyes 650 That run through all the Heav'ns, or down to th' Earth Bear his swift errands over moist and dry, O'er sea and land : him Satan thus accosts : Uriel, for thou of those sev'n Spirits that stand In sight of God's high throne, gloriously bright, 655 The first art wont his great authentic will Interpreter through highest Heav'n to bring, Where all his sons thy embassy attend ; And here art likeliest, by Supreme decree, 637. Prime : Earliest age. 643. Habit: Dress. As it is contrary to the manner of Milton to put clothes upon angels, the habit here spoken of may denote the wings, and in that case the word succinct cannot bear its usual signification of girded, but the metaphorical sense of prepared, ready for action. 644. Decent • Graceful. We are reminded of those lines in Horace Ode iv. book i. : JunctanqueNymphis Giatiae deccnles AHerno ten am quatiunt pede ; . . . . 650. See Zech. iv. 10 ; Tobit xii. 15 ; Rev. i. 4 ; v. 6 ; viii. 2. 654. Uriel : The meaning of this Hebrew name is, God is my light. Hence, with great propriety, the station assigned him is the sun. The Jews sup- posed that there were seven principal angels who led the heavpnly hosts. 10 146 PARADISE LOST. Like honour to obtain, and as his eye 660 To visit oft this new creation round ; Unspeakable desire to see, and know All these his wondrous works, but chiefly Man, His chief delight and favour ; him for whom All these his works so wondrous he ordain'd, 665 Hath brought me from the choirs of Cherubim Alone thus wand'ring. Brightest Seraph, tell In which of all these shining orbs hath Man His fixed seat, or fixed seat hath none, But all these shining orbs his choice to dwell ; 670 That I may find him, and with secret gaze Or open admiration him behold, On whom the great Creator hath bestow'd Worlds, and on whom hath all these graces pour'd ; That both in him and all things, as is meet, • 675 The Universal Maker we may praise, Who justly hath driv'n out his rebel foes To deepest Hell ; and to repair that loss Created this new happy race of Men To serve him better : wise are all his ways. 680 So spake the false Dissembler unperceived ; For neither Man nor Angel can discern Hypocrisy, the only evil that walks Invisible, except to God alone, By his permissive will, thro' Heav'n and Earth : 685 And oft though Wisdom wake, Suspicion sleeps At Wisdom's gate, and to Simplicity Resigns her chai-ge, while Goodness thinks no ill Where no ill seems : which now for once beguiled Uriel, though regent of the Sun, and held 690 The sharpest sighted Spirit of all in Heav'n ; 664. Delight and favour : Object of delight and favour. 686-89. Suspicion sleeps, §c. : There is not in my opinion a nobler senti- ment, or one more poetically expressed, in the whole poem. What great art has the poet shown in taking off the dryness of a mere moral sentence by throwing it into the form of a short and beautiful allegory ! — T. 690. Held: Consirlcro !. BOOK III. " 147 Who to the fraudulent impostor foul In his uprightness answer thus return'd : Fair Angel, thy desire, which tends to know The works of God, thereby to glorify 695 The great Work-Master, leads to no excess That reaches blame, but rather merits praise The more it seems excess, that led thee hither From thy empyreal mansion thus alone, To witness with thine eyes what some perhaps 700 Contented with report hear only in Heav'n : For wonderful indeed are all his works, Pleasant to know, and worthiest to be all Had in remembrance always with delight : But what created mind can comprehend 705 Their number, or the wisdom infinite That brought them forth, but hid their causes deep ? I saw when at his word the formless mass, This world's material mould, came to a heap : Confusion heard his voice, and wild Uproar 710 Stood ruled, stood vast Infinitude confined ; Till at his second bidding Darkness fled, Light shone, and Order from Disorder sprung : Swift to their sev'ral quarters hasted then The cumbrous elements, Earth, Flood, Air, Fire ; 715 And this ethereal quintessence of Heav'n Flew upward, spirited with various forms, That roll'd orbicular, and turn'd to stars 715. Cumbrous, when compared to light. 716. Quintessence, literally means Wye fifth or highest essence. The expres- sion ethereal quintessence is descriptive of light, as the most subtile form of matter. Spirited xvith various forms : Animated as by a spirit, or conveyed away rapidly, and possessing various forms. &c. The ancients supposed that the stars and heavens were formed out of a fifth essence, and not of the four elements. 718. I saw: An allusion to Prov. viii. 22-29. In the answer which the angel returns to the disguised evil spirit, there is such a becoming majesty as is altogether suitable to a superior being. This part of it in which he rep e- sents himself as present at the creation is very noble in itself, and not o !y 148 ■ PARADISE LOST. Numberless, as thou seest, and how they move : Each had his place appointed, each his course ; 720 The rest in circuit walls this universe. Look downward on that globe, whose hither side With light from hence, though but reflected, shines ; That place is Earth, the seat of Man ; that light His day, which else, as th' other hemisphere, 725 Night would invade ; but there the neighb'ring moon (So call that opposite fair star) her aid Timely interposes, and her monthly round Still ending, still renewing, through mid Heav'n, With borrow'd light her countenance triform 730 Hence fills and empties to enlighten th' Earth, And in her pale dominion checks the night. That spot to which I point is Paradise, Adam's abode, those lofty shades his bow'r. Thy way thou canst not miss, me mine requires. 735 Thus said, he turn'd ; and Satan bowing low, As to superior Spirits is wont in Heav'n, Where honour due and rev'rence none neglects, Took leave, and tow'rd the coast of earth beneath, Down from th' ecliptic, sped with hoped success, 740 proper where it is introduced, but requisite to prepare the reader for what follows in the Seventh Book. — A. 721. The rest: The remaining portion of matter (of the " formless mass,' line 708) , surrounds in an opaque spherical form, as by a wall, the organized universe, thus guarding it against the encroachments of the raging Chaos (line 710). Compare with lines 419-430. But Newton gives another interpre- tation : These stars are numberless, &c. ; and the rest of this fifth essence that is not formed into stars surrounds, and like a wall encloses the universe. 722. Look downward, $c. : In this part of the speech Milton points out the Earth with such circumstances that the reader can scarce forbear fancying himself employed in the same distant view of it. — A. 730. Triform : There are three principal aspects of the moon ; at new moon, a bright semi-circle of light : at the quarter, when a semi-circle is fill- ed with light; at the full moon which forms an entire circle of light. There i< an allusion to Ihe goddess Diana, who was called Triformis, from her three- fold character as goddess of the moon or mouth, the chase, and the lower re- gion--. BOOK III. 149 Throws his steep flight in many an aery wheel, Nor stay'd, till on Niphates' top he lights. 741. Aery wheel : Either descriptive of his joyous and sportive state of mind on nearing the object of his long journey, or the speed with which he has- tened to consummate his long travel. 742. Niphates : A mountain of Armenia, in Asia ; near the supposed site, of Paradise. MILTON'S SATAN. Wherever Satan appears, he becomes the centre of the scene. Round him, as he lies on the fiery gulf, floating many a rood, the flames seem to do obeisance, even as their red billows break upon his sides. When he rises up into his proper stature, the surrounding hosts of Hell cling to him, like leaves to a tree. When he disturbs the old deep of Chaos, its anarchs, Orcus, Hades, Demogorgon, own a superior. When he stands on Niphates and bespeaks the sun which was once his footstool, Creation becomes silent, to listen to the dread soliloquy. When he enters Eden, a shiver of horror shakes all its roses, and makes the waters of the four rivers to tremble. Even in Heaven, the Mountain of the Congregation in the sides of the north, where he sits, almost mates with the Throne of the Eternal. Mounted on the night, as on a black charger, carrying all Hell in his breast, and the trail of Heaven's glory on his brow ; his eyes, eclipsed suns ; his cheeks furrowed not by the traces of tears, but of thunder ; his wings, two black forests ; his heart, a mount of millstone ; armed to the teeth ; doubly armed by pride, fury, and despair ; lonely as death ; hungry as the grave ; intrenched in immortality ; defiant against every difficulty and dan- ger, does he pass before us, the most tremendous conception in the compass of poetry; the sublimest creation of the mind of man. Burns, in one of his letters, expresses a resolve to buy a pocket-copy of Milton, and study that noble (?) character, Satan. We cannot join in this opinion entirely, although very characteristic of the author of the " Address to the De'il ;" but we would advise our readers, if they wish to see the loftiest genius passing into the highest art ; if they wish to see combined in one stupendous figure every species of beauty, deformity, terror, darkness, light, calm, convulsion ; the essence of Man. Devil, and Angel, collected into a something distinct from each, and absolutely unique ; all the elements of nature ransacked, and all the characters in history analysed, in order to deck that brow with terror, to fill that eye with fire, to clothe that neck with thunder, to harden that heart into stone, to give to that port its pride and to that wing its swiftness, and that glory so terrible to those nostrils snorting with hatred to God and scorn to Man ; to buy, beg, or borrow, a copy of 150 PARADISE LOST. Milton, and study the character of Satan, not like Burns, for its worth, but for the very grandeur of its worthlessness. An Italian painter drew a re- presentation of Lucifer so vivid and glowing, that it left the canvas and came into the painter's soul ; in other words, haunted his mind by night and day ; became palpable to his eye even when he was absent from the picture . produced, at last, a frenzy which ended in death. We might wonder that a similar effect was not produced upon Milton's mind from the long presence of his own terrific creation (to be thinking of the Devil for six or ten years together looks like a Satanic possession) , were it not that we remember his mind was more than equal to confront its own workmanship. He was enabled, besides, through his habitual religion, to subdue and master his tone of feeling in reference to him. — Gilfillan. BOOK IV. THE ARGUMENT. Satan, now in prospect of Eden, and nigh the place where he must now attempt the hold enterprise which he undertook alone against God and Man, falls into many doubts with himself, and many passions, fear, envy, and de- spair ; but at length confirms himself in evil, journeys on to Paradise, whose outward prospect and situation is described, overleaps the bounds, sits in the shape of a cormorant on the Tree of Life, as highest in the garden, to look about him. The garden described ; Satan's first sight of Adam and Eve ; his wonder at their excellent form and happy state, but with resolution to work their fall ; overhears their discourse, thence gathers that the Tree of Knowledge was forbidden them to eat of, under penalty of death ; and thereon intends to found his temptation, by seducing them to transgress ; then leaves them a while, to know further of their state by some other means. Mean- while, Uriel, descending on a sunbeam, warns Gabriel, who had in charge the gate of Paradise, that some evil spirit had escaped the deep, and passed at noon by his sphere, in the shape of a good Angel, down to Paradise, dis- covered after by his furious gestures in the Mount; Gabriel promises to find him ere morning ; night coming on, Adam and Eve discourse of going to their rest ; their bower described ; their evening worship ; Gabriel draw- ing forth his bands of night-watch to walk the round of Paradise, appoints two strong Angels to Adam's bower, lest the evil spirit should be there doing some harm to Adam or Eve sleeping ; there they find him at the ear of Eve, tempting her in a dream, and bring him, though unwilling, to Gabriel ; by whom questioned, he scornfully answers, prepares resistance but hindered by a sign from Heaven, flies out of Paradise. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. I believe that this Book is a general favourite with readers : there are parts of it beautiful ; but it appears to me far less grand than the Books which precede it. It has, I think, not only less sublimity, but less poetical invention. It required less imagination to describe the garden of Eden than Pandemonium or Chaos. Adam and Eve are — the one noble, the other lovely; but still they are human beings, with human passions. — E. B. Milton, like Dante, had been unfortunate in ambition and in love. He had survived his health and his sight, the comforts of his home, and the prosperity of his party. Of the great men by whom he had been distin- guished, some had been taken away from the evil to come : some had taken into foreign climates their unconquerable hatred of oppression : some were pining in dungeons, and some had poured forth their blood on scaffolds. If ever despondency and asperity could be excused in any man, they might have been excused in Milton ; but the strength of his mind overcame every calamity. His temper was serious, perhaps stern ; but it was a temper which no sufferings could render sullen or fretful. Such as it was, when, on the eve of great events, he returned from his travels, in the prime of health and manly beauty, loaded with literary distinctions, and glowing with .patriotic hopes — such it continued to be — when, after having experienced every calamity which is incident to our nature, old, poor, sightless, and dis- graced, he retired to his hovel to die ! Hence it was, that though he wrote the Paradise Lost at a time of life when images of beauty and tenderness are, in general, beginning to fade, even from tnose minds in which they have not been effaced by anxiety and disap- pointment, he adorned it with all that is most lovely and delightful in the physi- cal and in the moral world. Neither Theocritus nor Ariosto had a finer, or a more healthful sense of the pleasantness of external objects, or loved better to luxuriate amidst sunbeams and flowers, the songs of nightingales, the juice of summer fruits, and the coolness of shady fountains. His poetry reminds us of the miracles of Alpine scenery: nooks and dells, beautiful as fairy land, are embosomed in its most rugged and gigantic elevations. The roses and myrtles bloom unchilled on the verge of the avalanche. — Macau lay. BOOK IV. O for that warning voice, which he who saw Th' Apocalypse heard cry in Heav'n aloud, Then when the Dragon, put to second rout, Came furious down to be revenged on men, ' Woe to th' inhabitants on earth !' that now, 5 While time was, our first parents had been warn'd The coming of their secret foe, and 'scaped, Haply so 'scaped his mortal snare : for now Satan, now first inflamed with rage, came down, The tempter ere th' accuser of mankind, 10 To wreck on innocent frail man his loss Of that first battle, and his flight to Hell : Yet not rejoicing in his speed, though bold Far off and fearless, nor with cause to boast, Begins his dire attempt, which nigh the birth 15 Now rolling, boils in his tumultuous breast, And, like a dev'lish engine, back recoils Upon himself: horror and doubt distract His troubled thoughts, and from the bottom stir I . The opening of this Book is ingenious and happy. A prominent sub- ject of the Apocalypse of John (Rev. xii. 2), here referred to. is Satan's overthrow, whose first attempts upon Man's purity and happiness form the ground- work of this part of the poem. — S. II. Wreck: Wreak. 13. In his speed: In the speed he had employed. 154 PARADISE LOST. The Hell within him ; for within him Hell 20 He brings, and round about him ; nor from Hell One step no more than from himself can fly By change of place : now Conscience wakes Despair That slumber'd, wakes the bitter memory Of what he was, what is, and what must be 25 Worse ; of worse deeds worse sufPrings must ensue. Sometimes tow'rds Eden, which now in his view Lay pleasant, his grieved look he fixes sad ; Sometimes tow'rds Heav'n and the full-blazing Sun, Which now sat high in his meridian tow'r : 30 Then much revolving, thus in sighs began : thou that with surpassing glory crown'd, Look'st from thy sole dominion like the God Of this new world ; at whose sight all the stars Hide their diminish'd heads ; to thee I call, 35 But with no friendly voice, and add thy name, O Sun, to tell thee how I hate thy beams, That bring to my remembrance from what state 24. Memory : Used in the sense of consideration. 30. Tow'r : At noon the sun is lifted up as in a tower. Virgil uses the same figure. — N. 32. Thou : An address is here made to the sun, as the most resplendent object that meets Satan's view, ending in a soliloquy that displays great art, impiety, and wickedness. In this splendid soliloquy, the hatred of the fiend does not debar him from acknowledging how worthy that luminary is of wonder and admiration. Rousseau, in his last illness, was heard to ejaculate, " Oh, how beautiful is the sun ! I feel as if he called my soul towards him !" Indeed, the sun is so glorious a body, that it can hardly excite our wonder that, in the more early and ignorant ages, it should have received the honours of deification. One of the German poets, when about to expire, requested to be raised from his couch in order to take a last look at that glorious luminary : " Oh," said he, with the sublimity of enthusiasm, " if a small part of the Eternal's creation can be so exquisitely beautiful as this, how much more beautiful must be the Eternal himself!" — Bucke. Oh Thou, Sfc. : This is one of those magnificent speeches to which no other name can be given, than that it is supereminently Miltonic. This is mainly argumentative sublimity ; in which, I think, he is even still greater than in his splendid and majestic imagery. — E. B. BOOK IV. 155 I fell, how glorious once above thy sphere ; Till pride and worse ambition threw me down 40 Warring in Heav'n against Heav'n's matchless King : Ah wherefore ! he deserved no such return From me, whom he created what I was In that bright eminence, and with his good Upbraided none ; nor was his service hard. 45 What could be less than to afford him praise, The easiest recompense, and pay him thanks, How due ! yet all his good proved ill in me, And wrought but malice ; lifted up so high, I sdeign'd subjection, and thought one step higher 50 Would set me high'st, and in a moment quit The debt immense of endless gratitude, So burdensome still paying, still to owe, Forgetful what from Him I still received, And understood not that a grateful mind 56 By owing owes not, but still pays, at once Indebted and discharged : what burden then ? had his pow'rful destiny ordain 'd Me some inferior Angel, 1 had stood Then happy ; no uubounded hope had raised 60 Ambition. Yet, why not ? some other Pow'r, As great might have aspired, and me, though mean, 38. That bring to my remembrance, fyc. : Satan being now within the prospect of Eden, and looking round upon the glories of the creation, is filled with sentiments different from those which he discovered whilst he was in Hell. The place inspires him with thoughts more adapted to it. He reflects upon the happy condition from which he fell, and breaks forth into a speech that is softened with several transient touches of remorse and self-accusation ; but, at length, he confirms himself in impenitence, and in his design of drawing back man into his own state of guilt and misery This conflict of passions is raised with a great deal of art, as the opening of his speech to the sun is very bold and noble. — A. 40. Pride : An inordinate self-esteem. Ambition : A worse passion, as it prompted him to impious efforts to acquire equal dominion with God. 50. Sdeign'd : Disdained, from the Italian sdegnare. 55. And connects this verb with the verbs in 50 58. Destiny : Act of destination. 156 PARADISE LOST. Drawn to his part ; but other Pow'rs as great Fell not, but stand unshaken, from within Or from without, to all temptations arm'd. 65 Iladst thou the same free will and pow'r to stand? Thou hadst. Whom hast thou then or what t' accuse, But Heav'n's free love dealt equally to all ? Be then his love accursed, since love or hate, To me alike, it deals eternal woe. 70 Nay, cursed be thou ; since against his thy will Chose freely what it now so justly rues. Me miserable ! which way shall I fly Infinite wrath, and infinite despair ? Which way I fly is Hell ; myself am Hell ; 75 And in the lowest deep a lower deep Still threat'ning to devour me opens wide, To which the Hell I suffer seems a Heav'n then at last relent. Is there no place Left for repentance, none for pardon left ? 80 None left but by submission ; and that word Disdain forbids me, and my dread of shame Among the Spirits beneath, whom I seduced With other promises and other vaunts Than to submit, boasting I could subdue 85 Th' Omnipotent. Ay me, they little know How dearly I abide that boast so vain, Under what torments inwardly I groan, IT). Myself am Hell, fyc. : An example of Hyperbole. Hyperboles are of two kinds ; either such as are employed in description, or such as are sug- gested by the warmth of passion ; for if the imagination has a tendency to magnify its objects beyond their natural proportion, passion possesses this tendency in a vastly stronger degree ; and, therefore, not only excuses the most daring figures, but very often renders them natural and just. All pas- sions, without exception, love, terror, amazement, indignation, anger, and even grief, throw the mind into confusion, aggravate their objects, and, of course, prompt a hyperbolical style. Hence, the following sentiments of Satan in Milton, as strongly as they are described, contain nothing but what is natural and proper, exhibiting the picture of a mind agitated with rage and despair. — Blair. 81. That word (submission) . BOOK IV. 157 While they adore me on the throne of Hell ! With diadem and sceptre high advanced, 90 The lower still I fall, only supreme In misery ! such joy ambition finds. But say I could repent, and could obtain By act of grace my former state, how soon Would highth recall high thoughts, how soon unsay 95 What feign'd submission swore ! ease would recant Vows made in pain, as violent and void ; For never can true reconcilement grow Where wounds of deadly hate have pierced so deep Which would but lead me to a worse relapse, 100 And heavier fall : so should I purchase dear Short intermission bought with double smart. This knows my Punisher : therefore, as far From granting he, as I from begging peace. All hope excluded thus, behold, instead 105 Of us outcast, exiled, his new delight, Mankind created, and for him this world. So farewell hope, and with hope farewell fear, Farewell remorse : all good to me is lost : Evil be thou my good ; by thee at least 110 Divided empire with Heav'n's King I hold, By thee, and more than half perhaps will reign ; As Man ere long, and this new world shall know. Thus while he spake, each passion dimm'd his face ; Thrice changed with pale, ire, envy, and despair ; 115 Which marr'd his borrow'd visage, and betray'd Him counterfeit, if any eye beheld. 110-12. The meaning is : Evil be thou my source of happiness ; by means of thee I hold at least divided empire, &c. ; by thee (I repeat\ and (here- after) will reign, perhaps, more than half, by adding Earth to my empire. 114. Thus while he spake, fyc. : The above speech is, perhaps, the finest that is ascribed to Satan in the whole poem. The evil spirit afterwards proceeds to make his discoveries concerning our first parents, and to learn after what manner they may be best attacked. — A. Each passion, namely, ire, envy, and despair, dimmed his face, and changed it into an intense paleness. To change with, is an idiom of Latin and Greek writers. 158 PARADISE LOST. For heav'nly minds from such distempers foul Are ever clear. Whereof he soon aware, Each perturbation smooth 'd with outward calm, 120 Artificer of fraud ; and was the first That practised falsehood under saintly show, Deep malice to conceal, couch 'd with revenge : Yet not enough had practised to deceive Uriel once warn'd ; whose eye pursued him down 125 The way he went, and on th' Assyrian mount Saw him disfigured more than could befall Spirit of happy sort ; his gestures fierce He mark'd and mad demeanour, then alone, As he supposed, all unobserved, unseen. 130 So on he fares, and to the border comes Of Eden, where delicious Paradise, Now nearer, crowns with her inclosure green, As with a rural mound, the champaign head Of a steep wilderness, whose hairy sides 135 With thicket overgrown, grotesque and wild, Access deny'd ; and over head up grew, 123. Couch! d : Lying close. 126. Milton places Eden in Assyria (210, 285), and Niphates was in the neighbourhood of Eden, III. 742 ; IV. 27. 131. Fares: Goes, travels. 132. Satan has now arrived at the border of Eden, where he has a nearer prospect of Paradise, which the poet represents as situated in a champaign (level) country, upon the top of a steep hill, called the Mount of Paradise. The sides of this hill were overgrown with thickets and bushes, so as not to be passable ; and overhead, above these, on the sides of the hill, likewise, grew the loftiest trees, and as they ascended in ranks, shade above shade, they formed a kind of natural theatre, the rows of trees rising one above another in the same manner as the benches in the theatres and places of public shows. And yet higher than the highest of these trees grew up the verdurous (verdant) wall of Paradise, a green enclosure like a rural mound — like a bank set with a hedge ; but this hedge grew not up so high as to hinder Adam's prospect into (view of) the neighbouring country below {nether em- pire". Above this hedge, or green wall, grew a circling row of the finest fruit trees ; and the only entrance into Paradise was a gate on the eastern side. — N. BOOK IV. 159 Insuperable height of loftiest shade, Cedar, and pine, and fir, and branching palm ; A sylvan scene ; and as the ranks ascend 140 Shade above shade, a woody theatre Of stateliest view. Yet higher than their tops The verdurous wall of Paradise up sprung ; Which to our gen'ral sire gave prospect large Into his nether empire neighb'ring round : 145 And higher than that wall a circling row Of goodliest trees loaden with fairest fruit, Blossoms and fruits at once of golden hue, Appear'd with gay enamel'd colours mix'd : On which the Sun more glad impress'd his beams 150 Than in fair ev'ning cloud, or humid bow, When God hath show'r'd the earth : so lovely seem'd That landskip : and of pure now purer air Meets his approach, and to the heart inspires Vernal delight and joy, able to drive 155 All sadness but despair : now gentle gales, Fanning their odorif'rous wings, dispense Native perfumes, and whisper whence they stole 140. A sylvan scene : We are reminded of the beautiful lines of Virgil, jEn. i. 164 : " Turn silvis scena coruscis Desuper, horrentique atium nemus imminet umbra.'' 148. Fruits: It would accord better with V. 341; IV. 249, 422; VII. 324 ; VIII. 307, to read fruit. The singular is used to denote hanging fruit, the plural gathered. 153. Landskip: The originals from which Milton has borrowed in describ- ing this landscape, are the gardens of Alcinous, and the shady grotto of Calypso, by Homer; the garden of Paradise, by Ariosto; of Arrnida, by Tasso ; and of Venus, by Marino ; and of the Bower of Bliss, by Spenser ; but competent judges affirm that the copy greatly transcends in beauty the originals. 158. This fine passage is taken from as fine a one in Shakspeare's Twelfth Night : " like the sweet south That breathes upon a bank of violets, Stealing and giving odour." 160 PARADISE LOST. Those balmy spoils. As when to them who sail Beyond the Cape of Hope, and now are past 160 Mozambique, off at sea north-east winds blow Sabean odours from the spicy shore Of Araby the Blest ; with such delay Well pleased they slack their course, and many a league Cheer'd with the grateful smell old Ocean smiles : 165 So entertain'd those odorous sweets the Fiend Who came their bane, though with them better pleased Than Asmodeus with the fishy fume That drove him, though enamour'd, from the spouse Of Tobit's son, and with a vengeance sent 170 From Media post to Egypt, there fast bound. Now to th' ascent of that steep savage hill Satan had journey 'd on, pensive and slow ; But further way found none, so thick intwined, As one continued brake, the undergrowth 175 Of shrubs and tangling bushes had perplex'd All path of man or beast that pass'd that way : One gate there only was, and that look'd east On th' other side ; which when th' arch-felon saw, Due entrance he disdain'd, and in contempt, 180 This expression of the air's stealing and dispersing the sweets of flowers, is very common in the best Italian poets. — N. 162. Sabean odours : In Ovington's voyage to Surat (1696) , is the following passage, p. 55 : " We were pleased with the prospect of this island, because we had been long strangers to such a sight ; and it gratified us with the fragrant smells which were wafted from the shore, from whence, at three leagues' distance, we scented the odours of flowers and fresh herbs ; and, what is very observable, when, after a tedious stretch at sea, we have deemed our- selves to be near land by our observation and course, our smell in dark and misty weather has outdone the acuteness of our sight, and we have discov- ered land by the fresh smells, before we discovered it with our eyes." Sabean, from Saba, a city and country of Arabia Felix, celebrated for its frankincense. 168. Asmodeus: The Jewish name of an evil spirit; the demon of vanity or of dress. 170. Tobit's son: See the Book of Tobit, in the Apocrypha, or Kitto's Bib. Cyclop. Art. Tobit, where the incidents adverted to are set forth. BOOK IV. 161 At one slight bound high overleap'd all bound Of hill or highest wall, and sheer within Lights on his feet. As when a prowling wolf, Whom hunger drives to seek new haunt for prey, Watching where shepherds pen their flocks at eve 185 In hurdled cots amid the field secure, Leaps o'er the fence with ease into the fold : Or as a thief bent to unhoard the cash Of some rich burgher, whose substantial doors, Cross-barr'd and bolted fast, fear no assault, 190 In at the window climbs, or o'er the tiles : So clomb this first grand thief into God's fold ; So since into his church lewd hirelings climb. Thence up he flew, and on the tree of life, The middle tree and highest there that grew, 195 Sat like a cormorant ; yet not true life 181. jit one slight bound, Sfc. : His bounding over the walls of Paradise; his sitting in the shape of a cormorant upon the tree of life, which stood in the centre of it, and overtopped all the other trees of the garden ; his alight- ing among the herd of animals, which are so beautifully represented as play- ing about Adam and Eve ; together with his transforming himself into dif- ferent shapes, in order to hear their conversation, are circumstances that give an agreeable surprise to the reader, and are devised with great art, to connect that series of adventures in which the poet has engaged this artificer of fraud. — A. 182. Sheer: At once. 183-88. The comparison of Satan to a wolf, and to a thief, is derived from John x. 1. 192. Clomb: Climbed. 193. Lewd : This word, in the time of Milton, was used in a wider sense than at present, to signify profane, impious, wicked, as well as wanton I. 490; VI. 182. 196. Sat like a cormorant: The thought of Satan's transformation into a cormorant, and placing himself on the tree of life, seems raised upon that passage in the Iliad, where two deities are described as perching on the top of an oak in the shape of vultures. — A. The cormorant is a voracious sea-bird. Dr. Geo. Campbell remarks that if for cormorant Milton had said " bird of prey," which would have equally suited both the meaning and the measure, the image would have been weaker than by this specification. The more general the terms are, the pic- lure is the weaker; the more special they are, it is the brighter. K 162 PARADISE LOST. Thereby regain'd, but sat devising death To them who lived ; nor on the virtue thought Of that life-giving plant, but only used For prospect, what well used had been the pledge 200 Of immortality. So little knows Any, but God alone, to value right The good before him, but perverts best things To worst abuse, or to their meanest use. Beneath him, with new wonder, now he views 205 To all delight of human sense exposed In narrow room Nature's whole wealth, yea more, A Heav'n on Earth : for blissful Paradise Of God the garden was, by him in th' east Of Eden planted ; Eden stretch 'd her line 210 207-8. In reading the poet's exquisite description of the residence fitted up for our first parents, it is a natural inquiry, How did he proceed in forming it ? What was the mental process by which he elaborated so beautiful a de- scription, for he writes only from imagination ? The steps by which he must have proceeded in creating his imaginary garden, are thus felicitously described by Dugald Stewart (Works, vol. i. 360) . When he first proposed to himself that subject of description, it is reasonable to suppose that a variety of the most striking scenes, which he had seen, crowded into his mind. The association of ideas suggested them, and the power of conception placed each of them before him with all its beauties and imperfections. In every natural scene, if we destine it for any par- ticular purpose, there are defects and redundancies which art may some- times, but cannot always, correct. But the power of imagination is un- limited. She can create and annihilate ; and dispose, at pleasure, her woods, her rocks, and her rivers. Milton, accordingly, would not copy his Eden from any one scene, but would select from each the features which were most eminently beautiful. The power of abstraction enabled him to make the separation, and taste directed him in the selection. Thus he was fur- nished with his materials ; by a skilful combination of which, he has created a landscape, more perfect, probably, in all its parts, than was ever realized in nature, and, certainly, very different from anything which England ex- hibited at the period when he wrote. It is a curious remark of Mr. Wal- pole, that Milton's Eden is free from the defects of the old English garden, and is imagined on the same principles which it was reserved for the pre- sent age to carry into existence. For a similar account of the above process, the reader may consult Upham's Mental Philosophy, vol. i. pp. 388-9. BOOK IV. 163 From Auran eastward to the royal tow'rs Of great Seleucia, built by Grecian kings, Or where the sons of Eden long before Dwelt in Telassar. In this pleasant soil His far more pleasant garden God ordain'd ; 215 Out of the fertile ground he caused to grow All trees of noblest kind for sight, smell, taste ; And all amid them stood the tree of life, High eminent, blooming ambrosial fruit Of vegetable gold ; and next to life, 220 Our death, the tree of knowledge, grew fast by, Knowledge of good bought dear by knowing ill. Southward through Eden went a river large, Nor changed his course, but thro' the shaggy hill Pass'd underneath ingulf'd ; for God had thrown 225 That mountain as his garden mould high raised Upon the rapid current, which thro' veins Of porous earth with kindly thirst up drawn, Rose a fresh fountaiu, and with many a rill Water'd the garden : thence united fell 230 Down the steep glade, and met the nether flood, Which from his darksome passage now appears, And now divided into four main streams, 211. Auran : Or Hauran, a region of Syria south of Damascus, mentioned in Ezek. xlvii. 16, 18. Under the Romans it was called Auranitis. 212. Seleucia: On the bank of the Tigris, forty-five miles north of ancient Babylon. It was built by Seleucus, one of Alexander's generals, and was the capital of the Macedonian conquests in Upper Asia. 214. Telassar: A country adjacent to Assyria, Is. xxxvii. 12. 219. Blooming ambrosial fruit : Producing fruit which is delightful both to the taste and smell ; from ambrosia, a name for the food on which the gods were fabled to subsist, and to which, along with nectar, they were believed to owe their immortality. 233. Compare Gen. ii. 10. It is conjectured by Newton, that the river formed by the combined waters of the Tigris and Euphrates, passed through the garden ; that this river was parted into four other main streams or rivers, two above the garden, namely, Euphrates and Tigris before their junc- tion, and two below the garden, the river separating into the rivers Eu- phrates and Tigris, called, in the time of Moses, Pison and Gihou. 164 PARADISE LOST. Runs diverse, wand'ring many a famous realm And country, whereof here needs no account ; 235 But rather to tell how, if Art could tell, How from that sapphire fount the crisped brooks, Rolling on orient pearl and sands of gold, With mazy error under pendent shades Ran nectar, visiting each plant, and fed 240 Flow'rs, worthy of Paradise, which not nice Art In beds and curious knots, but Nature boon Pour'd forth profuse on hill, and dale, and plain, Both where the morning Sun first warmly smote The open field, and where the unpierced shade 245 Imbrown'd the noontide bow'rs. Thus was this place A happy rural seat of various view ; Groves whose rich trees wept od'rous gums and balm, Others whose fruit burnish 'd with golden rind Hung amiable, Hesperian fables true, 250 If true, here only, and of delicious taste ; 234. Wandering : Travelling over in no direct course. 237. Crisped: Curling, or rippling. 238. Orient: Glittering. 239. Pendent: Impending, overhanging. 242. Boon: Bountiful. 246. Imbrown'd : Darkened. 248. Wept : A beautiful personification. Compare Ovid, Met. x. 500. 250-51. Hesperian fables true, if true, here only: Dr. Pierce would in- clude these words in a parenthesis, to avoid the objection of Dr. Bentley, that the poets represented the Hesperian apples of solid gold, and, conse- quently, they could not be of delicious taste. Fables: Stories, as in XI. 11. What is said of the Hesperian gardens, is true here only ; if all is not pure invention, this garden is meant ; and, moreover, these fruits have a delicious taste, while those had none. — N. The legends concerning these gardens, are quite various. Kitto, in a recent work, has shown that they originated, probably, in the traditions which had been handed down concerning Paradise, from the earliest ages, corrupted and modified, of course, as might be expected. Of the garden of the Hesperides (says he) we read, that being situated at the extreme limit of the then known Africa, it was said to have been shut in by Atlas on every side by lofty mountains, on account of an ancient oracle that a son of the Deity would, at a certain time, arrive, open a way of access BOOK IV. 165 Betwixt them lawns, or level downs, and flocks Grazing the tender herb, were interposed, Or palmy hillock ; or the flow'ry lap Of some irriguous valley spread her store, 255 Flow'rs of all hue, and without thorn the rose : Another side, umbrageous grots and caves Of cool recess, o'er which the mantling vine Lays forth her purple grape, and gently creeps Luxuriant : mean while murm'ring waters fall 260 Down the slope hills, dispersed, or in a lake, That to the fringed bank with myrtle crown'd Her crystal mirror holds, unite their streams. thither, and carry off the golden apples which hung on a mysterious tree in the midst of the garden. Having procured access to the garden, the hero de- stroyed the watchful serpent that kept the tree, and gathered the apples. Here we have a strange mixture of the internal and external incidents of Paradise, the ideas of the primeval people viewing from without the Eden from which they were excluded, and coveting its golden fruits, mixed up with those which belong properly to the fall, the serpent, and the tree of life, or of the tree of knowledge — for in these old traditions the trees are not so well distinguished as in the Mosaic account. In this legend of Hercules the idea seems to be, that the access to the tree of life is impossible, till the Son of God opens the way, and overcomes the serpent, by whom that access is pre- vented. It deserves remark also, that in most of those accounts of the dragon or serpent, whom the heathen regarded as the source of evil, and which could be vanquished only by the Son of God in human form, he is called Typhon or Python, a word which signifies " to over-persuade, to deceive." Now this very name Pitho, or Python, designates the great deceiver of mankind. When the damsel at Philippi is said (Acts xvi. 16) to have been possessed by "a spirit of divination," it is called in the original '• a spirit of Python ;" manifestly showing that the pagan Python was and could be no other than " that Old Serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world." Rev. xii. 9. 255. Irriguous : Watered. 256. Without thorn, Sfc. : Thorns and thistles were not brought forth until the curse was denounced for the sin of man. 257. Another side (was) umbrageous, fyc. : That is, on another side were umbrageous (shady) grots, &c. 261-63. The waters fall dispersed, or unite their streams in a lake, that presents her clear looking-glass, holds her crystal mirror, to the fringed 166 . PARADISE LOST. The birds their choir apply ; airs, vernal airs, Breathing the smell of field and grove, attune 265 The trembling leaves, while universal Pan, Knit with the Graces and the Hours in dance, Led on th' eternal spring. Not that fair field Of Enna, where Proserpine gath'ring flow'rs, Herself a fairer flow'r by gloomy Dis 270 "Was gather'd, which cost Ceres all that pain To seek her through the world, nor that sweet grove Of Daphne by Orontes, and th' inspired bank crowned with myrtle. It is usual with the poets (as here and in III. 359) to personify lakes and rivers. — N. 265. Attune : Make musical. 266-67. Wliile universal Pan, fyc. : That is, while universal Nature, linked with the graceful seasons, danced a perpetual round, and throughout the Earth, yet unpolluted, led eternal spring. All the poets favour the idea of the world's creation in the spring. Georg. ii. 338 ; Ovid. Met. i. 107. — H. Pan : The name signifies the whole or all, this mythological god being considered the god of all the natural world. He was the god of shep- herds. The woods and mountains of Arcadia, in Greece, were sacred to him. The Graces, in classical mythology, were three beautiful sisters, com panions of Venus. They presided over scenes of gaiety and amusement and are regarded as a personification of all that is beautiful in the physical and social world. The Hours were at first guardian goddesses of the three seasons into which the ancient Greeks divided the year ; afterwards the hours of the day were committed to their charge. In the moral world, they became the ap- pointed guardians of law, justice, and peace, which are the producers of ordei and harmony among men. Enna : A Sicilian city, the principal site of the worship of Ceres, the god- dess of grain and harvests. Her daughter Proserpine, while sporting in the fertile fields of Enna, with the ocean-nymphs, was stretching forth her hand to lay hold of a narcissus of great size and beauty, having a hundred flowers growing from a single root, when, suddenly, the earth opened, the god of the infernal world — Dis or Pluto, by name — ascended in a golden chariot, and carried off the terrified goddess, to be the mistress of his dominions. Her mother, ignorant of the mode of her abduction, or place of her abode, wan- dered in frantic grief over the earth in pursuit of her, until she inquired of the god Helms (the Sun\who gave her the information sought. 273-74. Daphne : A beautiful grove of cypresses and bay-trees, five miles from Antioch, in Syria, and near the river Orontes. It jeceived freshness BOOK IV. 167 Castalian spring, might with this Paradise Of Eden strive ; nor that Nyseian isle 275 Girt with the river Triton, where old Cham, Whom Gentiles Amnion call and Lybian Jove, Hid Amalthea and her florid son Young Bacchus from his step-dame Rhea's eye ; Nor where Abassin kings their issue guard, 280 Mount Amara, though this by some supposed True Paradise under the Ethiop line By Nilus' head, inclosed with shining rock, A whole day's journey high, but wide remote From this Assyrian garden, where the Fiend 285 Saw undelighted all delight, all kind Of living creatures, new to sight, and strange. and beauty from a number of fountains which it contained ; and thus became a favourite resort for the citizens of Antioch. The Castalian spring, on Mount Parnassus, was used for purposes of divi- nation by the priestess of Apollo. There was another fountain of the same name near Daphne, which, as the story is, gave to those who drank its waters, a knowledge of futurity. To this the poet may refer. 275-79. Cham, or Ham, son of Noah, called by the Gentiles Amnion, or Hammon, was a name given to Jupiter as worshipped in Lybia ; it is derived from a Greek word signifying sand. Amalthea was a beautiful maiden, of whom he became enamoured, which event awakened the jealousy of Rhea. The isle to which Amalthea and her son Bacchus were conveyed, is called Nyseian from Nys pus, a surname of Bacchus ; it is formed by the river Triton, and is described as possessing verdant meads, abundant springs, all sorts of trees and flowers, which ever resounded with the melody of birds. 281. Amara, or Amhara, the highest portion of the Abassin (Abyssin, or Abyssinian) country. Its kings there placed their children for safe keeping. The mount is said to have been inclosed with alabaster rocks, and to have required a day to ascend it. 287. Two of far nobler shape : The description of Adam and Eve, as they first appeared to Satan, is exquisitely drawn, and sufficient to make the fallen angel gaze upon them with all that astonishment, and those emotions of envy which are attributed to him. — A. Dr. Thomas Reid has well observed upon this passage, that the great poet derives the beauty of the first pair in Paradise from those expressions of moral and intellectual qualities which appeared in their outward form and demeanour. 168 PARADISE LOST. Two of far nobler shape erect and tall, Godlike erect, with native honour clad In naked majesty seem'd lords of all, 290 And worthy seem'd ; for in their looks divine The image of their glorious Maker shone, Truth, wisdom, sanctitude severe and pure, (Severe but in true filial freedom placed), Whence true authority in men ; though both 295 Not equal, as their sex not equal seem'd • For contemplation he and valour form'd ; For softness she and sweet attractive grace ; He for God only, she for God in him : His fair large front and eye sublime, declared 300 Absolute rule ; and hyacinthine locks Round from his parted forelock manly hung Clust'ring, but not beneath his shoulders broad : She, as a veil down to the slender waist, Her unadorned golden tresses wore 305 Dishevell'd, but in wanton ringlets waved As the vine curls her tendrils ; which imply'd Subjection, but required with gentle sway, And by her yielded, by him best received ; Yielded with coy submission, modest pride, 310 299. For God in him : Or, as some more justly would write it " for God and him." Compare 440; X. 150, and 1 Cor. xi. 7. 302. Hyacinthine locks : Dark brown. 303. It is remarkable that no beard is given to Adam. The poet must have judged him more comely without one ; or his ideas may have been guided by the great Italian painters, who always represent Adam without a beard. 305. Golden tresses : Tresses of a golden hue. The beautiful women of antiquity are generally described as having locks of this colour. The god- dess of beauty is hence styled by Horace and Virgil the golden Venus. Mil- ton's taste was conformed to that of the ancients ; and besides, it is said that his wife had golden hair, whom, therefore, he may have designed to compli- ment by forming Eve like her in this respect, which is the more probable, if it is certain (as Newton affirms) that he drew the portrait of Adam not without regard to his own person, of which he had no mean opinion. 307. Which implied, fye : Compare 1 Cor. xi BOOK IV. lr>9 And sweet reluctant amorous delay. Nor those mysterious parts were then conceal'd ; Then was not guilty shame, dishonest shame Of Nature's works ; honour dishonourable, Sin-bred, how have ye troubled all mankind 315 With shows instead, mere shows of seeming pure, And banish'd from man's life his happiest life, Simplicity and spotless innocence ! So pass'd they naked on, nor shunn'd the sight Of God or Angel, for they thought no ill. 320 So hand in hand they pass'd, the loveliest pair That ever since in love's embraces met ; Adam the goodliest man of men since born His sons ; the fairest of her daughters Eve. Under a tuft of shade that on a green 325 Stood whispering soft, by a fresh fountain side They sat them down ; and after no more toil Of their sweet gard'ning labour than sufficed To recommend cool Zephyr, and made ease More easy, wholesome thirst and appetite 330 More grateful, to their supper-fruits they fell, 314. Honour dishonourable : An allusion to 1 Cor. xii. 23. The honour bestowed by dress is really a dishonour, being a memorial of the fall of our first parents, and of our own depravity. 315. Ye: Newton prefers to read you, on the ground that the address is made to shame only. 323-24. These lines are an example of the solecism, and, strictly inter- preted, would mean that Adam was one of his own sons, and Eve one of he; own daughters ; an evident absurdity. But the mode of expression resembles that which is often found in Latin and Greek authors, when they use the superlative for the comparative degree. It only means that Adam was the goodliest man when compared with his sons, and that Eve was fairer than any of her daughters. Achilles is by Homer said to be " the most short-lived of others," and Nireus to have been " the most elegant of the other Grecians :" and Diana is said, by one of the poets, to be "the most beautiful of her at- tendants," that is, more beautiful than any of her attendants. 327. They sat them down, $c. : There is a fine spirit of poetry in the lines- ihat follow, wherein they are described as sitting on a bed of flowers by the side of a fountain, amidst a mixed assembly of animals. — A. Sat is used for stated 170 PARADISE LOST. Nectarine fruits which the compliant boughs Yielded them, side-long as they sat recline On the soft downy bank damask'd with flow'rs. The savoury pulp they chew, and in the rind 335 Still as they thirsted scoop the brimming stream ; Nor gentle purpose, nor endearing smiles Wanted, nor youthful dalliance as beseems Fair couple link'd in happy nuptial league, Alone as they. About them frisking play'd 340 All beasts of th' earth, since wild, and of all chase In wood or wilderness, forest or den : Sporting the lion ramp'd, and in his paw Dandled the kid ; bears, tigers, ounces, pards, Gambol'd before them ; th' unwieldly elephant, 345 To make them mirth, used all his might, and wreath 'd His lithe proboscis ; close the serpent sly Insinuating, wove with Gordian twine His braided train, and of his fatal guile Gave proof unheeded ; others on the grass 350 Couch'd, and now fill'd with pasture, gazing sat, Or bed ward ruminating ; for the Sun, 332. Compliant : Bending. 333. Eecline : In a leaning posture. 334. Damasked: Variegated. 341. Chase: Chased — those taken in hunting. 341. Ramped: Frolicked. 347. Lithe: Flexible. 348. Insinuating : Creeping or winding in. 348. Gordian twine, or twisting. An allusion is here made to the famous knot of Gordius, a Phrygian king. The knot which tied the yoke of his chariot to the draught tree was made in so artful a manner, that the ends of the cord could not be perceived. This circumstance gave rise to a report that the empire of Asia was promised by the oracle to the man who could untie the Gordian knot. Alexander, in passing Gordium. cut the knot with his sword, and by that act claimed his right to universal authority. Braided train: In other editions, breaded ; interwoven or twisted tail. 351. Couch 7 d: Lay. This word is placed in such a manner as to require resting of the voice upon it, and thus to make it doubly expressive. It is not common to have the rest occur, as here, on the first syllable of the line. 352. Bcdward ru,m!nat!>>~ : Chewing the cud before going to rest. — Hume. BOOK IV. 171 Declined, was hasting now with prone career To th' ocean isles, and in th' ascending scald Of Hcav'n the stars that usher ev'ning rose : 355 When Satan still in gaze, as first he stood, Scarce thus at length fail'd speech recover'd sad : Hell ! what do mine eyes with grief behold ! Into our room of bliss thus high advanced Creatures of other mould, earth-born perhaps, 360 Not Spirits, yet to heav'nly Spirits bright Little inferior ; whom my thoughts pursue With wonder, and could love, so lively shines In them divine resemblance, and such grace The Hand that form'd them on their shape hath pour'd. 365 Ah, gentle pair, ye little think how nigh Your change approaches, when all these delights Will vanish and deliver ye to woe, More woe, the more your taste is now of joy ! Happy, but for so happy ill secured 370 Long to continue, and this high soat your Heav'n HI fenced for Heav'n to keep out such a foe As now is enter'd ; yet no purposed foe To you, whom I could pity thus forlorn Though I unpitied : League with you I seek, 375 And mutual amity so strait, so close, 353. Prom: Descending. 354. To the ocean isles : The islands in the western ocean. That the sun set in the sea and rose out of it again, was an ancient poetic notion, and has become part of the phraseology of poetry. And in ascending scale of Heaven : The balance of Heaven, or Libra, is one of the twelve signs ; and when the sun is in that sign, as he is at the autumnal equinox, the days and nights are equal, as if weighed in a balance : "Libra dici somnique pares ubi fecerlt horas.'' Viito Georg i. 20S. And hence our author seems to have borrowed his metaphor of the scales of Heaven, weighing night and day, the one ascending as the other sinks. — N. 357. With difficulty, and not till after a long time, he recovered the power of speech, which had failed him, through astonishment and sadness . in view of Adam and Eve. 362. Ps. viii. 5 ; Heb. ii. 7. 172 PARADISE LOST, That I with you must dwell, or you with me Henceforth. My dwelling haply may not please, Like this fair Paradise, your sense ; yet such Accept your Maker's work ; he gave it me, 380 Which I as freely give : Hell shall unfold, To entertain you two, her widest gates, And send forth all her kings ; there will be room, Not like these narrow limits, to receive Your num'rous offspring ; if no better place, 385 Thank him who puts me loath to this revenge On you who wrong me not, for him wbo wrong'd. And should I at your harmless innocence Melt, as I do, yet public reason just, Honour and empire with revenge enlarged, 390 By conqu'ring this new world, compels me now To do what else, though damn'd, I should abhor. So spake the Fiend, and with necessity, The tyrant's plea, excused his dev'lish deeds. Then from his lofty stand on that high tree 395 Down he alights among the sportful herd Of those four-footed kinds, himself now one, Now other, as their shape served best his end Nearer to view his prey, and unespy'd To mark what of their state he more might learn 400 By word or action mark'd ; about them round A lion now he stalks with fiery glare ; Then as a tiger, who by chance hath spy'd In some purlieu two gentle fawns at play, 386. Loath : Reluctant. 389-94. Public reason is pleaded in justification of his diabolical and cruel operations ; that reason consisting in a regard to honour, and the enlargement of his empire under the influence of revenge. Necessity is by Milton called the tyrant's plea, probably with a view, as Newton thinks, to his own times, particularly to the plea for ship-money. 395. High tree: The tree of life i 196) on which he had been standing for oome time. He is properly described as assuming the form of the lion and the tiger; while the innocent Adam and Eve, destined to be his prey, are compared fitly to tiro gentle fawns. 404. Purl ■■! [pur, p ure i * -''■'■• p^acc) place free from trees 1 ; a limited BOOK IV. 173 Straight couches close, then rising changes oft 405 His couchant watch, as one who chose his ground Whence rushing he might surest seize them both Griped in each paw : when Adam, first of men To first of women Eve, thus moving speech, Turn'd him all ear to hear new utt'rance flow : 410 Sole partner, and sole part, of all these joys, Dearer thyself than all ; needs must the Pow'r That made us, and for us this ample world, Be infinitely good, and of his good As liberal and free as infinite ; 415 That raised us from the dust, and placed us here In all this happiness, who at his hand Have nothing merited, nor can perform Aught whereof he hath need ; he who requires From us no other service than to keep 420 This one, this easy charge, of all the trees In Paradise that bear delicious fruit space. This word was originally applied to that part of a royal forest which had been severed from the rest, and made pure, or free from the forest or game laws. 406. Couchant: Reclining. 409. Speech : The speeches of these first two lovers flow equally from pas- sion and sincerity. The professions they make to one another are full of warmth, but at the same time founded upon truth. In a word, they are the gallantries of Paradise. — A. 411. Sole part, of all, $c. : Of, here (as frequently in Milton), signifies among. The sense is : among all these joys thou alone art my partner, and (what is more) thou alone art part of me, as in 487 : " Part of my soul I seek thee, and thee claim My other half." Pearce. 421. Easy charge : It was very natural for Adam to enter upon this topic, and it was one that Satan was most interested in hearing him discuss. Gen. ii. 16; i. 28. 422. In Paradise, $c. : There is scarce a speech of Adam or Eve in the whole poem wherein the sentiments and allusions are not taken from this their delightful habitation. The reader, during their whole course of action, always finds himself in the walks of Paradise. In short, as the critics have 174 PARADISE LOST. So various, not to taste that only tree Of knowledge, planted by the tree of life ; So near grows death to life, whate'er death is, 425 Some dreadful thing no doubt ; for well thou know'st God hath pronounced it death to taste that tree, The only sign of our obedieuce left Among so many signs of pow'r and rule Conferr'd upon us, and dominion giv'n 430 Over all other creatures that possess Earth, air, and sea. Then let us not think hard One easy prohibition, who enjoy Free leave so large to all things else, and choice Unlimited of manifold delights : 435 But let us ever praise him, and extol His bounty, following our delightful task To prune these growing plants, and tend these flow'rs ; Which, were it toilsome, yet with thee were sweet. To whom thus Eve reply'd : thou for whom 440 And from whom I was form'd flesh of thy flesh, And without whom am to no end, my guide And head, what thou hast said is just and right. For we to him indeed all praises owe, And daily thanks ; I chiefly who enjoy 445 So far the happier lot, enjoying thee Pre-eminent by so much odds, while thou Like consort to thyself canst no where find. remarked, that in those poems wherein shepherds are the actors, the thoughts ought always to take a tincture from the woods, fields, and rivers ; so we may- observe That our first parents seldom lose sight of their happy station in any- thing they speak or do ; their thoughts are always " Paradisaical." — A. 449. I oft remember : From this and other passages we learn that Milton considered the period of innocence as covering many days. Compare IV. 639, 680, 712; V. 31, &c. 449. That day, fyc. : The remaining part of Eve's speech, in which she gives an account of herself upon her first creation, and the manner in which she was brought to Adam, is as beautiful a passage as any in Milton, or perhaps in any other author whatsoever. These passages are all worked off with so much art, that they are capable of pleasing the most delicate reader, with- out offending the most severe. — A. BOOK IV. 175 That day I oft remember, when from sleep I first awaked, and found myself reposed 450 Under a shade on flow'rs, much wond'ring where And what I was, whence thither brought, and how. Not distant far from thence a murm'ring sound Of waters issued from a cave, and spread Into a liquid plain, then stood unmoved 455 Pure as th' expanse of Heav'n. I thither went With unexperienced thought, and laid me down On the green bank, to look into the clear Smooth lake, that to me seem'd another sky. As I bent down to look, just opposite 460 A shape within the wat'ry gleam appear'd, Bending to look on me. I started back ; It started back : but pleased I soon return'd ; Pleased it return'd as soon with answ'ring looks Of sympathy and love : there I had fix'd 465 Mine eyes till now, and pined with vain desire, Had not a voice thus warn'd me. What thou seest, What there thou seest, fair Creature, is thyself; With thee it came and goes : but follow me, And I will bring thee where no shadow stays 470 Thy coming, and thy soft embraces, he Whose image thou art ; him thou shalt enjoy Inseparably thine : to him shalt bear 450. Awaked : As death is often compared to sleep, so our coming into life may well be likened to awaking. Adam speaks in the same figure, VIII. 253, which passage should be compared with this. — N. 465-6. There I had fixed my eyes till now, fyc. : A writer in Addison's Spec- tator rather shrewdly asks, whether there may not be some moral couched under the lines in this connection, where the poet lets us know that the first woman, immediately after her creation, ran to a looking-glass, and became so enamoured of her own face, that she never would have removed to view any of the other works of nature, had she not been led off to a man. The poet seems to have had in view the story of Narcissus in Ovid, Met. iii. 457, but has made a much better one. 470-72. No shadow may be considered as included in a parenthesis. The sentence may accordingly be read thus : Where he (no shadow) , whose image thou art, awaits thy coming and thy soft embraces. 176 PARADISE LOST. Multitudes like thyself, and thence be call'd Mother of Human Race. What could I do 475 But follow straight, invisibly thus led ? Till I espy'd thee, fair indeed and tall, Tinder a platan ; yet niethought less fair, Less winning soft, less amiably mild, Than that smooth wat'ry image. Back I turn'd : 480 Thou following cry'dst aloud, Return, fair Eve ; Whom fly'st thou ? whom thou fly'st, of him thou art ; His flesh, his bone : to give thee being I lent Out of my side to thee, nearest my heart Substantial life, to have thee by my side 485 Henceforth an individual solace dear ; Part of my soul I seek thee, and thee claim My other half : with that thy gentle hand Seized mine ; I yielded, and from that time see How beauty is excell'd by manly grace 490 And wisdom, which alone is truly fair/3 So spake our gen'ral mother, and with eyes Of conjugal attraction unreproved, 478. Platan : From a Greek word signifying broad. The plane-tree, here described, affords a refreshing and beautiful shade, from the great breadth of its leaves. 487-88. Part of my soul . ... my other half: An imitation of Horace, Od. i. 3, 8, " Animae dimidium mese." 490. Eve is not only represented as beautiful, but with conscious beauty. She has a great idea of herself, and there is some difficulty in prevailing on her to quit her own image, the first time she discovers its reflection in the water. — Hazlitt. 492. So spake our general mother, §c. : A poet of less judgment and inven- tion than this great author, would have found it very difficult to fill these tender parts of the poem with sentiments proper for a state of innocence ; to describe the warmth of love, and the professions of it, without artifice or hy- perbole ; to make the man speak the most endearing things without descend- ing from his natural dignity, and the woman receiving them without depart- ing from the modesty of her character: in a word, to adjust the prerogatives i >f wisdom and beauty, and make each appear to the other in its proper force and loveliness. This mutual subordination of the two sexes is wonderfully kept up in the whole poem, as particularly in the preceding speech of Eve, ;md upon the conclusion of it in the following lines. BOOK IV. 177 And meek surrender, half embracing lean'd On our first father ; half her swelling breast 495 Naked met his under the flowing gold Of her loose tresses hid : he in delight, Both of her beauty and submissive charms, Smiled with superior love, as Jupiter On Juno smiles when he impregns the clouds 500 That shed May flow'rs ; and press'd her matron lip With kisses pure. Aside the Devil turn'd For envy, yet with jealous leer malign Eyed them askance, and to himself thus 'plain'd : Sight hateful ! sight tormenting ! thus these two, 505 Imparadised in one another's arms, The happier Eden, shall enjoy their fill Of bliss on bliss ; while I to Hell am thrust, Where neither joy nor love, but fierce desire, Among our other torments not the least, 510 Still unfulfill'd with pain of longing, pines. Yet let me not forget what I have gain'd From their own mouths : all is not theirs, it seems ; One fatal tree there stands, of Knowledge call'd, Forbidden them to taste : Knowledge forbidden ? 515 The poet adds that the devil turned away, with envy at the sight of so much happiness. — A. 499-501. Jupiter and Juno, the principal male and female divinities of the heathen, are regarded sometimes as presiding over atmospheric phenomena, such as rain, wind, &c, and also as representing the productive energies of nature. Their marriage typified the union of Heaven and Earth in the fer- tilizing rains. The poet here ascribes to them the sending of those rains which produced the flowers of spring. The simile is drawn by Milton from the 14th book of the Iliad, and from the Georgics of Virgil, ii. 335. Pressed: That is, Adam pressed her matron (married) lip. 500. Impregns : Renders prolific. The word is pronounced impranes. 503. Leer malign : A malignant, oblique look. 505. Imparadised : Enjoying a Paradise, placed in a condition resembling that of Paradise. 509. Where, for whereas. Milton not unfrequently omits the verb is, as in VIII. 621. 5 J 5. Knowledge forbidden : A most artful question from its generality, im- S* T 178 PARADISE LOST. Suspicious, reasonless. Why should their Lord Envy them that ? Can it be sin to know ? Can it be death ? And do they only stand By ignorance ? Is that their happy state, The proof of their obedience and their faith ? 520 fair foundation laid whereon to build Their ruin ! Hence I will excite their minds With more desire to know, and to reject Envious commands, invented with design To keep them low whom knowledge might exalt 525 Equal with Gods : aspiring to be such, They taste and die. What likelier can ensue ? But first with narrow search I must walk round This garden, and no corner leave unspy'd : A chance but chance may lead where I may meet 330 Some wand'ring Spirit of Heav'n by fountain side, Or in thick shade retired, from him to draw What further would be learn'd. Live while ye may, Yet happy pair ; enjoy, till I return, Short pleasures, for long woes are to succeed. 535 So saying, his proud step he scornful turn'd, But with sly circumspection, and began Thro' wood, thro' waste, o'er hill, o'er dale, his roam. Meanwhile in utmost longitude, where Heav'n With earth and ocean meets, the setting Sun 540 plying, falsely, that some useful knowledge had been forbidden, whereas, as Newton observes, the only knowledge that was prohibited was the knowledge of evil by the commission of it. 530. A chance, §c. : Pearce would include in a parenthesis (but chance) , and thus read the passage : a chance, and it can be only a chance, may lead, §c- But perhaps it is best to read it without alteration, and interpret it thus :— • There is a chance, or possibility, that chance may lead, &c. Chance in the second instance is personified. We apply the word to effects or events that are produced by causes unknown, or by agents not intending to produce them. The word but is used improperly for that, as in Job xii. 2, " No doubt but ye are the people," &c. Addison abounds in the same faulty use of this word, as for example : " There is no question but Milton had," &c. 539. Longitude : Length or distance, particularly east and west. See note III. 555, 574. BOOK IV. 179 Slowly descended, and with right aspect Against the eastern gate of Paradise Levell'd his ev'ning rays : it was a rock Of alabaster, piled up to the clouds, Conspicuous far, winding with one ascent 545 Accessible from earth, one entrance high ; The rest was craggy cliff, that overhung Still as it rose, impossible to climb. Betwixt these rocky pillars Gabriel sat, Chief of th 1 angelic guards, awaiting night ; 550 About him exercised heroic games TV unarmed youth of Heav'n, but nigh at hand Celestial armoury, shields, helms, and spears, Hung high with diamond flaming, and with gold. Thither came Uriel, gliding through th' even 555 On a sun-beam, swift as a shooting star 541. Slowly descended : This contradicts 353, and therefore, instead of slowly, lowly lias been substituted by some. Dr. Pearce, however, would retain the present reading, and explains the difficulty by saying, that the sun descended slowly at this time because Uriel, its angel, came on a sunbeam to Paradise (556 , and was to return on the same beam, which he could not have done if the sun had moved on with its usual rapidity of course. 541. With right aspect : In a position directly facing. 548. Still as it rose : More and more as it rose in height. 549. Gabriel : One of the archangels (Dan. viii. 9 ; Luke i.) The name signifies the strength of God. 551. Heroic games: They watched only at night, and exercised themselves vigorously during the day. So the infernal spirits were engaged, in the ab- sence of Satan, II. 528. 555. Through the even : During the last decline of day ; or, through the evening sky. 556. Swift as a shooting star : See Iliad iv. 74, where the descent Oi Minerva from Heaven is compared to the same object. 556. On a sun-beam, $r. : As Uriel was coming from the sun to the earth, his traveling upon a sun-beam was in the most direct and level course that he could take ; for the sun's rays were now pointed right against the eastern gate of Paradise, where Gabriel was sitting, and to whom Uriel was going. The thought of making him glide on a sun-beam, I have been informed, is taken from some capital picture of some great Italian master, where an angel is made to descend in like manner. — N. ISO PARADISE LOST. In autumn thwarts the night, when vapours fired Impress the air, and shews the mariner From what point of his compass to beware Impetuous winds. He thus began in haste : 560 Gabriel, to thee thy course by lot hath giv'n Charge and strict watch, that to this happy place No evil thing approach or enter in. This day at bight of noon came to my sphere A Spirit, zealous, as he seem'd, to know 565 More of th' Almighty's works, and chiefly Man, God's latest image : I described his way Bent all on speed, and mark'd his aery gait ; But in the mount that lies from Eden north, Where he first lighted, soon discern'd his looks 570 Alien from Heav'n, with passions far obscured : Mine eye pursued him still, but under shade Lost sight of him. One of the banish'd crew, I fear, hath ventured from the deep, to raise New troubles : him thy care must be to find. 575 To whom the winged warrior thus return'd : Uriel, no wonder if thy perfect sight, Amid the Sun's bright circle, where thou sitt'st, See far and wide : in at this gate none pass The vigilance here placed, but such as come 5S0 Uriel's gliding down to the earth upon a sun-beam, with the poet's device to make him descend, as well in his return to the sun as in his coming from it, is a prettiness that might have been admired in a little fanciful poet, but seems below the genius of Milton. The description of the host of armed angels walking their nightly round in Paradise, is of another spirit : ''So saying, on he led his radiant files, Dazzling the moon." — L. 797-98. as that account of the hymns which our first parents used to hear them sing in these their midnight walks (680-88 1, is altogether divine, and inexpressibly amusing to the imagination. — A. 557. Thwarts the night : Crosses the sky at night. 561-63., Some would include all except the word Gabriel, in a paren- thesis. 567. The angels were first made in the image of God. See III. 151. Described : Observed closely. Some read " descried." BOOK IV. 181 Well known from Heav'n ; and since meridian hour No creature thence : if Spirit of other sort So minded, have o'erleap'd these earthy bounds On purpose, hard. thou know'st it to exclude Spiritual substance with corporeal bar. 585 But if within the circuit of these walks, In whatsoever shape he lurk, of whom Thou tell'st, by morrow dawning I shall know. So promised he ; and Uriel to his charge Retuin'd on that bright beam, whose point now raised, 590 Bore him slope downward to the Sun, now fall'n Beneath th' Azores ; whether the prime orb, Incredible how swift, had thither roll'd Diurnal, or this less voliibil earth, By shorter flight to th' east, had left him there 595 Arraying with reflected purple and gold 590. Returned on that bright beam : Milton supposes that Uriel glides back on the same sun-beam that he came upon ; which he considers not as a flow- ing point of light, but as a continued rod extending from the sun to the earth. The extremity of this luminous rod. while Uriel was discoursing, and the sun gradually descending, must necessarily be raised up higher than when he came upon it, and consequently bore him slope downward on his way back again. This has been represented by Addison as a pretty device, but below the genius of Milton 1,5.36) , to make Uriel descend, for the sake of more ease and greater expedition, both in his way from the sun, and to the sun again: but Milton had no such device here. He makes Uriel come from the sun, not on a descending but on a level ray (541 , from the sun's right aspect to the east, in the very margin of the horizon. Here is no trick then, nor device ; but perhaps a too great desire to show his philosophy, as, in the next lines on this common occasion of the sun's setting, he starts a doubt whether that be produced in the Ptolemaic or Copemicau way. — Bentley. 592. Azores : The western islands in the Atlantic, now belonging to Por- tugal. The word is here to be pronounced in three syllables. Prime orb : The sun, had rolled thither diurnal, in a day's time. Or this less volubil earth : The second syllable is long ; when short, Milton spelled it voluble, as in IX. 436. Less voluble, means rolling less. It required less motion for the earth to move from west to east, upon its own axis, according to the system of Copernicus, than for the heavens and heavenly bodies to move from east to west according to the system of Ptolemy. Our author, in like manner, III. 575, questions whether the sun was in the centre of the world or not, so scrupulous was he in declaring for any system of philosophy. — N. 1S2 PARADISE LOST. The clouds that on his western throne attend. Now came still ev'ning on, and twilight grey Had in her sober liv'ry all things clad ; Silence accompanied : for beast and bird, 600 They to their grassy couch, these to their nests, Were slunk, all but the wakeful nightingale : She all night long her am'rous descant sung : Silence was pleased. Now glow'd the firmament With living sapphires : Hesperus, that led 605 The starry host, rode brightest, till the Moon, Rising in clouded majesty, at length Apparent queen, unveil 'd her, peerless light, And o'er the dark her silver mantle threw. When Adam thus to Eve : Fair Consort, th' hour 610 Of night, and all things now retired to rest, Mind us of like repose, since God hath set Labour and rest, as day and night, to men Successive ; and the timely dew of sleep Now falling, with soft slumb'rous weight inclines 615 Our eye-lids. Other creatures all day long Rove idle, unemploy'd, and less need rest ; Man hath his daily work of body or mind 598. This is the first evening in the poem : for the action of the preceding hooks lying out of the sphere of the sun, the time could not be computed. When Satan came first to the earth, and made his famous soliloquy, at the beginning of this book, the sun was high in his meridian tower ; and this is the evening of that day ; and surely there never was a finer evening : words cannot furnish a more charming description. — N. 603. Descant : Varied song, or tune. 605. Hesperus : The planet Venus, when in the west, or, when it is to the earth, an evening star. When in the east, a morning star, it bears the name of Lucifer, or Light-bringer, because he precedes the sun, and may easily be imagined as introducing the King of Day. See note on IX. 49. 609. Dark: Darkness. 610. We have another view of our first parents in their evening discourses, which are full of pleasing images and sentiments suitable to their condition and characters. The speech of Eve, in particular, is dressed up in such a soft and natural turn of words and sentiments, as cannot be sufficiently ad- mired. — A. BOOK IV. 183 Appointed, which declares his dignity, And the regard of Heav'n on all his ways ; 620 While other animals inactive range ; And of their doings God takes no account. To-morrow, ere fresh morning streak the east With first approach of light, we must be ris'n, And at our pleasant labour, to reform 625 Yon flow'ry arbours, yonder alleys green, Our walk at noon, with branches overgrown, That mock our scant manuring, and require More hands than ours to lop their wanton growth : Those blossoms also, and those dropping gums, 630 That lie bestrown unsightly and unsmooth, Ask riddance, if we mean to tread with ease ; Meanwhile, as Nature wills, Night bids us rest. To whom thus Eve, with perfect beauty adorn'd : My Author and Disposer, what thou bidst, 635 Unargued, I obey ; so God ordains ; God fs thy law, thou mine ; to know no more Is woman's happiest knowledge and her praise. With thee conversing I forget all time ; All seasons and their change, all please alike. 640 Sweet is the breath of Morn, her rising sweet, 625. Reform : Improve. 628. Manuring : Cultivation, from the French manaevre, to work with hands. 640. Seasons of the day are intended, as in VIII. 69 ; IX. 200. 641-56. Milton has been supposed to have derived many of his ideas re- specting landscape from Tasso, Spenser, Ariosto, and Italian romances. But a poet, accustomed to the environs of Ludlow, could want no adventitious aids to form a taste naturally elegant. Nature alone was Milton's book. After reading Comus, and the pictures in Paradise Lost, how astonished are we at the assertion of Johnson, that Milton viewed nature merely through "the spectacle of books." Mistaking allusion for description, tiiis great moralist imagines Milton to call in learning as a principal, when he calls it in only as an auxiliary. — Bucke. 641-56. The variety of images in this passage is infinitely pleasing; and the recapitulation of each particular image, with a little varying of the ex- pression, makes one of the finest turns of words imaginable. — A. 184 PARADISE LOST. With charm of earliest birds ; pleasant the Sun, When first on this delightful land he spreads His orient beams, on herb, tree, fruit, and flower, Glist'ring with dew ; fragrant the fertile earth 645 After soft show'rs ; and sweet the coming on Of grateful ev'ning mild ; then silent Night, With this her solemn bird, and this fair Moon, And these the gems of Heav'n, her starry train ; But neither breath of Morn, when she ascends 650 With charm of earliest birds ; nor rising Sun On this delightful land ; nor herb, fruit, flower, Glist'ring with dew ; nor fragrance after showers ; Nor grateful ev'ning mild ; nor silent Night With this her solemn bird, nor walk by Moon, 655 Or glitt'ring star-light, without thee is sweet. But wherefore all night long shine these ? For whom This glorious sight, when sleep hath shut all eyes ? To whom our general ancestor reply'd : Daughter of God and Man, accomplish'd Eve, 660 These have their course to finish round the earth By morrow ev'ning, and from land to land In order, though to nations yet unborn, Minist'ring light prepared, they set and rise ; Lest total darkness should by night regain 665 Her old possession, and extinguish life In nature and all things, which these soft fires Not only enlighten, but with kindly heat Of various influence, foment and warm, Temper or nourish, or in part shed down 670 Their stellar virtue on all kinds that grow 648. Solemn bird : The nightingale. 67 1 . Their stellar virtue : As Milton was a universal scholar, he had not a little affectation of showing his learning of all kinds, and makes Adam dis- course here somewhat like an adept in astrology, which was too much the philosophy of his own times. What he says afterwards of numberless spiritual creatures walking the earth unseen, and joining in praises to their great Creator, is of a nobler strain, more agreeable to reason and revelation, as well as more pleasing to ! e imagination, and seems to be an imitation BOOK IV. 185 On earth, made hereby apter to receive Perfection from the Sun's more potent ray. These then, though unbeheld in deep of night, Shine not in vain ^ nor think, tho' men were none, 675 That Heav'n would want spectators, God want praise. Millions of spiritual creatures walk the earth Unseen, both when we wake and when we sleep ; All these with ceaseless praise his works behold, Both day and night. How often from the steep 680 Of echoing hill or thicket have we heard Celestial voices to the midnight air, Sole, or responsive each to other's note, Singing their great Creator ! Oft in bands While they keep watch, or nightly rounding walk 685 With heav'nly touch of instrumental sounds, In full harmonic number join'd, their songs Divide the night, and lift our thoughts to Heav'n. Thus talking hand in hand alone they pass'd and improvement of old Hesiod's notion of good geniuses, the guardians of mortal men, clothed with air, wandering over the earth. Hesiod i. 120-125. — N. 674. Deep of night : Late hours of night. 677-78. This is an ancient sentiment. Hesiod and Plato frequently allude to the existence of invisible beings. Hesiod represents them as wandering over the earth, keeping account of human actions, both just and unjust. Chrysostom believed that every Christian has a guardian angel. Cardan insists that he was attended by one, as Socrates and Iamblichus, and many others supposed themselves to have been. Hermes, a contemporary with St. Paul (Rom. xv. 14', assigned to every one not only an angel-guardian, but a devil, as a tempter. The late Sir Humphrey Davy firmly believed that there are "thinking beings" nearly surrounding us, and to us invjsible. To insist that nothing exists but what the human eye can see, is more worthy the intellect of a Caliban than that of a Milton, a Newton, a La Place, or a Davy. — Bucke. A similar expression to "walk the earth," is found in Book VIII. 477, "creep the ground." 683. Sole: Alone. 685. Nightly rounding: Nightly going round, as a guard. 688. Divide the night into watches or periods. 689. Thus talking, <§r. : Adam and Eve, in the state of innocence, are 186 PARADISE LOST. On to their blissful bow'r ; it was a place 690 Chosen by the Sov'reign Planter, when he framed All things to Man's delightful use. The roof Of thickest covert was inwoven shade Laurel and myrtle, and what higher grew Of firm and fragrant leaf : on either side 695 Acanthus, and each odorous bushy shrub Fenced up the verdant wall ; each beauteous flow'r, Iris all hues, roses, and jessamine, Rear'd high their flourish'd heads between, and wrought Mosaic : underfoot the violet, 700 Crocus, and hyacinth, with rich inlay Broider'd the ground, more colour'd than with stone Of costliest emblem. Other creature here, Beast, bird, insect, or worm, durst enter none: Such was their awe of Man. In shadier bower 705 characters well imagined, and well supported ; and the different sentiments arising from difference of sex, are traced out with inimitable delicacy and philosophical truth. After the fall, the poet makes them retain the same characters, without any other change than what the transition from inno- cence to guilt might be supposed to produce. Adam has still that pre-emi- nence in dignity, and Eve in loveliness, which we should naturally look for in the father and mother of mankind. — Beattie. 693. Shade laurel : Shade of laurel, &c. 698. Iris all hues : Of all hues. The name of this flower, fleur de lis, or fiag-flower, is here called Iris from its colours resembling those of the rain- bow. 699. Flourished : Embellished, beautiful. 700-1. The violet, Sfc. : A copy of Homer's description in Iliad xiv. 347, &c. 702-3. There are several kinds of mosaic, but all of them consist in im- bedding fragments of different coloured substances, usually glass or stones, in a cement, so as to produce the effect of a picture. The beautiful chapel of St. Lawrence, in Florence, which contains the tombs of the Medici, has been greatly admired by artists on account of the vast multitude of precious marble, jaspers, agates, avanturines, malachites, &c, applied in mosaic upon its walls. — Ure. 703. Of costliest emblem : Emblem here has the Greek sense of inlay, in- sertion, inlaid work, by which mathematical or pictorial figures are pro- duced. BOOK IV. 187 More sacred and sequester'd, though hut feign'd, Pan or Sylvanus never slept, nor Nymph Nor Faunus haunted. Here, in close recess, With flowers, garlands, and sweet-smelling herbs, Espoused Eve decked first her nuptial bed, 710 And heav'nly choirs the hymenean sung, What day the genial Angel to our sire Brought her in naked beauty more adorn'd, More lovely than Pandora, whom the Gods Endow'd with all their gifts : and too like 715 In sad event, when to th' unwiser son Of Japhet brought by Hermes, she ensnared Mankind with her fair looks, to be avenged On him who had stole Jove's authentic fire. Thus at their shady lodge arrived, both stood, 720 707. Pan : A fabled Grecian divinity, who presided over flocks and herds. Sylvanus : A rural Italian God. Nymph : In mythology, a goddess of the mountains, forests, meadows, or waters. According to the ancients, all the world was full of nymphs — some terrestrial, others celestial ; and these had names assigned to them according to their place of residence, or the parts of the world over which they were supposed to preside. — Bkande. 708. Faunus : Among the Romans, a kind of demi-god, or rural divinity, resembling the Pan, of the Greeks; being possessed, like him, of the power of prophecy. In form he resembled a satyr, being represented as half goat and half man. He sometimes bears the name of Sylvan. 714. Pandora: In Grecian mythology, the first mortal female, created by Jupiter, for the purpose of punishing Prometheus for stealing fire from Heaven, the authentic, or original fire. All the gods vied in making her pre- sents, beauty, eloquence, &c, hence her name, which means all-gifted ; but Jupiter gave her a box, filled with numberless evils, which she was desired to give to the man who married her. She was conducted by Mercury to Prometheus, who, sensible of the deceit, would not accept the present ; bu his brother Epimetheus, not being equally prudent, fell a victim to Pan dora's charms, accepted the box, from which, on its being opened, there issued all the ills and diseases which have since continued to afflict the human race. Hope remained, however, at the bottom of the box, as the only consolation of the troubles of mankind. — Brande. For another version of the story consult Anthotvs Class. Diet. 7iC- liie epithet un wiser, does not imply that his brother Prometheus was unwise. Milton uses unwiser as any Latin author would imprudent ior for not so wise as he might have been. — Jortin. 188 PARADISE LOST. Both turn'd, and under open sky adored The God that made both sky, air, earth, and heav'n, Which they beheld, the moon's resplendent globe, And starry pole : Thou also mad'st the night, Maker omnipotent, and thou the day, 725 Which we in our appointed work employ'd Have finish M, happy in our mutual help And mutual love, the crown of all our bliss Ordain'd by thee ; and this delicious place For us too large, where thy abundance wants 730 Partakers, and uncropt falls to the ground. But thou hast promised from us two a race To fill the earth, who shall with us extol Thy goodness infinite, both when we wake And when we seek, as now, thy gift of sleep. 735 This said unanimous, and other rites Observing none, but adoration pure Which God likes best, into their inmost bower Handed they went ; and eased the putting off 720-21. Both stood, both turned : A great admirer of Milton observes, that he sometimes places two monosyllables at the end of the line, stopping at the fourth foot, to adapt the measure of the verse to the sense ; and then begins the next line in the same manner, which has a wonderful effect. — N. 720-38. A masterly transition is here made to their evening worship. Dr. Johnson, in his " Life of Milton/' has made a gross attack upon the poet for his personal neglect of devotional duties, but the injustice of that attack may be inferred from this passage, as well as from several stanzas at the close of Book X., and at the beginning of Book XI. ; but, on this point consult Ivimey"s Life of Milton, pp. 286-88. 723. Moon: Virg. JEn. vi. 725, " Lucentemque globum lunas." 724. Thou also, fyc. : A sudden transition here in the mode of speaking ; first, speaking of God, and then suddenly turning the discourse, and speaking to him. A similar transition from the third to the second person may be seen in the hymn to Hercules, Virg. JEn. viii. 291. — N. 736. Other rites, Sf-c. : Here, says Thyer, Milton expresses his own favourite notions of devotion, which, it is well known, were very much against any- thing ceremonial ; he was full of the interior of religion, though he little re- garded the exterior. This remark is just only in relation to the national church establishment of England, which he held in great disrespect. 739 Eased: Being relieved from. BOOK IV. 1S9 These troublesome disguises which we wear, 740 Straight side by side were laid ; nor turn'd I ween Adam from his fair spouse, nor Eve the rites Mysterious of connubial love refused : "Whatever hypocrites austerely talk Of purity, and place, and innocence, 745 Defaming as impure what God declares Pure, and commands to some, leaves free to all. Our Maker bids increase ; who bids abstain But our Destroyer, foe to God and Man ? Hail wedded Love, mysterious law, true source 750 Of human offspring, sole propriety In Paradise of all things common else. By thee adult'rous lust was driven from men, Among the bestial herds to range ; by thee, Founded in reason, loyal, just, and pure, 755 Relations dear, and all the charities Of father, son, and brother, first were known. Far be 't, that I should write thee sin or blame, Or think thee unbefitting holiest place, Perpetual fountain of domestic sweets, 760 Whose bed is undefiled and chaste pronounced, 743-750. Mysterious : Involving a secret or hidden meaning, being repre- sented by the apostle as emblematic of the spiritual union between Christ and his church, Eph. v. 32. 744. Whatever hypocrites, fyc. : Our author calls those who, under a notion of greater purity and perfection, deny and forbid marriage, as they do in the Church of Rome, hypocrites ; and says afterwards (749) . that it is the doctrine of our Destroyer, in allusion to that passage of St. Paul in 1 Tim. iv. 1, 2, 3.— N. 751-52. Sole propriety : The only property; the only object of which the exclusive possession belonged to themselves. Of all, tyc. : Of, as elsewhere in this poem, is used in the sense of among. 756. Ml the charities : A word used in the Latin signification, and, like caritatcs. comprehends all the endearments of consanguinity and affinity, as in Cicero de Officiis, i. 17, "Cari sunt parentes, cari liberi, propinqui, familia- res ; sed omnes omnium caritates patria una complexa est.'' — N. 761. An allusion is made to Heb. xiii. 4. Though this panegyric upon wedded love may be condemned as a digression, yet it can hardly be called 190 PARADISE LOST. Present, or past, as saints and patriarchs used. Here Love his golden shafts employs, here lights His constant lamp, and waves his purple wings, Reigns here and revels ; not in the bought smile 765 Of harlots, loveless, joyless, unendear'd, Casual fruition ; nor in court-amours, Mix'd dance, or wanton mask, or midnight ball, Or serenate, which the starved lover sings To his proud fair, best quitted with disdain. 770 These, lull'd by nightingales, embracing, slept, And on their naked limbs the flow'ry roof Shower'd roses, which the morn repair'd. Sleep on, Blest pair ! and yet happiest, if ye seek No happier state, and know to know no more. 775 Now had Night measured with her shadowy cone Half way up hill this vast sublunar vault, a digression when it grows so naturally out of the subject, and is introduced so properly while the action of the poem is in a manner suspended, and while Adam and Eve are lying down to sleep: and if morality be one great end of poetry, that end cannot be better promoted than by such digressions as this, and that upon hypocrisy at the latter part of the Third Book. — N. 769. Serenate: For serenade, from the Italian serenata- Starved: Chilled with cold, as the serenade is often performed in clear, cold evenings. See Horace, Ode iii. 10 : 1 ; i. 25 : 7. 771. Love: An allusion to Cupid, the heathen divinity, who is usually re- presented as a beautiful boy, with bow and arrows, and with wings. 776. Shadowy cone: The shadow cast by the earth is a cone (a figure sloping like a sugar loaf) , the base of it resting upon that side of the globe where the light of the sun does not fall, and. consequently, when it is night there. This cone, to those who are on the darkened side of the Earth, could it be seen, would mount as the sun fell lower, and be at its utmost height in the vault of their heaven at midnight. The shadowy cone had now arisen half-way to that point ; consequently, supposing it to be about the time when the days and nights are of equal length (X. 329) it must be now about nine o'clock, the usual time of the angels' setting guard (779) . This is marking the time very poetically. — R. 777. Sublunar vault: The shadow of the earth sweeps the whole arch or vault of heaven between the earth and the moon, and extends beyond the orbit of the moon, as appears from the eclipses of the moon, which it occa- sions. — N. BOOK IV. 191 And from their ivory port the Cherubim Forth issuing at th' accustoni'd hour, stood arm'd To their night-watches in warlike parade, 780 When Gabriel to his next in power thus spake : Uzziel, half these draw off, and coast the south "With strictest watch ; those other wheel the north ; Our circuit meets full west. As flame they part ; Half wheeling to the shield, half to the spear. 785 From these, two strong and subtle Spirits he call'd That near him stood, and gave them thus in charge : Ithuriel and Zephon, with wing'd speed Search thro' this garden ; leave unsearch'd no nook ; But chiefly where those two fair creatures lodge, 790 Now laid perhaps asleep, secure of harm. This evening from the Sun's decline arrived "Who tells of some infernal Spirit seen Hitherward bent (who could have thought ?) escaped The bars of Hell, on errand bad no doubt : 795 Such where ye find, seize fast, and hither bring. 778. Ivory port, or gate : There is no allusion here to the ivory gate of sleep mentioned by Homer and Virgil, whence false dreams proceeded; for the poet could not intend to insinuate that what he was saying about the angelic guards, was all fiction. As the rock was of alabaster (543) , so he makes the gate of ivory. Houses and palaces of ivory are mentioned, as instances of magnificence, in Scripture, as are, likewise, doors of ivory, in Ovid, Met. iv. 185 : ■ l Lemnius extemplo valvas pateficit eburnas." N. 782. Uzziel : In Hebrew this means " the strength of GodP 784. As flame they part : A short simile, but expressive of their rapidity of movement, and of the brightness of their armour, at the same time. It is suited to those beings of whom the Scripture says, " He rnaketh his angels spirits, and his ministers a flame of fire. ,J 785. Shield and spear, are here elegantly put for left hand and right. The expression may have been borrowed from a phrase in Livy, " Declinare ad hastam vel ad scutum," to wheel to the right or left. — Ht/me. 788. The names of these angels are significant of the offices they per- formed. Ithuriel, in the Hebrew means the discovery of God. Zephon, signi- fies a secret, or searcher of hearts. 192 PARADISE LOST. So saying, on he led his radiant files, Dazzling the moon ; these to the bower direct, In search of whom they sought : him there they found, Squat like a toad, close at the ear of Eve, 800 Assaying by his devilish art to reach The organs of her fancy, and with them forge Illusions as he list, phantasms and dreams ; Or if, inspiring venom, he might taint Th' animal spirits that from pure blood arise, 805 Like gentle breaths from rivers pure, thence raise At least distemper'd, discontented thoughts, Vain hopes, vain aims, inordinate desires, Blown up with high conceits, ingendering pride. Him thus intent Ithuriel with his spear 810 Touch'd lightly ; for no falsehood can endure Touch of celestial temper, but returns Of force to its own likeness. Up he starts, Discover'd and surprised. As when a spark Lights on a heap of nitrous powder, laid 815 Fit for the tun some magazine to store Against a rumour'd war, the smutty grain With sudden blaze diffused, inflames the air; So started up in his own shape the Fiend. Back stept those two fair Angels, half amazed 820 So sudden to behold the grisly king ; 803. As he list : As he pleased. 804. Or if: Or (assaying) if. 806. Thence : That is, by tainting the animal spirits, he might raise bad thoughts and emotions, although they should not lead also to overt trans- gression. 808. Squat : Dr. Campbell remarks that no other word could have so hap- pily expressed the posture, as that which the poet has chosen. Close at the ear of Eve : Satan's planting himself at the ear of Eve. under the form of a toad, in order to produce vain dreams and imaginations, is a circumstance that gives an agreeable surprise ; so his starting up in his own form is wonderfully fine, both in the literal description and in the moral which is concealed under it. His answer (827) upon his being discovered and demanded to give an account of himself, is conformable to the pride and intrepidity of his character. — A. 816. Tun : Cask or barrel. BOOK IV. 193 Yet thus, unmoved with fear, accost him soon : Which of those rebel Spirits, adjudged to Hell, Com'st thou, escaped thy prison ? and transform'd, Why sat'st thou like an enemy in wait, 825 Here watching at the head of these that sleep ? Know ye not then, said Satan, fill'd with scorn, Know ye not me ? Ye knew me once no mate For you ; there sitting where ye durst not soar. Not to know me, argues yourselves unknown, 830 The lowest of your throng ; or if ye know, Why ask ye, and superfluous begin Your message, like to end as much in vain ? To whom thus Zephon, answering scorn with scorn, Think not, revolted Spirit, thy shape the same, 835 Or undiminish'd brightness, to be known As when thou stood'st in Heav'n upright and pure ; That glory then, when thou no more wast good, Departed from thee ; and thou resemblest now Thy sin and place of doom obscure and foul. 840 But come ; for thou, be sure, shalt give account To him who sent us, whose charge is to keep This place inviolable, and these from harm. So spake the Cherub ; and his grave rebuke, Severe in youthful beauty, added grace 845 Invincible. Abash'd the Devil stood, And felt how awful goodness is, and saw Virtue in her shape how lovely ; saw and pined His loss ; but chiefly to find here observed His lustre visibly impair 'd ; yet seem'd 850 834. To xvhom thus Zephon, fyc. : Zephon's rebuke, with the influence i had on Satan, is exquisitely graceful and moral. Satan is afterwards led away to Gabriel, the chief of the guardian angels, who kept watch in Para- dise. — A. 835-36. The meaning seems to be this : Think not, revolted spirit, thy shape to be} the same, or undiminished (thy) brightness, (so as) to be known (recognised) as when, &c. 844. Cherub : A spirit next in order to a seraph. 848. Pined- Regretted. o M 194 PARADISE LOST. Undaunted. If I must contend, said he, Best with the best, the sender not the sent, Or all at once ; more glory will be won, Or less be lost. Thy fear, said Zephon bold, Will save us trial what the least can do 855 Single against thee wicked, and thence weak. The Fiend reply'd not, overcome with rage ; But like a proud steed rein'd, went haughty on, Champing his iron curb. To strive or fly He held it vain ; awe from above had quelPd S60 His heart, not else dismay'd. Now drew they nigh The western point, where those half-rounding guards Just met, and closing stood in squadron join'd, Awaiting next command. To whom their chief, Gabriel from the front, thus call'd aloud : 865 friends, I hear the tread of nimble feet Hasting this way, and now by glimpse discern Ithuriel and Zephon through the shade, And with them comes a third of regal port, But faded splendour wan ; who, by his gait 870 And fierce demeanour, seems the prince of Hell, Not likely to part hence without contest : Stand firm, for in his look defiance lours. He scarce had ended, when those two approach'd, 852. With the best, fyc. : That is, let me, the best, contend with the best, with the sender, not with the sent. S56. Thence weak : This sentiment was, probably, drawn from Prov. xxviii. 1 : " The wicked flee when no man pursueth ; but the righteous are bold as a lion." 858-61. Went haughty on : Satan's disdainful conduct on this occasion, is so remarkable a beauty, that the most ordinary reader cannot but take notice of it. Gabriel's discovering his approach at a distance, is drawn with great strength and liveliness of imagination. 862. Half-rounding : Going half round. 865. Gabriel is pronounced here in three syllables. 866-73. The conference between Gabriel and Satan, abounds with senti- ments proper for the occasion, and suitable to the persons of the speakers. —A. 870. Wan : A darkish white. BOOK IV. 195 And brief related whom they brought, wnere found, 875 How busy'd, in what form and posture couch'd. To whom with stern regard thus Gabriel spake : Why hast thou, Safan, broke the bounds prescribed To thy transgressions, and disturb'd the charge Of others, who approve not to transgress 880 By thy example, but have pow'r and right To question thy bold entrance on this place ; Employ'd it seems to violate sleep, and those Whose dwelling God hath planted here in bliss ? To whom thus Satan with contemptuous brow : 885 Gabriel, thou hadst in Heav'n th' esteem of wise, And such I held thee ; but this question ask'd Puts me in doubt. Lives there who loves his pain ? Who would not, finding way, break loose from Hell, Though thither doom'd ? Thou would'st thyself, no doubt, 890 And boldly venture to whatever place Farthest from pain, where thou might'st hope to change Torment with ease, and soonest recompense Dole with delight, which in this place I sought ; To thee no reason, who knowest only good, 895 But evil hast not try'd : and wilt object His will who bound us ? Let him surer bar His iron gates, if he intends our stay In that dark durance : thus much what was ask'd. The rest is true, they found me where they say ; 900 877. Regard: Look. 879-SO. Transgressions and transgress, are both used in a physical, and not in a moral sense. The boundaries of Hell were those prescribed to the movements of Satan, and beyond these Satan was not legally allowed to pass ; the holy angels appeared not to pass beyond the limits prescribed for their own motions or excursions. 893. With ease: A Latin idiom. The English idiom would be "for ease.''' The meaning is the same. 894. Dole: Grief. 896. And wilt object : And wilt thou object, &c. A concise mode of ex- pression similar to "and knowest for whom] 1 II. 730. 899. Durance: Imprisonment. What : As to what, &c. 196 PARADISE LOST. But that implies not violence or harm. Thus he in scorn. The warlike Angel moved, Disdainfully, half smiling, thus reply'd : loss of one in Heav'n to judge of wise, Since Satan fell, whom folly overthrew, 905 And now returns him from his prison 'scaped, Gravely in doubt whether to hold them wise Or not, who ask what boldness brought him hither, Unlicensed from his bounds in Hell prescribed ; So wise he judges it to fly from pain 910 However, and to 'scape his punishment. So judge thou still, presumptuous, till the wrath, Which thou incurr'st by flying, meet thy flight Sev'nfold, and scourge that wisdom back to Hell Which taught thee yet no better, that no pain 915 Can equal anger infinite provoked. But wherefore thou alone ? Wherefore with thee Came not all Hell broke loose ? Is pain to them Less pain, less to be fled ? or thou than they Less hardy to endure ? Courageous Chief, 920 The first in flight from pain, hadst thou alleged To thy deserted host this cause of flight, Thou surely hadst not come sole fugitive. To which the Fiend thus answer'd, frowning stern : Not that I less endure, or shrink from pain, 925 Insulting Angel : well thou know'st I stood Thy fiercest, when in battle to thy aid The blasting volley'd thunder made all speed, And seconded thy else not dreaded spear. But still thy words at random, as before, 930 Argue thy inexperience what behoves From hard essays and ill successes past, A faithful leader, not to hazard all Through ways of danger by himself untry'd : 904. Of wise : Of what is wise. 927. Fiercest : Greatest fierceness — the adjective for a substantive. 931. Inexperience : Want of knowledge. BOOK IV. 197 I therefore, I alone first undertook 935 To wing the desolate abyss, and spy This new-created world, whereof in Hell Fame is not silent, "here in hope to find Better abode, and my afflicted PowYs To settle here on earth, or in mid-air ; 940 Though for possession put to try once more What thou and thy gay legions dare against ; Whose easier bus'ness were to serve their Lord High up in Heav'n, with songs to hymn his throne, And practised distances to cringe, not fight. 945 To whom the warrior Angel soon reply'd : To say and straight unsay, pretending first Wise to fly pain, professing next the spy, Argues no leader, but a liar traced, Satan, and couldst thou faithful add ? name, 950 sacred name of faithfulness profaned ! Faithful to whom ? to thy rebellious crew ? Army of Fiends, fit body to fit head. Was this your discipline and faith engaged, Your military obedience, to dissolve 955 Allegiance to th' acknowledged Pow'r Supreme ? And thou, sly hypocrite, who now wouldst seem Patron of liberty, who more than thou Once fawn'd, and cringed, and servilely adored Heav'n's awful Monarch ? wherefore but in hope 960 To dispossess him, and thyself to reign ? But mark what I arreed thee now, Avaunt ; Fly thither whence thou fledst: if from this hour Within these hallow'd limits thou appear, Back to th' infernal pit I drag thee chain'd, 965 And seal thee so, as henceforth not to scorn 945. And : " With" is understood. 962. Arreed : Advise, or award. 965. / drag, for I will drag. The present is often thus used for the future, to indicate the certainty of the execution of the threat. Compare Rev. xx. 3. 198 PARADISE LOST. The facile gates of Hell too slightly harr'd. So threaten'd he ; but Satan to no threats Gave heed, but, waxing more in rage, reply'd : Then when I am thy captive, talk of chains, . 970 Proud limitary Cherub ; but ere then Far heavier load thyself expect to feel From my prevailing arm, though Heav'n's King Ride on thy wings, and thou with thy compeers, Used to the yoke, draw'st his triumphant wheels 975 In progress through the road of Heav'n star-paved. While thus he spake, th' angelic squadron bright Turn'd fiery red, sharp'ning in mooned horns Their phalanx, and began to hem him round With ported spears, as thick as when a field 980 Of Ceres ripe for harvest waving bends Her bearded grove of ears, which way the wind Sways them ; the careful plowman doubting stands, Lest on the threshing-floor his hopeful sheaves Prove chaff. On th' other side Satan, alarm'd, 985 Collecting all his might, dilated stood, Like Teneriff or Atlas, unremoved : His stature reach'd the sky, and on his crest 967. Facile: Easy. 971. Limitary: A scornful expression as here used by Satan, taunting him with being placed at the limit as a guard, as if it was a very subordinate occupation. The epithet was suggested by what the angel said. 964. 974. Wings: Imagery drawn from Ps. xviii. 10-12: "He rode upon a cherub, and did fly." See Ezek. i., x., xi. 978. Mooned horns : Horns like the moon. 9S0. Ported spears : Spears carried with points towards him. 986-87. Dilated stood : The word dilated expresses very strongly the atti- tude of an eager and undaunted combatant, whose fury not only seems to erect and enlarge his stature, but expands, as it were, his whole frame, and extends every limb. The use of the word unremov'd for immovable, is very poetical, and corresponds with conjugal attraction unreprov'd (492) . — Thyer. 987. With more fitness is this comparison employed here than a similar one by Virgil in relation to iEneas, JEn. xii. 701. 988. His stature, $c. ; Imagery derived from Homer's Discord, Iliad iv. 445, and Virgil's Fame, iEn. iv. 177 : '' Increditurqup solo, et caput inter nubila conJit." BOOK IV. 199 Sat horror plumed ; nor wanted in his grasp What seem'd both spear and shield. Now dreadful deeds 990 Might have ensued, nor only Paradise In this commotion," but the starry cope Of Heav'n perhaps, or all the elements At least had gone to wrack, disturb'd and torn With violence of this conflict, had not soon 995 Th' Eternal to prevent such horrid fray, Hung forth in Heav'n his golden scales, yet seen 989. Sat horror plumed : Horror is personified, and is made the plume of his helmet. How much nobler an idea is this than the horses' tails, and sphinxes, and dragons, on the helmets of the ancient heroes, or even than the Chimaera vomiting flames, on the crest of Turnus, JEn. vii. 78-5. — N. 992. Cope : Arch, or concave. 994. Collecting all his might : Satan clothing himself with terror when he prepares for the combat, is truly sublime, and, at least, equal to Homer's description of Discord, celebrated by Longinus. or to that of Fame, in Virgil, who are both represented with their feet standing on the earth and their heads reaching above the clouds. It may here be remarked, that Milton is everywhere full of hints, and sometimes literal translations, taken from the greatest of the Greek and Latin poets. — A. 997. Scales : The breaking off c-f the combat between Gabriel and Satan by the hanging out of the golden scales in heaven, is a refinement upon Ho- mer's thought, who tells us that before the battle between Hector and Achilles, Jupiter weighed the event of it in a pair of scales. Book xxii. " Jove lifts the golden balances, that show The fates of mortal men and things below ; Here each contending hero's lot he tries, And weighs, with equal hand, their destinies. Low sinks the scale surcharged with Hector's fate ; Heavy with death it sinks, and hell receives the weight." Virgil, before the last decisive combat, describes Jupiter in the same man- ner, as weighing the fates of Turnus and iEneas. Milton, though he fetched this beautiful circumstance from the Iliad and iEneid, does not only insert it as a poetical embellishment, like the authors above-mentioned, but makes an artful use of it for the proper carrying on of his story, and for the breaking oft' of the combat between the two warriors, who were upon the point of en- gaging. To this we may further add, that Milton is the more justified in this passage, as we find the same noble allegory in holy writ, where a wicked prince, some few hours before he was assaulted and slain, is said to have been " weighed in the scales and to have been found wanting." — A. Further illustrations maybe found in Job xxviii. ; xxxvii. ; Is. xl. ; 1 Sam ii. 3; Prov. xvi. 2. 200 PARADISE LOST. Betwixt Astrea and the Scorpion sign, Wherein all things created first he weigh 'd, The pendulous round earth with balanced air 1000 In counterpoise, now ponders all events, Battles, and realms : in these he put two weights, The sequel each of parting and of fight ; The latter quick up flew, and kick'd the beam ; Which Gabriel spying, thus bespake the Fiend : 1005 Satan, I know thy strength, and thou know'st mine ; Neither our own, but giv'n. What folly then To boast what arms can do ? since thine no more Than Heav'n permits, nor mine, though doubled now To trample thee as mire : for proof look up, 1010 And read thy lot in yon celestial sign, Where thou art weigh'd, and shewn how light, how weak, 998-99. Yet seen betwixt Astrea, <§-c. : The constellation Libra, or the Scales, situated between Astraea, or Virgo, and the Scorpion constellation. 1000. Pendulous : Suspended. 1003. Bentley suggests signal as a better word than sequel, but it does not so well accord with the classical passages whence Milton probably derived the sentiment. See Iliad viii. 69 and ^Eneid xii. 725. Seqi;el is here put for that which determined the sequel, consequences, or event, either of parting or of fight. The weight which decided upon fighting proved the lighter, of course demonstrated that in arms he would prove inferior to Gabriel v 1012 : the other weight, being the heavier, showed that it was his wisest course to hasten away from the meditated combat. Newton has called attention to the difference between Milton's account of the scales and that of Homer and Vir- gil. In these the fates of the two combatants being weighed one against the other, and the descent of one of the scales indicating the approaching death of him whose fate lay in that scale, quo vergat pondere lethum : whereas in Mil- ton nothing is weighed but what relates to Satan only, and in the two scales are weighed the two different events of his retreating and of his fighting ; and this for the purpose simply of satisfying himself, or enabling him to read his own destiny. The celestial scales (Libra) are used for this purpose — a sub- lime idea. This instance leads Newton justly to remark that, when Milton imitates a fine passage, he does not imitate it servilely, but makes it an ori- ginal of his own by his manner of varying and improving it. 1008. Thine and mine are to be referred to strength (1006) . 1012. The ascending scale is not made the sign of victory, as in Homer and Virgil, but of lightness and weakness, according to that of Belshazzar, BOOK IV. 201 If thou resist. The Fiend look'd up, and knew His mounted scale aloft : nor more ; but fled Murm'ring, and with him fled the shades of night, r 1015 Dan. v. 27, " Thou art weighed in the balances and found wanting." So true it is, that Milton oftener imitates Scripture than Homer and Virgil, even when he is thought to imitate them most. — N. DIFFICULTIES IN EXECUTING THE PORTRAIT OF OUR FIRST PARENTS. The difficulty which met Milton in his portrait of our first parents was, obviously, to make them perfect, without being unnatural ; to make them sinless, and yet distinguish them from angels ; to show them human, yet un- fallen ; to make, in short, a new thing on the earth ; a man and woman beautiful beyond desire, simple beyond disguise, graceful without conscious- ness, naked without shame, innocent but not insipid, lofty but not proud ; uniting in themselves the qualities of childhood, manhood, and womanhood as if, in one season, spring, summer, and autumn could be imagined. This was the task Milton had to accomplish ; and, at his bidding, there arose the loveliest creatures of the human imagination, such as poet's eye never, before or since, imaged in the rainbow or the moonshine, or saw in the light of dreams ; than fairies more graceful, than the Cherubim and the Serapliim themselves more beautiful. Milton's Adam is himself, as he was in his young manhood, ere yet the cares of life had ploughed his forehead, or quenched his serene eyes. Eve, again, is Milton's life-long dream of what woman was, and yet may be — a dream from which he again and again awoke, weeping, because the bright vision had passed away, and a cold reality alone remained. You see in her every lineament, that he was one, who, from the loftiness of his ideal, had been disappointed in woman. In the words, frequently repeated as a speci- men of a blunder, "Adam, the goodliest man of men, since born His sons ; the fairest of her daughters. Eve." he has unwittingly described the process by which his mind created them. Adam is the goodliest of his sons, because he is (poetically) formed by com- bining their better qualities ; and thus are the children the parents of their father. Eve is the fairest of her daughters ; for it would require the collected essence of all their excellences to form such another Eve. — Gilfillan. 9* BOOK V. THE ARGUMENT. Morning approached, Eve relates to Adam her troublesome dream ; ne likes it not, yet comforts her ; they come forth to their day labours ; their morning hymn at the door of their bower. God, to render man inexcusable, sends Raphael to admonish him of his obedience, of his free estate, of his enemy near at hand, who he is, and why his enemy, and whatever else may avail Adam to know. Raphael comes down to Paradise, his appearance de- scribed, his coming discerned by Adam afar off. sitting at the door of his bower ; he goes out to meet him, brings him to his lodge, entertains him with the choicest fruits of Paradise got together by Eve ; their discourse at table ; Raphael performs his message, minds Adam of his state and of his enemy ; relates, at Adam's request, who that enemy is, and how he came to be so, beginning from his first revolt in Heaven, and the occasion thereof; how he drew his legions after him to the parts of the north, and there incited them to rebel with him, persuading all but only Abdiel, a Seraph ; who in argument dissuades and opposes him, then forsakes him. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. This Book consists of elements of the same character and of similar combi- nation as the Fourth. Eve's dream, and the manner of relating it are in a very high degree poetical. Here the invention is perfect in imagery, sentiment, and language. The approach of the angel Raphael, as viewed at a distance by Adam, is designed with all those brilliant circumstances, and those unde- iinable touches, which give the force of embodied reality to a vision. The hints of a large part of the incidents are taken from the Scriptures ; but the invention is not on that account the less. To bring the dim, gene- ral idea into broad light in all its lineaments, is the difficulty, and requires the power. The conversation between Raphael and Adam is admirably contrived on both sides. Those argumentative portions of the poem are almost always grand. Now and then, indeed, the bard indulges in the display of too much abstruse learning, or metaphysical subtleties. In relating the cause of Satan's rebellion, Raphael sustains all the almost unutterable sublimity of his sub- ject.' The hero is drawn wicked and daring beyond prior conception, but mighty and awful as he is wicked. Language, to express these high thoughts, would have sunk before any other genius but Milton's ; and as he had to convey the movements of heavenly spirits by earthly comparisons, the diffi- culty increased every step — E. B. BOOK V. Now morn her rosj steps in th' eastern clime Advancing, sow'd the earth with orient pearl, When Adam waked, so custom'd, for his sleep Was aery light from pure digestion bred, And temp'rate vapours bland, which th' only sound 5 Of leaves and fuming rills, Aurora's fan, 2. Orient pearl was esteemed the most valuable. In Don Quixote is this passage : " She wept not tears but seed-pearl, or morning dew ; and he thought higher, that they were like orient pearls." The goddess Aurora, says Dr. Anthon, sometimes represented in a saffron- coloured robe, with a wand or torch in her hand, coming out of the golden palace, and ascending a golden chariot. Homer describes her as wearing a flowing veil, which she throws back to denote dispersion of the night, and as opening with her rosy fingers the gates of day. Others represent her as a nymph crowned with flowers, with a star above her head, standing in a chariot drawn by winged horses, while in one hand she holds a torch, and with the other scatters roses, as illustrative of the flowers which spring from the dew, which the poets describe as diffused from the eyes of the goddess in liquid pearls. 5. Only : for alone. 6. Fuming: Virg. Georg. ii. 217. Aurora's fan is here put for the morn- ing wind, or breeze ; thus, in the translation of a poem of Du Bartas, is this line : " Call forth the winds. Oh Heaven's fresh fans, quoth he. 7 ' Also in this passage : " . ... now began Aurora's usher with her windy fan, Gently to shake the woods on every side. J04 PARADISE LOST. Lightly dispersed, and the shrill matin song Of birds on ev'ry bough ; so much the more His wonder was to find unwaken'd Eve With tresses discomposed, and glowing cheek, 10 As through unquiet rest ; he on his side Leaning, half raised, with looks of cordial love Hung over her enaniour'd, and beheld Beauty, which whether waking or asleep, Shot forth peculiar graces ; then with voice 15 Mild, as when Zephyrus on Flora breathes, Her hand soft touching, whisper'd thus : Awake, My fairest, my espoused, my latest found, 7. Matin : Virg. Mn. viii. 456 : " Kt matutini volucium sub culmine cantus.'' Though Milton seems to have derived hints and expressions from a great variety of sources, yet, as Brydges well observes, " he almost always gave a new character to what he took. The similar passages so numerously pointed out by commentators, are not similar in force and poetical spirit. Words, simple or compound, may be borrowed ias in line 5, above, and in other lines, from Sylvester's 'Du Bartas") , bat the context and application are different. Just as the brick, which is taken from a cottage, may be worked into the walls of a palace ; but is the architecture of the palace therefore taken from the cottage ? Many of the words used by Milton may be found in the most miserable poetasters of his predecessors." 9. His wonder was, fyc. : We were told, in the foregoing Book, how the evil spirit practised upon Eve as she lay asleep, in order to inspire her with thoughts of vanity, pride, and ambition. The author, who shows a wonder- ful art throughout his whole poem, in preparing the reader for the several occurrences that arise in it, founds upon the above-mentioned circumstance the first part of the Fifth Book. Adam, upon his awaking, finds Eve still asleep, with an unusual discomposure in her looks. The posture in which he regards her, is described with a tenderness not to be expressed, as the whisper with which he awakens her is the softest that was ever conveyed to a lover's ear. — A. 11. Unquiet rest: In the last Book Satan was represented as infusing im- proper thoughts into her mind ; hence this effect. 1 6. Zephyrus : A soft and gentle wind ; the west wind. Flora : The god- dess of blossoms and flowers. 17-18. Awake, my fairest : It should not be overlooked that Milton, in the conferences between Adam and Eve, had his eye very frequently upon the BOOK V. 205 HeavVs last best gift, my ever new delight, Awake ; the morning shines, and the fresh field 20 Calls us ; we lose the prime, to mark how spring Our tender plants, how blows the citron grove, What drops the myrrh, and what the balmy reed, How Nature paints her colours, how the bee Sits on the bloom extracting liquid sweet. 25 Such whisp'ring waked her, but with startled eye On Adam, whom embracing, thus she spake : sole in whom my thoughts find all repose, My glory, my perfection, glad I see Book of Canticles (Song of Solomon), in which there is a noble spirit of eastern poetry, and very often not unlike what we meet with in Homer, who is generally placed near the age of Solomon. There is no question that the poet, in the speech that follows, remembered those two passages which are spoken on a like occasion, and filled with the same pleasing images of nature. " My beloved spake, and said unto me, ' Rite up, my love, my fair one. and come away ; for lo ! the winter is past, the rain is over and gone, the flowers appear on the earth, the time of the singing of birds is come, and the voice of the turtle is heard in our land. The fig-tree putteth forth her green figs, and the vines with the tender grapes give a good smell. Arise, my love, my- fair one, and come away.' " — " Come, my beloved ! let us go forth into the field ; let us get up early to the vineyards ; let us see if the vine flourish ; whether the tender grapes appear and the pomegranates bud forth." His preferring the garden of Eden to that " where the sapient king Held dalliance with liis> fair Kgyptian spouse," shows that the poet had this delightful scene in his mind. — A. 21. Prime : Best part of the day (170 ; IX. 200) . 24. I am inclined to think that this mention of Nature is the only blemish in the passage. None of Adam's curious questionings, which writers have reprobated, were unnatural in a being continually contemplating the uni- verse with an undimmed eye ; but it is very inconsistent to suppose he would personify the principle of things, and separate its operation from the immediate action of the divine hand. Nature was a noble and splendid conception in the minds of the heathen poets and philosophers, but it is a puerile contradiction after the thoughts have been long fixed on a personal deity.— S. 28. O sole : O thou only one. 206 PARADISE LOST. Thy face, and morn return'd ; for I this night 30 (Such night till this I never pass'd) have dream'd, If dream'd, not as I oft am wont, of thee, Works of day past, or morrow's next design, But of offence and trouble, which my mind Knew never till this irksome night. Methought, 35 Close at mine ear one call'd me forth to walk, With gentle voice ; I thought it thine : it said, Why sleep'st thou, Eve ? now is the pleasant time, The cool, the silent, save where silence yields To the night-warbling bird, that now awake 40 Tunes sweetest his love-labour'd song ; now reigns Full orb'd the moon, and with more pleasing light Shadowy sets off the face of things ; in vain, If none regard ; Heav'n wakes with all his eyes, Whom to behold but thee, Nature's desire ? 45 In whose sight all things joy, with ravishment Attracted by thy beauty still to gaze. I rose as at thy call, but found thee not ; To find thee I directed then my walk ; And on, methought, alone I pass'd through ways 50 30. For I this night, 6fc. : The breaks in Eve's narration, are extremely beautiful, and adapted to the circumstances of one just awakened, before the thoughts were well recollected. — Stillingfleet. 38-47. Why slcepcst thou, &fc. : Eve's dream is full of those high conceits engendering pride, which, we are told, the devil endeavoured to instill into her. Of this kind is that part of it where she fancies herself awakened by Adam, in the beautiful lines that follow. An injudicious poet would have made Adam talk through the whole work in such sentiments as these ; but flattery and falsehood are not the courtship of Milton's Adam, and could not be heard by Eve in her stale of innocence, excepting only in a dream produced on purpose to taint her imagination. Other vain sentiments of the same kind, in this relation of her dream, will be obvious to every reader. Though the catastrophe of the poem is finely presaged on this occasion, the particulars of it are so artfully shadowed, that they do not anticipate the story which follows in the Ninth Book. It may be added, that though the vision itself is founded upon truth, the circum- stances of it are full of that wildness and inconsistency which are natural to a dream. — A. 41. His: The nightingale is also sometimes spoken of as feminine. BOOK V. 207 That brought me on a sudden to the tree Of interdicted knowledge : fair it seein'd, Much fairer to my fancy than by day : And as I wond'ring look'd, beside it stood One shaped and wing'd, like one of those from Heav'n 55 By us oft seen. His dewy locks distill'd Ambrosia : on that tree he also gazed ; And fair plant, said he, with fruit surcharged, Deigns nono to ease thy load and taste thy sweet Nor God, nor Man ? is knowledge so despised ? 60 Or envy, or what reserve forbids to taste ? Forbid who will, none shall from me withhold Longer thy offer'd good : why else set here ? This said, he paused not, but with vent'rous arm He pluck'd, he tasted ! Me damp horror chilPd 65 At such bold words vouch'd with a deed so bold : But he thus overjoy'd, fruit divine, Sweet of thyself, but much more sweet thus cropt, Forbidden here, it seems, as only fit For Gods, yet able to make Gods of Men : 70 And why not Gods of Men, since good, the more Communicated, more abundant grows, The Author not impair'd, but honour'd more ? Here, happy creature, fair angelic Eve, Partake thou also ; happy though thou art, 75 Happier thou may'st be, worthier canst not be : Taste this, and be henceforth among the Gods Thyself a Goddess, not to earth confined, 53. Much fairer to my fancy than by day : As the sensations are often more pleasing, and the images more lively, when we are asleep, than when we are awake; and what can be the cause of this? Our author plainly thinks jt may be effected by the agency of some spiritual being upon the sensory while we are asleep. — N. 57. Ambrosia : Virg. Mi\. i. 403 : " ilmbrosiceque com«e divinum vertice odorem Spiiavere.'' 66. Vouched : Confirmed. 67. Overjoyed : After this word supply declared. 208 PARADISE LOST. But sometimes in the air, as we, sometimes Ascend to Heav'n, by merit thine, and see 80 What life the Gods live there, and such live thou. So saying, he drew nigh, and to me held, Ev'n to my mouth, of that same fruit held part Which he had pluck'd. The pleasant sav'ry smell So quicken'd appetite, that I, methought, 85 Could not but taste. Forthwith up to the clouds With him I flew, and underneath beheld The earth outstretch'd immense, a prospect wide And various ; wond'ring at my flight and change To this high exaltation ; suddenly 90 My guide was gone, and I, methought, sunk down, And fell asleep ; but how glad I waked To find this but a dream ! Thus Eve her night Related ; and thus Adam answer'd sad : Best image of myself and dearer half, 95 The trouble of thy thoughts this night in sleep Affects me equally ; nor can I like This uncouth dream, of evil sprung I fear ; Yet evil whence ? In thee can harbour none, Created pure. But know, that in the soul 100 Are many lesser faculties, that serve Reason as chief : among these Fancy next Her office holds. Of all external things Which the five watchful senses represent, She forms imaginations, aery shapes ; 105 Which Reason joining or disjoining, frames 79. An ellipsis is here to be supplied: But sometimes (ascend) in the air, as we do, &c. 93. Night : For " dreams of night." 95. The general style in which, throughout the poem, Eve is addressed by Adam, or described by the poet, is in the highest degree of compliment ; yet that which distinguishes Milton from the other poets, who have pampered the eye and fed the imagination with exuberant descriptions of female beauty, is the moral severity with which he has tempered them. There is not a line in his works which tends to licentiousness, or the impression of which, if it has such a tendency, is not effectually checked by thought and senti- ment. — Hazlitt. 209 All what we affirm or what deny, and call Our knowledge or opinion ; then retires Into her private cell when Nature rests. Oft in her absence" mimic Fancy wakes 110 To imitate her ; but misjoining shapes, Wild work produces oft, and most in dreams, 111 matching words and deeds long past or late. Some such resemblances methinks I find Of our last evening's talk, in this thy dream, 115 But with addition strange ; yet be not sad. Evil into the mind of God or Man May come and go, so unapproved, and leave No spot or blame behind : Which gives me hope That what in sleep thou didst abhor to dream 120 Waking thou never wilt consent to do. Be not dishearten'd then, nor cloud those looks That wont to be more cheerful and serene Than when fair morning first smiles on the world ; And let us to our fresh employments rise 125 Among the groves, the fountains, and the flowers That open now their choicest bosom'd smells, Reserved from night, and kept for thee in store. i So cheer'd he his fair spouse, and she was cheer'd ; 1 But silently a gentle tear let fall 130 From either eye, and wiped them with her hair. Two other precious drops that ready stood, Each in their crystal sluice, he ere they fell KissM as the gracious signs of sweet remorse And pious awe, that fear'd to have offended. 135 So all was clear'd, and to the field they haste. But first, from under shady arborous roof Soon as they forth were come to open sight J 17. The word God, in this line, may be regarded as synonymous with angel, being sometimes used by the sacred writers in this sense. John x. 35. The poet, in lines 60, 70, uses the word in this sense. — S. 129. So cheered he, fyc. : Adam, conformable to his character for superior wisdom, instructs and comforts Eve upon this occasion. — A. 137. Arborous roof: Roof composed of branches of trees. N 210 PARADISE LOST. Of day-spring, and the Sun, who scarce up risen, With wheels yet hov'ring o'er the ocean brim, 140 Shot parallel to th' earth his dewy ray, Discovering in wide landskip all the east Of Paradise and Eden's happy plains, Lowly they bow'd, adoring, and began Their orisons, each morning duly paid 145 In various style ; for neither various style Nor holy rapture wanted they to praise Their Maker, in fit strains pronounced or sung Unmeditated ; such prompt eloquence Flow'd from their lips, in prose or num'rous verse, 150 More tuneable than needed lute or harp To add more sweetness ; and they thus began : These are thy glorious works, Parent of Good, Almighty, thine this universal frame, Thus wondrous fair : thyself how wondrous then ! 155 Unspeakable, who sit'st above these Heav'ns To us invisible, or dimly seen In these thy lowest works : yet these declare Thy goodness beyond thought, and pow'r divine. Speak ye who best can tell, ye sons of light, 160 153. These are thy ivorks, §c. : Here commences a most noble hymn in praise ot the Deity. It is written in imitation of one of those Psalms, ■where, in the overflowings of gratitude and praise, the Psalmist calls not only upon the angels, but upon the most conspicuous parts of the inanimate creation, to join with him in extolling their common Maker. Invocations of this nature fill the mind w r ith glorious ideas of God's works, and awaken that divine enthusiasm which is so natural to devotion. But if this calling upon the dead parts of nature, is, at all times, a proper kind of worship, it was, in a peculiar manner, suitable to our first parents, who had the creation fresh upon their minds, and had not seen the various dispensations of Provi dence, nor, consequently, could be made acquainted with those many topics of praise which might afford matter to the devotions of their posterity. I need not remark the beautiful spirit of poetry which runs through this whole hymn, nor the holiness of that resolution with which it concludes. — A. 160. Speak ye, Sfc. : He is unspeakable (156) : no creature can speak wor- thily of him as he is ; but speak ye who are best able, ye angels, &c. BOOK V. 211 Angels ; for ye behold Him , and with songs And choral symphonies, day without night, Circle his throne rejoicing ! ye in Heav'n, On Earth join all" ye Creatures to extol Him first, him last, him midst, and without end. 165 Fairest of stars, last in the train of night, If better thou belong not to the dawn, Sure pledge of day, that crown 'st the smiling morn "With thy bright circlet, praise him in thy sphere, While day arises, that sweet hour of prime. 170 Thou Sun, of this great world both eye and soul, Acknowledge him thy greater ; sound his praise In thy eternal course, both when thou climb'st, And when high noon hast gain'd, and when thou fall'st. Moon, that now meets the orient Sun, now fly'st, 175 With the fix'd stars, fix'd in their orb that flies, And ye five other wand'ring fires that move 162. Day without night : Without night such as ours ; yet, not without a grateful vicissitude. See Book V. 628-9, 645-6 ; VI. 8. 166. Fairest of stars : Venus, here spoken of as the morning star, being so a part of the year. There is a discrepancy, however, with Book IV. 605. if we consider Milton as implying that at this time the planet was a morn- ing star. We must regard this as a general hymn of praise, suited to any season of the year. 170. Prime : Dawn ; so called because it is the first part of day. 172. Thy greater: Thy superior. The sun is here beautifully personified. 175-76. The train of thought is -this: Thou moon, that sometimes dost ap- proach the bright sun in thy monthly circuit (from full moon to new moon) , and dost sometimes recede as from new to full moon\ resound his praise in connection with the fixed stars, &c. See note on 177. 176. Fixed in their orb (or concentric, crystalline sphere) , that flies, or re- volves rapidly around the earth; that is, appears to do so. VIII. 19, 21. 177. Ye five other: Dr. Bentley reads four, Venus and the Sun and Moon having been already mentioned, and only four more remaining. Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, according to the discoveries of Milton's age. We must either suppose that Milton did not consider the morning star as the planet Venus, which would explain the difficulty suggested in line 166; or he must be supposed to include the earth, to make up the other five besides those he had mentioned ; and he calls it, VIII. 129, the planet Earth, though 212 PARADISE LOST. In mystic dance not without song, resound His praise, who out of darkness call'd up light. Air, and ye Elements, the eldest birth 180 Of Nature's womb, that in quaternion run Perpetual circle, multiform, and mix And nourish all things ; let your ceaseless change Vary to our great Maker still new praise. Ye Mists and Exhalations that now rise 185 From hill or steaming lake, dusky or grey, Till the Sun paint your fleecy skirts with gold, In honour to the world's great Author rise, Whether to deck with clouds the uncolour'd sky, Or wet the thirsty earth with falling show'rs, 190 Rising or falling still advance his praise. His praise, ye Winds, that from four quarters blow Breathe soft or loud ; and wave your tops, ye Pines, With every plant ; in sign of worship wave. Fountains, and ye that warble, as ye flow, 195 Melodious murmurs, warbling tune his praise. Join voices all ye living Souls ; ye Birds, this is not agreeable to the system according to which he is speaking at pre- sent. — N. Wandering fires : The planets are thus designated in distinction from the fixed stars, that do not change their position in the heavens relative to one another. 178. Not without song : An allusion to the Pythagorean theory, called " the music of the spheres," by which was only intended, according to Bishop Newton, the proportion, regularity, and harmony of their motions : but see note on 625. 180. Elements : It was once supposed that fire, air, earth, and water, were simple bodies, out of which the world was composed. Modern science has entirely overturned this theory. See Book III. 715. 181. That in quaternion run, fyc. : That in a fourfold mixture and combina- tion run a perpetual circle, one element continually changing into another, according to the doctrine of Heraclitus, borrowed from Orpheus. Cicero de Nat. Deor. ii. 33.— N. 197. Souls: The word is used here, as it sometimes is in Scripture, for other creatures besides man. Gen. i. 20, 30, marginal readings. — N. BOOK V. 213 That singing up to Heaven-gate ascend, Bear on your wings and in your notes his praise. Ye that in waters glide, and ye that walk 200 The earth, and stately tread, or lowly creep, Witness if I be silent, morn or ev'n, To hill or valley, fountain, or fresh shade, Made vocal by my song, and taught his praise. Hail Universal Lord, be bounteous still 205 To give us only good ; and if the night Have gather'd aught of evil, or conceal'd, Disperse it, as now light dispels the dark. So pray'd they innocent, and their thoughts Firm peace recover'd soon, and wonted calm. 210 On to their morning's rural work they haste, Among sweet dews and flow'rs ; where any row Of fruit trees over-woody reach'd too far Their pamper'd boughs, and needed hands to check Fruitless embraces ; or they led the vine 215 To wed her elm ; she spoused about him twines 198. To Heaven gate ascend: Shakspeare had used the same hyperbole, Cymbeline, Act ii. ; also in Sonnet xxix. 202. It is a curious question, why the singular pronoun / is here used in- stead of the plural, since Adam and Eve were both engaged in this religious service. The most plausible explanation is that which Stebbing furnishes. He says, that from Milton's known opinion on the subject of female modesty and subjection, it is easy to suppose he never intended to represent Ere as audibly accompanying the devotions of her husband ; an idea which is strengthened by referring to 1 Cor. xiv. 34, and J Tim. ii. 11. But Bishop Newton explains the matter by saying, that Milton here imitates the ancient chorus, where sometimes the plural and sometimes the singular number is used. 205-8. This petition resembles a well-known petition in Plato, offered to Jupiter : " Give us good things whether we pray for them or not, and remove from us evil things, even though we pray for them ; and Xenophon tells us that Socrates was in the habit of praying to the gods simply for good things, as they knew best what things were best. 214. Pamper'd boughs : Boughs overgrown with superfluous leaves and fruitless branches ; from the French pampre. — N. 216. To wed her elm : An allusion to Ovid, Met. xiv. 661. Virgil likewise employs the metaphor of the vine embracing the elm, Georg. ii. 367. 214 PARADISE LO.*T, Her marriageable arms, and with her brings Her dow'r th' adopted clusters, to adorn His barren leaves. Them thus employ'd beheld "With pity Heav'n's high King, and to him call'd 220 Raphael, the sociable Spirit, that deign'd To travel with Tobias, and secured His marriage with the sev'ntimes-wedded maid. Raphael, said he, thou hear'st what stir on Earth Satan from Hell, 'scaped thro' the darksome gulf, 225 Hath raised in Paradise, and how disturb'd This night the human pair, how he designs In them at once to ruin all mankind. Go, therefore, half this day as friend with friend Converse with Adam, in what bow'r or shade 230 Thou find'st him from the heat of noon retired, To respite his day-labour with repast, Or with repose ; and such discourse bring on As may advise him of his happy state, Happiness in his pow'r left free to will, 235 Left to his own free will, his will though free, Yet mutable ; whence warn him to beware He swerve not too secure. Tell him withal His danger, and from whom ; what enemy, Late fall'n himself from Heav'n, is plotting now 240 The fall of others from like state of bliss. By violence ? No, for that shall be withstood; But by deceit and lies. This let him know, Lest wilfully transgressing he pretend Surprisal, unadmonish'd, unforewarn'd. 245 So spake th' Eternal Father, and fulfill'd All justice : nor delay'd the winged Saint After his charge received ; but from among 222. Tobias : The story here alluded to may be found in the apocryphal book of Tobit. 224. Raphael : This good spirit is characterized by affability, and by pecu- liar benevolence towards mankind. 235. In his power : In the power of him. BOOK V. 215 Thousand celestial Ardours, where he stood Veil'd with his gorgeous wings, up springing light 250 Flew through the midst of Heav'n ; th' angelic choirs, On each hand parting, to his speed gave way Through all th' empyreal road ; till at the gate Of Heav'n arrived, the gate self-open'd wide On golden hinges turning, as hy work 255 Divine the Sov'reign Architect had framed. From hence no cloud, or, to obstruct his sight, Star interposed, however small, he sees, Not unconform to other shining globes, Earth and the gard'n of God, with cedars crown'd 260 Above all hills. As when by night the glass Of Galileo, less assured, observes 249. Ardours : This term is applied to heavenly spirits either on account of their brightness or their zeal. Seraphim has the same meaning in Hebrew. 253. Empyreal : Formed of pure fire, or refined light. 254-56. Till at the gate, &>-c. : This passage contrasts beautifully in sound with that which describes the gates of Hell, Book II. 879-83. See Ho- mer's Iliad, v. 749. Raphael's departure from before the throne and his flight through the choirs of angels, is finely imagined. As Milton everywhere fills his poem with circumstances that are marvellous and astonishing, he describes the gate of Heaven as framed after such a manner that it opened of itself upon the ap- proach of the angel who was to pass through it. The poet in these lines seems to have regarded two or three passages in the 18th Iliad, as that in particular where, speaking of Vulcan, Homer says that he had made twenty tripods running on golden wheels, which, upon oc- casion, might go of themselves to the assembly of the gods, and, when there was no more use for them, return again after the same manner. But, as the miraculous workmanship of Milton's gates is not so extraordi- nary as this of the tripods, I am persuaded he would not have mentioned iti had he not been supported in it by a passage of Scripture which speaks of wheels in Heaven that had life in them, and moved of themselves, or stood still, in conformity with the Cherubim whom they accompanied. There is no question that Milton had this circumstance in his thoughts, because, in the following Book he describes the chariot of the Messiah with living wheels, according to the plan in Ezekiel's vision. — A. 258. Interposed : Being interposed ; no cloud or star being interposed to obstruct his sight, he sees, however small, &c. 262. Assured : Certain, or accurate. Galileo was the first who used the 216 PARADISE LOST. Imagined lands and regions in the moon : Or pilot, from amidst the Cyclades Delos or Samos first appearing, kens 265 A cloudy spot. Down thither prone in flight He speeds, and through the vast ethereal sky Sails between worlds and worlds, with steady wing Now on the polar winds, then with quick fan Winnows the buxom air : till within soar 270 Of towVing eagles, to all the fowls he seems A Phoenix, gazed by all, as that sole bird, telescope for astronomical purposes. He was visited by Milton, while in Italy, as we learn from the jlreopagitica. The glass, by a figure of speech, is said to observe the moon, the instrument being put for the astronomer who looks through it. 264. The Cyclades, embracing Delos and Samos, are Islands of the Grecian Archipelago. 265. Kens a cloudy spot : Descries indistinctly those islands ; judging them at their first appearance to be clouds. The angel had a more distinct view of the Earth and Paradise. 267-85. He speeds, fyc. : Raphael's descent to the earth, with the figure of his person, is represented in very lively colours, and conformably to the no- tions given of angels in Scripture. Milton, after having set him forth in all his heavenly plumage, and represented him as having alighted upon the earth, the poet concludes his description with a circumstance which is altogether new, and imagined with the greatest strength of fancy. Raphael's reception by the guardian angels, his distant appearance to Adam, have all the graces that poetry is capable of expressing. 270. Beats the yielding, or obedient air. 272. Phasnix that sole bird : The epithet sole is applied to this fabulous bird, because only one of the species was thought to exist at a time. Its plumage was exceedingly beautiful. Having lived to the advanced age of about six hundred years, it constructs a funeral pile of light wood and odorous gums, upon which, kindled by the rays of a tropical sun, it is consumed. Another phxnix starts up from the ashes, bears away the relics of the pile to Thebes in Egypt, and places them in the Temple of the Sun, other birds accompanying him in this operation, and gazing upon him. According to another account, she lighted the combustible pile with the fanning of her wings, and thus apparently consumed herself, but not really ; this being the process by which she endowed herself with new vitality : she then Mounts from her funeral pyre on wings of flame. And soars and shines, another and the same '. When to inshrine his reliques in the Sun's Bright temple, to Egyptian Thebes he flies. At once on th' eastern cliff of Paradise 275 He lights, and to his proper shape returns, A seraph wing'd ; six wings he wore, to shade His lineaments divine ; the pair that clad Each shoulder broad, came mantling o'er his breast With regal ornament ; the middle pair 280 Girt like a starry zone his waist, and round Skirted his loins and thighs with downy gold And colours dipt in Heav'n ; the third his feet Shadow'd from either heel with feather'd mail, Sky-tinctured grain. Like Maia's son he stood, 285 And shook his plumes, that heav'nly fragrance fill'd The circuit wide. Straight knew him all the bands Of Angels under watch ; and to his state, And to bis message high in honour rise ; For on some message high they guess'd him bound. 290 Their glitt'ring tents he pass'd, and now is come Into the blissful field, through groves of myrrh And flow'ring odours, cassia, nard, and balm : A wilderness of sweets ; for Nature here This fable, which varies in form in different writers, has been used as an illustration of the doctrine of the resurrection ; sometimes as an emblem ol the renovation of the world, and the revival of a golden age of the world. See Brande's Diet. 276. Proper shape : His own shape, or rather, his usual attitude. When flying he seemed to the birds a phcenix ; now, with his wings adjusted, in the manner afterwards described, he appears what he really was, a Seraph. 284. Feathered mail: The feathers lie one short of another, resembling the plates of metal of which coats of mail are composed. — R. Sky-tinctured grain: The fibre, or substance dyed of a sky colour; there- fore beautiful and durable. 285. Maia's son : Mercury. The poet alludes to the account given bj Homer and Virgil of Mercury's rapid descent to the earth as a messenger oi the gods. Iliad, xxiv. 339 ; JEn. iv. 253. See Dryden's translation of the latter. 294-97. Wilderness of sweets : A wild, uncultivated forest of sweet odours. Wantoned as in her prime: Roved without restraint, as being in her first and 10 218 PARADISE LOST. Wanton'd as in her prime, and play'd at will 295 Her virgin fancies, pouring forth more sweet, Wild above rule or art, enormous bliss. Him through the spicy forest onward come Adam discern'd, as in the door he sat Of his cool bow'r, while now the mounted Sun 300 Shot down direct his fervid rays to warm Earth's inmost womb, more warmth than Adam needs : And Eve within, due at her hour prepared For dinner sav'ry fruits, of taste to please True appetite, and not disrelish thirst 305 Of nect'rous draughts between, from milky stream, Berry or grape. To whom thus Adam calPd : Haste hither, Eve, and, worth thy sight, behold Eastward among those trees, what glorious shape Comes this way moving ; seems another morn 310 Risen on mid-noon ; some great behest from Heav'n To us perhaps he brings, and will vouchsafe This day to be our guest. But go with speed, And what thy stores contain bring forth, and pour Abundance, fit to honour and receive 315 Our heav'nly stranger : well we may afford Our givers their own gifts, and large bestow From large bestow'd, where Nature multiplies Her fertile growth, and by disburd'ning grows best state. Nature pouring forth more sweet : Producing that which was more sweet for the reason that neither rule nor art had anything to do in its pro- duction. Enormous bliss : This delightful fragrance was enormous bliss ! that is. it was the source of such bliss ; it was a source of the highest physical gratification. 310-1 1. Seems another morn, §c. : What an original and splendid thought ; Such lustre as morning imparts to night, this angel's brightness imparts to noon- day. His light is as much greater than an ordinary noon -day, as the light of the morning is superior to the glimmerings of the night. It must be under- derstood before see7ns. 316-17. Well ive may afford, $c. : This sentiment should be engraven on the mind as a motive to contribute liberally to all those humane and religious objects which God has made it our duty to sustain and to promote. BOOK V. 219 More fruitful ; which instructs us not to spare. 320 To whom thus Eve : Adam, earth's hallow'd mould, Of God inspired, small store will serve, where store, All seasons, ripe for use hangs on the stalk, Save what by frugal storing firmness gains To nourish, and superfluous moist consumes : 325 But I will haste, and from each bough and brake, Each plant and juiciest gourd, will pluck such choice To entertain our Angel guest, as he Beholding shall confess, that here on Earth God hath dispensed his bounties as in Heav'n. 330 . So saying, with dispatchful looks in haste She turns, on hospitable thoughts intent 321-22. EarMs hallotved mould, t$c. : Form or model. A phrase descriptive of Adam. 325. Superfluous moist consumes : This is rather too philosophical for the female character of Eve. One of the poet's greatest faults is his introducing inconsistencies in the characters both of angels and man, by mixing too much with them his own philosophical notions. — T. 326. Each bough and brake, fyc. : The bough belongs to fruit trees ; the plant is such as that which produces strawberries, &c. ; the gourd includes such as lie on the earth ; and the brake is the species between trees and plants; a bu6h. — P. 327. Choice : Choice (fruits) . 332. On hospitable thoughts, $e. : The author here gives us a particular de- scription of Eve in her domestic employments. Though in this and other parts of the same Book, the subject is only the housewifery of our first pa- rent, it is set off with so many pleasing images and strong expressions, as make it none of the least agreeable parts in this divine work. — A. Sir E. Brydges, however, expresses a different and discordant opinion. " If I may venture," says he, " to express my frank opinion, I confess that I do not admire this description of Eve's housewifery and table-entertainmer.t of the angel : it was not necessary, and had been better omitted. The pic- ture is too earthly, too familiar — I had almost said too coarse. It breaks in upon the imaginative spell; — that dimness and mysteriousness in which spiritual poetry delights." In defence of Milton, however, against the force of this criticism, it may be urged, that he probably designed to inculcate, and to enforce, by the highest example of female loveliness, a virtue which in some quarters is too much neglected — that of looking well " to the ways of one's household." — Job xxxi. 15,27. 220 PARADISE LOST. What choice to choose for delicacy best, What order, so contrived as not to mix Tastes, not well join'd, inelegant, hut bring 335 Taste after taste upheld with kindliest change ; Bestirs her then, and from each tender stalk Whatever Earth, all-bearing mother, yields In India East or West, or middle shore In Pontus or the Punic coast, or where 340 Alcinous reign'd, fruit of all kinds, in coat Rough or smooth rined, or bearded husk, or shell, She gathers, tribute large, and on the board Heaps with unsparing hand. For drink, the grape She crushes, inoffensive must, and meaths 345 From many a berry, and from sweet kernels press'd She tempers dulcet creams, nor these to hold Wants her fit vessels pure, then strews the ground With rose and odours from the shrub unfumed. Mean while our primitive great sire, to meet 350 His god-like guest, walks forth, without more train Accompany'd than with his own complete 333. Choice to choose : Milton and the classical poets often indulge in alli- teration. See Book VIII. 130 ; IX. 289 ; XI. 427. 339. Middle shore : A comma seems to be required after shore, and then the expression may indicate, on the shore of the Mediterranean Sea. 340. Pontus : A region of Asia Minor bordering on the Black Sea. Punic : Carthaginian, in Africa, nearly opposite to Sicily. Alcinous: A king of Ph facia, distinguished for his love of agriculture. The gardens of Alcinous are described by Homer and succeeding poets. He dwelt on the island of Corfu, called by Homer Scheria. 345. Inoffensive must : This new wine he calls inoffensive, to indicate that it was not intoxicating, not fermented, but simply the mild juice of the grape. Meaths : Sweet liquors. 3-18. Wants her: Are there wanting to her. Vessels, (i. e.) shells of fruits, IV. 335, •' and in the rind.' 17 349. Shrub unfumed : The shrub gave forth odours without the application of fire and the emission of smoke. The expression here used of strewing the ground with odours, is highly poetical. 351 . Without more train : That is, iri/h no more train, SfC. :j".:. Walks forth, fyr.; The natural majesty of Adam, and, at the same BOOK V. 221 Perfections : in him self was all his state, More solemn than the tedious pomp that waits On princes, when their rich retinue long 355 Of horses led, and grooms besmear'd with gold, Dazzles the crowd, and sets them all agape. Nearer his presence Adam, though not awed, Yet with submiss approach and rev'rence meek, As to a superior nature, bowing low, 360 Thus said : Native of Heav'n, for other place None can than Heav'n such glorious shape contain ; Since by descending from the thrones above, Those happy places thou hast deign'd a while To want, and honour these, vouchsafe with us 365 Two only, who yet by sov'reign gift possess This spacious ground, in yonder shady bow'r To rest, and what the garden choicest bears To sit and taste, till this meridian heat Be over, and the Sun more cool decline. 370 Whom thus the angelic virtue answer'd mild : Adam, I therefore came ; nor art thou such Created, or such place hast here to dwell, As may not oft invite, though Spirits of Heav'n, To visit thee. Lead on then where thy bow'r 375 O'ershades ; for these mid hours, till ev'ning rise, I have at will. So to the sylvan lodge They came, that like Pomona's arbour smiled With flow'rets deck'd and fragrant smells ; but Eve time, his submissive behaviour to the superior being who had vouchsafed to be his guest ; the solemn " hail" which the angel bestows (388) upon the mother of mankind, with the figure of Eve ministering at the table (444-51 \ are circumstances which deserve to be admired. — A. 356. Besmear'd : Hor. Ode iv. 9 : 14, " Aurum vestibus illitum." 359. Submiss : Poetic term for submissive, respectful. 369. To sit and taste : That is, to taste while sitting. II. 917. 371. Virtue: Spirit. 374. After invite, us is to be understood. 377. Jit will : At my disposal. 378. Pomona's : Goddess of gardens and fruits. Ovid, Met. xiv. 623. 222 PARADISE LOST. Undeck'd save with herself, more lovely fair 380 Than Wood-Nymph, or the fairest Goddess feign'd Of three that in mount Ida naked strove, Stood to entertain her guest from Heav'n. No veil She needed, virtue-proof; no thought infirm Alter'd her cheek. On whom the Angel Hail 3S5 Bestow'd ; the holy salutation used Long after to blest Mary, second Eve. Hail Mother of Mankind, whose fruitful womb Shall fill the world more num'rous with thy sons, Than with these various fruits the trees of God 390 Have heap'd this table. Raised of grassy turf Their table was, and mossy seats had round, And on her ample square, from side to side, All autumn piled, tho' spring and autumn here Danced hand in hand. A while discourse they hold ; 395 No fear lest dinner cool ; when thus began Our author : Heav'nly stranger, please to taste These bounties which our Nourisher, from whom All perfect good, unmeasured out, descends, 380. Undecked save with herself: A remarkable expression. She had no ornament besides that which was furnished by her own beautiful form. In a like elegant manner is Adam elsewhere described : " In himself was all his state," all his grandeur. 381. Wood-Nymph : The nymphs of ancient fiction were viewed as holding a sort of intermediate place between men and gods, as to the duration of life ; not being absolutely immortal, yet living a vast Lngth of time. They were generally represented as young and beautiful virgins, partially covered with a veil or thin cloth, bearing in their hands vases of water, or shells, leaves, or grass, or having something as a symbol of their appropriate offices. — Fiske. 381. Fairest Goddess : Venus, the goddess of beauty, to whom, in a con- test with Juno and Minerva for the purpose, the prize of beauty was awarded by Paris ; hence her zeal for the interest of the Trojans in their war with the Greeks, and hence the opposition to the Trojans of those other goddesses. 385. Virtue-proof : This word refers to the veil, as evidence of the virtue of modesty, according to the customs of the East. 387. Lake i. 2, 8. 394. All autumn : All the fruits of autumn. book v. 223 To us for food, and for delight hath caused 400 The earth to yield ; unsav'ry food perhaps To spiritual natures : only this I know, That one celestial Father gives to all. To whom the Angel : Therefore, what he gives (Whose praise be ever sung) to Man in part 405 Spiritual, may of purest Spirits be found No ingrateful food : and food alike those pure Intelligential substances require, As doth your rational ; and both contain Within them ev'ry lower faculty 410 Of sense, whereby they hear, see, smell, touch, taste, Tasting concoct, digest, assimilate, And corporeal to incorporeal turn. For know, whatever was created, needs To be sustain 'd and fed : of elements 415 The grosser feeds the purer ; earth the sea, Earth and the sea feed air ; the air those fires Ethereal, and as lowest first the moon ; Whence in her visage round those spots, unpurged Vapours not yet into her substance turn'd. 420 402. Spiritual: Angelic. 407-8. Pure intelligential substances : Unbodied minds. In man, the rational substance is united with a material body. This poetic account of angels' food, may have been suggested by the expression " angels' food," in Ps. lxxviii. 25. 414. For know, &fc. : Here follows a rather curious and obsolete disser- tation upon physics. Modern science repudiates such representations. 419-20. Spots, Sfc. : It is certainly a great mistake to attribute the spots in the moon to vapours not yet turned into her substance. They are owing to the irregularities of her surface, and to the different nature of its constituent parts, land, and water. It is certainly very unphilosophical to say (426) that the sun sups with the ocean, but it is not unpoetical. And whatever other faults are found in this passage, they are not so properly the faults of Milton as of his times, and of those systems of philosophy which he had learned in his younger years. If he had written after the late discoveries and improve- ments in science, he would have written in another manner : yet a greater latitude may be indulged to a poet than to a philosopher, in writing upon physical subjects. 224 PARADISE LOST. Nor doth the moon no nourishment exhale From her moist continent to higher orbs. The Sun, that light imparts to all, receives From all his alimental recompense In humid exhalations, and at even 425 Sups with the ocean. Though in Heav'n the trees Of life ambrosial fruitage bear, and vines Yield nectar ; though from off the boughs each morn We brush mellifluous dews, and find the ground Cover'd with pearly grain, yet God hath here 430 Vary'd his bounty so with new delights, As may compare with Heav'n ; and to taste Think not I shall be nice. So down they sat, And to their viands fell ; nor seemingly The Angel, nor in mist, the common gloss 435 Of Theologians ; but with keen dispatch Of real hunger and concoctive heat To transubstantiate ; what redounds, transpires Through Spirits with ease : nor wonder, if by firo Of sooty coal the empiric alchemist 440 Can turn, or holds it possible to turn, Metals of drossiest ore to perfect gold, As from the mine. Mean while at table Eve Minister'd naked, and their flowing cups With pleasant liquors crown'd. innocence 445 421. Nor doth the moon no nourishment exhale, Sfc. : A Latin form of ex- pression (Georg. i. 83) for, " and the moon does nourishment exhale." 422. Moist continent : Shakspeare, in Hamlet, calls the moon " the moist star.' ; 426. Ps. cv. 40 ; Rev. xxii. 2. 435-36. In mist: In an unsubstantial manner. See Gen. xviii., xix. Gloss: Explanation. Dispatch: Haste. 437. Concoctive, fyc. : With digesting heat to change into another (that is, angelic) substance. 439. If: Since. 440. Empiric : Versed in experiments. 445. Crown'd: An expression drawn from classical writers. It means filled. BOOK v. 225 Deserving Paradise ! if ever, then, Then had the sons of God excuse to have been E nam our 'd at thy sight ; but in those hearts Love unlibidinous reign 'd, nor jealousy Was understood, the injured lover's Hell. 450 Thus, when with meats and drinks they had .sufficed, Not burden'd nature, sudden mind arose In Adam, not to let th' occasion pass Giv'n him by this great conference, to know Of things above his world, and of their being 455 Who dwell in Heav'n, whose excellence he saw Transcend his own so far, whose radiant forms Divine effulgence, whose high pow'r so far Exceeded human ; and his wary speech Thus to th' empyreal minister he framed : 460 Inhabitant with God, now know I well Thy favour in this honour done to Man, Under whose lowly roof thou hast vouchsafed To enter, and these earthly fruits to taste, Food not of Angels, yet accepted so, 465 As that more willingly thou couldst not seem At Heav'n's high feasts to have fed : yet what compare ? To whom the winged Hierarch reply'd : 447. An allusion to Gen. vi. 2, though it denotes angels, and not, as in that passage, the pious portion of the human family. The repetition of the adverb then, gives great emphasis to the sentiment advanced. 451. Sufficed: Satisfied. 452. Not burdened : This furnishes an invaluable hint as to the proper use of food. Milton was a very temperate man himself. 458. Divine effulgence is in apposition with radiant forms., and is explana tory of the latter phrase. 467. Compare: Similitude. 468. To whom, fyc. : Raphael's behaviour is every way suitable to the dignity of his nature, and to that character of a sociable spirit with which the author has so judiciously introduced him. He had received instructions to converse with Adam, as one friend converses with another, and to warn him of the enemy who was contriving his destruction. Accordingly he is represented as sitting down at table with Adam, and eating of the fruits of Paradise, The occasion naturally leads him to his discourse on the food of io* 226 PARADISE LOST. Adam, one Almighty is, from whom All things proceed, and up to him return, 470 If not depraved from good, created all Such to perfection, one first matter all, Endued with various forms, various degrees Of substance, and in things that live, of life : But more refined, more spirituous, and pure, 475 As nearer to him placed, or nearer tending Each in their sev'ral active spheres assign'd, Till body up to spirit work, in bounds Proportion 'd to each kind. So from the root Springs lighter the green stalk, from thence the leaves 480 More aery, last the bright consummate flow'r Spirits odorous breathes : flow'rs and their fruit, Man's nourishment, by gradual scale sublimed, To vital spirits aspire, to animal, To intellectual : give both life and sense, 485 Fancy and understanding ; whence the soul Reason receives, and reason is her being, Discursive or intuitive : discourse angels. After having thus entered into conversation with man upon more indifferent subjects, he warns him of the necessity of obedience, and makes a natural transition to the history of that angel who was employed in the circumvention of our first parents. — A. 471. Created all, fyc. : That is, created all good — good to perfection; not absolutely so, but perfect in their different kinds and degrees, and all consist- ing of one first matter, which first matter is indued ^indutus) clothed upon, with various forms, &c. — N. 474. Substance : Solidity. 478. Bounds : Limits or degrees. 478. Dr. Adam Clarke, in a volume of his sermons, makes some acute observations on the materialism of this poem ; but it is not necessary, or proper, perhaps, to interpret it so exactly and literally as to furnish a just foundation for a charge so grave. Bishop Newton also finds fault with the metaphysics of the poet in this passage, and regards it as particularly un- warrantable to attribute to an angel his own false notions in philosophy. 482. Spirits odorous : Spirits is pronounced here in two syllables, but in 484 in one syllable. The second syllable of odorous is long. 488. Discursive: Employing the process of argument. Intuitive: Dis- book v. 227 Is oftest yours ; the latter most is ours, DifPring but in degree ; of kind the same. 490 Wonder not then, what God for you saw good, If I refuse not, but convert, as you, To proper substance : time may come, when Men With Angels may participate, and find No inconvenient diet, nor too light fare ; 495 And from these corp'ral nutriments perhaps Your bodies may at last turn all to spirit, Improved by tract of time, and wing'd ascend Ethereal, as we, or may at choice Here or in heav'nly Paradises dwell ; 500 If ye be found obedient, and retain Unalterably firm his love entire, Whose progeny you are. Mean while enjoy Your fill what happiness this happy state Can comprehend, incapable of more. 505 To whom the patriarch of mankind reply'd : favourable Spirit, propitious guest, Well hast thou taught the way that might direct Our knowledge, and the scale of nature set From centre to circumference, whereon 510 In contemplation of created things, By steps we may ascend to God. But say, cerning the truth of propositions immediately, without resorting to argu- mentation. Discourse : Discursive reason. The power and the act of com- paring propositions, and, from this comparison, of drawing conclusions or consequences. 491. What: The object of refuse — that is, wonder not then if I refuse not what God saw good for you. 498. Tract: Duration. 504. Your fill : Here may be appended a comma, or the preposition of may be supplied. 509-1 0. The scale, or ladder, of nature ascends by steps from a point, a centre, to the whole circumference of what mankind can see or comprehend. The metaphor is bold and expressive. Matter — one first matter is that centre. Diversified nature is the scale which reaches on all sides beyond our utmost conceptions. — R. 512. Every part of the vast system of the universe is not only connected 22S PARADISE LOST What meant that caution join'd, If ye he found Obedient ? Can we want obedience then To him, or possibly his love desert, 515 Who form'd us from the dust, and placed us here Full to the utmost measure of what bliss Human desire can seek or apprehend? To whom the Angel : Son of Heav'n and Earth, Attend. That thou art happy, owe to God ; 520 That thou continuest such, owe to thyself; That is, to thy obedience : therein stand. This was that caution giv'n thee ; be advised. God made thee perfect, not immutable ; And good he made thee : but to persevere 525 He left it in thy pow'r ; ordain 'd thy will By nature free, not over- ruled b}' fate Inextricable, or strict necessity, Our voluntary service he requires, Not our necessitated : such with him 530 Finds no acceptance, nor can find ; for how Can hearts, not free, be try'd whether they serve Willing or no, who will but what they must By destiny, and can no other choose ? Myself and all th' angelic host, that stand 535 In sight of God enthroned, our happy state Hold, as you yours, while our obedience holds : On other surety none. Freely we serve, Because we freely love, as in our will To love or not : in this we stand or fall : 540 And some are fall'n, to disobedience fall'n, And so from Heav'n to deepest Hell. fall, From what high state of bliss into what woe ! with the rest by a kind of natural necessity, but the connection is apparent to the contemplative eye of reason ; and hence, having become acquainted With the lowest circumstance in it, the mind is carried gradually and easily on, till it looks down from the highest point on the whole grand creation of God.— S. 520. Owe to God : Acknowledge your obligations to God. 521. Owe to thyself: Be indebted to thyself, to thy continued obedience book v. 229 To whom our great progenitor : Thy words Attentive, and with more delighted ear, 545 Divine Instructor, I have heard, than when Cherubic songs by night from neighb'ring hills Aereal music send ; nor knew I not To be both will and deed created free ; Yet that we never shall forget to love 550 Our Maker, and obey him whose command Single is yet so just, my constant thoughts Assured me, and still assure : tho' what thou telPst Hath pass'd in Heav'n, some doubt within me move, But more desire to hear, if thou consent, 555 The full relation, which must needs be strange, Worthy of sacred silence to be heard ; And we have yet large day ; for scarce the Sun Hath finish 'd half his journey, and scarce begins His other half in the great zone of Heav'n. 560 Thus Adam made request : and Raphael, After short pause, assenting, thus began : 54S. Nor knew I not, fyc. : The two negatives in this clause give an affirmative sense. The meaning, therefore, is : I knew both will and deed to be created free ; I knew that our will and actions are free. 551. Whose command, though single, and, therefore, on that account to be obeyed, is yet so just v is besides so just , that it lays a farther obligation upon our obedience. — N. 554. Some doubt : That is, of the constancy of our love to our Maker: a higher order of beings have ceased to love him. 557. Sacred silence: Such as prevailed in offering sacrifices, and perform- ing other religious ceremonies. Horace speaks of this, Ode ii. 13 : 29, 30, in these terms : " Utrumque s-icro digna silenlio Mirantur umbra ulcere. " 562. Prime : First. It is customary with the epic poets to introduce, by way of episode and narrative, the principal events which happened before the action of the poem commences. And as Homer's Ulysses relates his adventures to Alcinous. and as Virgil's ^Eneas recounts the history of the siege of Troy, and of his own travels, to Dido ; so the angel relates to Adam the fall of the angels and the creation of the world, beginning his narrative of the former event much in the same manner as ^Eneas com- mences his account of the destruction of Troy, Virg. JEn. ii. 3 : '' Infandum, regina,jubes renovare dolorem.'' 230 PARADISE LOST. High matter thou enjoinVt me, prime of men, Sad task and hard ; for how shall I relate To human sense th' invisible exploits 565 Of warring Spirits ? How without remorye The ruin of so many, glorious once And perfect while they stood ? How last unfold The secrets of another world, perhaps Not lawful to reveal ? yet for thy good 570 This is dispensed ; and what surmounts the reach Of human sense, I shall delineate so, By lik'ning spiritual to corp'ral forms, As may express them best : though what if Earth Be but the shadow of Heav'n, and things therein 575 Each to other like, more than on earth is thought ? As yet this world was not, and Chaos wild Reign 'd where these Heav'ns now roll, where Earth now rests Upon her centre poised ; when on a day (For time, though in eternity, apply'd 580 To motion, measures all. things durable By present, past, and future) on such day As Heav'n 's great year brings forth, th' 1 empyreal host Of angels by imperial summons call'd, Innumerable before th' Almighty's throne 585 574-76. A very skilful suggestion is here made, that renders plausible the bold inventions of the poet, especially in describing the battles of the fallen angels. 583. As Heaven's great year : Plato's great year seems to have been in the poet's thoughts : " Magnus ab integro scclorum nascitur ordo." Virg. Ec. iv. 5. The great year of the heavens, according to Plato, was the revolution of all the spheres. Everything returns to where it set out, when the motion of the spheres first began. This was a fit time for the declaration of the . vicegerency of the Son of God. Milton selects a similar period for the birth of the angels (861) , imagining such vast revolutions prior to the creation of angels and of the world. So far back into eternity did the comprehensive mind of the poet carry him. — R. 583. TW empyreal host, $c. : The hint of this august assembly was, pro- bably, derived from Job i. 6 ; 1 Kings xxii. 19. BOOK V. 231 Forthwith from all the ends of Heav'n appear'd Under their Hierarchs in order bright : Ten thousand thousand ensigns high advanced. Standards and gonfalons 'twixt van and rear Stream in the air, and for distinction serve 590 Of hierarchies, of orders, and degrees ; Or in their glitt'ring tissues bear emblazed Holy memorials, acts of zeal and love Recorded eminent. Thus when in orbs Of circuit inexpressible they stood, 595 Orb within orb, the Father infinite, By whom in bliss itnbosom'd sat the Son, Amidst as from a flaming mount, whose top Brightness had made invisible, thus spake : Hear, all ye Angels, progeny of light, GOO Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtues, Pow'rs, Hear my decree, which unrevoked shall stand : This day I have begot whom 1 declare My only Son ; and on this holy hill Him have anointed, whom ye now behold 605 At my right hand ; your Head I him appoint ; And by myself have sworn, to him shall bow All knees in Heav'n, and shall confess him Lord : Under his great vicegerent reign abide United as one individual soul, 010 For ever happy. Him who disobeys, Me disobeys, breaks union, and that day Cast out from God, and blessed vision, falls, Into utter darkness, deep engulph'd, his place Ordain'd without redemption, without end. 615 So spake th' Omnipotent : and with his words All seem'd well pleased ; all seem'd, but were not all. That day, as other solemn days, they spent 590. Gonfalons : Colours. 601. Thrones, fyc. : Names or titles for distinguishing the various orders or ranks of angels. 607. Bow: Isaiah xlv. 23: Phil. ii. 9-11. 232 PARADISE LOST. In song and dance about the sacred hill ; Mystical dance, which yonder starry sphere 620 Of planets and of fiVd, in all her wheels Resembles nearest, mazes intricate, Eccentric, intervolved, yet regular Then most, when most irregular they seem ; And in their motions harmony divine 625 So smooths her charming tones, that God's own ear Listens delighted. Ev'ning now approach'd (For we have also our ev'ning and our morn, We ours for change delectable, not need) Forthwith from dance to sweet repast they turn 630 Desirous ; all in circles as they stood, Tables are set, and on a sudden piled With angels' food, and rubied nectar flows In pearl, in diamond, and massy gold, Fruit of delicious vines, the growth of Heav'n. 635 On flow'rs reposed, and with fresh flow'rets crown'd, They eat, they drink, and in communion sweet Quaff immortality and joy, secure Of surfeit, where full measure only bounds 620. Mystical: Complicated. 622. Mazes : Windings and turnings. Eccentric : Revolving about a dif- ferent centre. Intervolved : Involved one within another. 625. Job xxxviii. 37. There seems in this line to be an allusion to the Pythagorean doctrine of the " music of the spheres." Pythagoras was so great an enthusiast in music, that he not only assigned to it a conspicuous place in his system of education, but even supposed that the heavenly bodies them- selves were arranged at distances corresponding to the intervals of the diatonic scale, and imagined them to pursue their sublime march to notes created by their own harmonious movements, called "the music of the spheres;" but he maintained that this celestial concert, though loud and grand, is not audible to the feeble organs of man, but only to the gods. — Olmsted's Letters on Astronomy. 633. Rubied : Nectar of the colour of the rubies. Homer's Iliad xix. 38, vfi.T to ipvUnov. 638. Secure of surfeit : Free from danger of excessive indulgence. 639. Where full measure, Spc. : Full measure is the only thing that limits hem. The utmost they are capable of containing is the only bound set to book v. 233 Excess, before th' All-bounteous King, who show'r'd 640 With copious hand, rejoicing in their joy. Now when ambrosial night with clouds exhaled From that high mount of God, whence light and shade Spring both, the face of brightest Heav'n had ehang'd To grateful twilight (for night comes not there 645 In darker veil) and roseate dews disposed All but th' unsleeping eyes of God to rest : Wide over all the plain, and wider far Than all this globous earth in plain outspread (Such are the courts of God) th' angelic throng, 650 Dispersed in bands and files, their camp extend By living streams among the trees of life, Pavilions numberless, and sudden rear'd, Celestial tabernacles, where they slept Fann'd with cool winds; save those who in their course 655 Melodious hymns about the sov'reign throne Alternate all night long : but not so waked Satan ; so call him now, his former name Is heard no more in Heav'n ; he of the first, If not the first Arch-Angel, great in pow'r, 680 In favour, and pre-eminence, yet fraught With envy 'gainst the Son of God, that day Honour'd by his great Father, and proclaim'd Messiah King anointed, could not bear Through pride that sight, and thought himself impair'd. 665 them ; they have full measure, but they cannot be too full — they cannot overflow : ivithout overflowing, full. 642. Ambrosial night: Refreshing by the sleep which it affords, as the • 7 - 650. Rev. xxii. 6")3. Their camp, embracing pavilions or tents, numberless, and suddenly seared. G-j7. Alternate melodious hymns ; that is, sung by turns. Not so waked : Did not so employ his waking powers. 662. With envy : Here is set forth the origin of the apostasy in heaven. 234 PARADISE LOST. Deep malice thence conceiving, and disdain, Soon as midnight brought on the dusky hour Friendliest to sleep and silence, he resolved With all his legions to dislodge, and leave Unworshipp'd, unobey'd the throne supreme 670 Contemptuous, and his next subordinate Awak'ning, thus to him in secret spake : Sleep'st thou, companion dear ? What sleep can close Thy eye-lids ? and remember'st what decree Of yesterday, so late hath pass'd the lips 675 Of Heav'n's Almighty ! Thou to me thy thoughts Wast wont, I mine to thee was wont to impart ; Both waking we were one ; how then can now Thy sleep dissent ? New laws thou seest imposed ; New laws from him who reigns, new minds may raise 680 In us who serve, new counsels to debate What doubtful may ensue : more in this place To utter is not safe. Assemble thou Of all those myriads which we lead the chief ; Tell them that by command, ere yet dim night 685 Her shadowy cloud withdraws, I am to haste, And all who under me their banners wave, Homeward with flying march where we possess The quarters of the north ; there to prepare 671. Beelzebub is here referred to. 684. The chief: The chief angels ; the chiefs. 685. He begins his revolt with a lie. John viii. 44. — N. 689. The quarters of the north : Language drawn from what Isaiah says of the king of Babylon, xiv. 12; and from the prophecies of Jeremiah, i. 14 ; iv. 6 ; vi. 1. Shakspcare, before Milton, had called Satan the monarch of the north. Henry VI. Act v. Bishop Newton informs us that he had seen, a Latin poem by Valmarina, printed in 1627, at Vienna, the plan of which, in many particulars is very similar to Paradise Lost. It opens with the ex- altation of the Son of God, and therefore Lucifer revolts, and draws a third part of the angels after him into the quarters of the north. He thinks it more probable that Milton had seen this poem than some others from which he is charged with borrowing largely, being a universal scholar, reading all sorts of books, and taking hints from the moderns as well as the ancients. There is also an Italian poem, printed in Venice, in 1590, which, as some book v. 235 Fit entertainment to receive our King 690 The great Messiah, and his new commands ; Who speedily through all the hierarchies Intends to pass triumphant, and give laws. So spake the false Arch-Angel, and infused Bad influence into th' unwary breast 695 Of his associate : he together calls, Or sev'ral one by one, the regent pow'rs, Under him regent : tells as he was taught, That the Most High commanding, now ere night, Now ere dim night had disencumber'd Heav'n, 700 The great hierarchal standard was to move ; Tells the suggested cause, and casts between Ambiguous words and jealousies, to sound Or taint integrity : but all obey'd The wonted signal and superior voice 705 Of their great potentate ; for great indeed His name, and high was his degree in Heav'n ! His count'nance, as the morning star that guides The starry flock, allured them, and with lies Drew after him the third part of Heav'n's host. 710 Mean while th' Eternal Eye, whose sight discerns think, Milton may have also seen, and been indebted to. It describes the battle of the angels against Lucifer. The poem of Tasso on the Creation, has been generally neglected, but seems not to have altogether escaped the notice of Milton in preparing Paradise Lost. Todd mentions yet another obscure poem, by a different author, printed at Venice, in 1608, and also treating upon the subject of the Creation, to which, possibly, Milton had access. 702. Tells the cause that Satan had suggested, namely, to prepare enter- tainment for their t:ew king, and to receive his laws, interspersing his re- marks with ambiguous words, and words provocative of jealousy in angeli minds. 708-9. Countenance ivith lies, Src. : Satan's countenance, not reveal- ing the base intentions he sought to fulfil, allured, and deceived them, as with lies. Compare Rev. xii. 3, 4. 711. Milton frequently takes a liberty, allowable in a poet, of expressing only some part or quality of a person, where he means the person himself, and goes on to say things, which, properly speaking, are applicable only to the person himself. His countenance and th" Eternal eye (711), are employed as 236 PARADISE LOST Abstrusest thoughts, from forth his holy mount, And from within the golden lamps that burn Nightly before him, saw without their light Rebellion rising ; saw in whom, how spread 715 Among the sons of morn, what multitudes Were banded to oppose his high decree; And smiling to his only Son, thus said : Son, thou in whom my glory I behold In full resplendence, Heir of all my might, 720 Nearly it now concerns us to be sure Of our omnipotence, and with what arms We mean to hold what anciently we claim Of Deity or empire ; such a foe Is rising, who iutends to erect his throne 725 Equal to ours, throughout the spacious north ; Nor so content, hath in his thought to try In battle what our pow'r is, or our right. Let us advise, and to this hazard draw With speed what force is left, and all employ 730 In our defence, lest unawares we lose This our high place, our sanctuary, our hill. To whom the Son, with calm aspect and clear, Lightning divine, ineffable, serene, Made answer : Mighty Father, thou thy foes 735 Justly hast in derision, and secure the part for whole, or the person to whom they respectively belong. The acts of smiling and speaking (7 1 8) , therefore, are not attributed to the eye (711) , but to the Eternal. Compare Ps. ii. 713. Alluding to the lamps in John's vision, Rev. iv. 5, "And there wore seven lamps of fire burning before the throne." 716. Sons of morn: An epithet describing the angels, as Lucifer is so called in Is. xiv. 12. It is supposed that this epithet is given, either on account of their early creation, or to express angelic beauty and gladness, the morning being the most delightful part of the day. 719. Compare Heb. i. 2, 3. 734. Lightning : For light'ning or lightening, a participle, and qualifying aspect. It means shedding or diffusing light, and is qualified by the follow- ing adjectives used adverbially. BOOK V. 237 Laugh'st at their vain designs and tumults vain, Matter to me of glory, whom their hate Illustrates, when they see all regal pow'r Giv'n me to quell their pride, and in event 740 Know whether I be dextrous to subdue Thy rebels, or be found the worst in Heav'n. So spake the Son ; but Satan with his pow'rs Far was advanced on winged speed, an host Innumerable as the stars of night, Or stars of morning, dew-drops, which the Sun Impearls on ev'ry leaf and ev'ry flow'r. Regions they pass'd, the mighty regencies Of Seraphim, and Potentates, and Thrones, In their triple degrees ; regions to which 750 All thy dominion, Adam, is no more Than what this garden is to all the earth, And all the sea, from one entire globose Stretch'd into longitude ; which having pass'd, At length into the limits of the north 755 739. Illustrates : Brings into clearer notice. 742. Worst: Weakest. 746. Stars of morning : Casimer calls the dews " stellul e noctis deceden- tis." The sun impearls the drops of dew ; that is, gives them the appear- ance of pearls. V. 2. 747. Impearls : Du Bartas, in the translation, thus writes : " the flowery meads Impearl'd with tears, which sweet Aurora sheds." T. 750. Triple degrees : An idea borrowed from Tasso and the schoolmen. 753. Globose: Globe. 754. Longitude : Length. Which : Which regions. 755. At length into the limits, fyc : The revolt in Heaven is described with great force of imagination, and a fine variety of circumstances. The learned reader cannot but be pleased with the poet's imitation of Homer, in 762. Homer mentions persons and things, which, he tells us, in the language of the gods are called by different names from those they go by in the language of men. Milton has imitated him with his usual judgment in this par- ticular place, wherein he has, likewise, the authority of Scripture to justify him. — A. 238 PARADISE LOST. They came, and Satan to his royal seat High on a hill, far blazing, as a mount Raised on a mount, with pyramids and tow'rs From diamond quarries hewn, and rocks of gold ; The palace of great Lucifer (so call 760 That structure in the dialect of men Interpreted) which not long after, he Affecting all equality with God, In imitation of that mount whereon Messiah was declared in sight of Heav'n, 765 The Mountain of the Congregation call'd ; For thither he assembled all his train. Pretending so commanded to consult About the great reception of their King, Thither to come, and with calumnious art 770 Of counterfeited truth, thus held their ears : Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtue-;, Pow'rs, If these magnific titles yet remain Not merely titular, since by decree Another now hath to himself ingross'd 775 All pow'r, and us eclipsed under the name Of King Anointed, for whom all this haste Of midnight march, and hurried meeting here, This only to consult, how we may best, With what may be devised of honours new, 780 Receive him coming to receive from us Knee-tribute yet unpaid, prostration vile, Too much to one, but double how endured, To one and to his image now proclaim 'd ? But what if better counsels might erect 785 Our minds, and teach us to cast off this yoke ? Will ye submit your necks, and choose to bend The supple knee ? Ye will not, if I trust To know ye right ; or if ye know yourselves 766. Alluding to Is. xiv. 13. 772. Virtues : An order of angels. See 837. 784-85. To one : The Father. His imaee : The Son of God. book v. 239 Natives and sons of Heav'n possess'd before 790 By none, and if not equal all, yet free, Equally free ; for orders and degrees Jar not with liberty, but well consist. Who can in reason then or right assume Monarchy over such as live by right 795 His equals, if in pow'r and splendour less, In freedom equal ? or can introduce Law and edict on us, who without law Err not ? much less for this to be our Lord, And look for adoration, to th' abuse 800 Of those imperial titles which assert Our being ordain'd to govern, not to serve. Thus far his bold discourse without control Had audience, when among the Seraphim Abdiel, than whom none with more zeal adored 805 The Deity, and divine commands obey'd, Stood up, and in a flame of zeal severe, The current of his fury thus opposed : argument, blasphemous, false, and proud ! Words which no ear ever to hear in Heav'n S10 Expected, least of all from thee, Ingrate, In place thjself so high above thy peers. Canst thou with impious obloquy condemn The just decree of G-od, pronounced and sworn, 790. Possessed refers to Heaven. The meaning is: No one possessed Heaven before them ; they are a sort of Aborigines. This idea is more fully expressed in 859. 792. Jar: Disagree. The metaphor is drawn from discords in music. 799. Much less, fyc. : The construction is difficult, but may thus be under- stood : Much less (in reason or right) can he introduce law and edict on us for this purpose, namely, to be our Lord. 800. To the abuse, §c. : It means, and thus abuse those titles by which Satan addressed his associates, 772-74. The above argument is answered by Abdiel, 831. 803. Bold discourse : Satan had impiously assumed an equality with God ; and on this ground had refused him the homage of obedience. 809. Blasphemous : It will be noticed that the second syllable must be pronounced long, or receive the stress of voice. 240 PARADISE LOST. That to his only Son, by right endued 815 With regal sceptre, ev'ry soul in Heav'n Shall bend the knee, and in that honour due Confess him rightful King ? Unjust, thou say'st, Flatly unjust, to bind with laws the free, And equal over equals to let reign, S20 One over all with unsucceeded pow'r. Shalt thou give law to God ? Shalt thou dispute With him the points of liberty, who made Thee what thou art, and form'd the pow'rs of Heav'n Such as he pleased, and circumscribed their being ? 825 Yet, by experience taught, we know how good, And of our good and of our dignity How provident he is, how far from thought To make us less, bent rather to exalt Our happy state under on 3 head more near 830 United. But to grant it thee unjust, That equal over equals monarch reign : Thyself, though great and glorious, dost thou count, Or all angelic nature join'd in one, Equal to him begotten Son ? by whom 835 As by his Word the mighty Father made All things, ev'n thee ; and all the Spirits of Heav'n By him created in their bright degrees, Crown'd them with glory, and to their glory named Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtues, Pow'rs, 840 Essential Pow'rs ; nor by his reign obscured, But more illustrious made ; since he the Head One of our number thus reduced becomes ; His laws our laws ; all honour to him done 821. With unsucceeded power : Power which admits of no successor — per petual. 824. Points of liberty : Questions relating to liberty. 836-37. John i. 3 ; Coloss. i. 15-18; Heb. i. 2. 840. This line is a translation of one in the frontispiece of Hey wood's Hierarchy of Angels : " Throni, Dominationes, Principatus, Virtutes, Potestates.'' 843. Reduced : In the sense of constituted. BOOK V. 24i Returns our own. Cease then this impious rage, 845 And tempt not these ; but hasten to appease Th' incensad Father, and th' incensed Son, While pardon may be found, in time besought. So spake the fervent Angel ; but his zeal None seconded, as out of season judged, 850 Or singular and rash, whereat rejoiced Th' Apostate, and more haughty thus replied : That we were form'd then, say'st thou? and the work Of secondary hands, by task transferr'd From Father to his Son ? Strange point, and new ! 855 Doctrine which we would know whence learn 'd : who saw When this creation was ? Remember'st thou Thy making, while the Maker gave thee being ? We know no time when we were not as now ; Know none before us, self-begot, self-raised 860 By our own quick'ning pow'r, when fatal course Had circled his full orb, the birth mature Of this our native Heav'n, ethereal sons. Our puissance is our own ; our own right hand Shall teach us highest deeds, by proof to try 865 Who is our equal : then thou shalt behold 853. The opinion that the angels were not created, but self-existent, is here advanced, or alluded to by Satan. In Book IX. 145, he proposes the opinion as a matter of question. 855. Point : Assertion. 861. Fatal course : Destiny. An allusion seems here to be made to ancient philosophy, according to which Destiny (or Fate) was a secret and invisible power or virtue, which, with incomprehensible wisdom regulated all the occurrences of this world, which to human eyes appear irregular and fortui- tous. The Stoics, however, understood by Destiny a certain concatenation of things, which, from all eternity, follow each other of absolute necessity there being no power able to interrupt their connection. To this invisible power even the gods were compelled to succumb. — Brande. We may observe that our author makes Satan a fatalist. We angels (says he) were self-begot, self-raised, by our own quick'ning power ivhen the course of fate had completed its full round and period : then we were the birth mature — the production, in due season, of this our native Heaven. No com- pliment to fatalism to put it into the mouth of the devil. — N. 863- Puissance : Power. P 242 PARADISE LOST. Whether by supplication we intend Address, and to begirt th' almighty throne Beseeching or besieging. This report, These tidings, carry to th' Anointed King ; 870 And fly, ere evil intercept thy flight. He said, and as the sound of waters deep Hoarse murmur echo'd to his words applause Through the infinite host ; nor less for that The flaming Seraph fearless, though alone 875 Encompass'd round with foes, thus answer 'd bold : alienate from God, Spirit accursed, Forsaken of all good ! I see thy fall Determined, and thy hapless crew involved In this perfidious fraud, contagion spread 880 Both of thy crime and punishment : henceforth No more be troubled how to quit the yoke Of God's Messiah : those indulgent laws Will not be now vouchsafed ; other decrees Against thee are gone forth without recall ; 885 That golden sceptre, which thou didst reject, Is now an iron rod, to bruise and break Thy disobedience. Well thou didst advise, Yet not for thy advice or threats I fly These wicked tents devoted, lest the wrath 890 Impendent, raging into sudden flame, Distinguish not ; for soon expect to feel His thunder on thy head, devouring fire ; Then who created thee lamenting learn, When who can uucreate thee thou shalt know. 895 So spake the Seraph Abdiel, faithful found 869. Beseeching or besieging : Addison objects to this, and other examples of alliteration, as wanting in dignity ; yet, in this instance it seems so natural and unstudied, that we cannot reasonably object to it. 872. Rev. xix. 6. 879. Crew : A term that well expresses their miserable and guilty state. 887. Ps. ii. 9. 890. Lest : Before this supply the words, " but I fly." 896. The Seraph Abdiel: The part of Abdiel, who was the only spirit in book v. 243 Among the faithless, faithful only he ; Among innumerable false, unmoved, Unshaken, unseduced, unterrified, His loyalty he kept, his love, his zeal ; 900 Nor numbers, nor example, with him wrought To swerve from truth, or change his constant mind, Though single. From amidst them forth he pass'd, Long way through hostile scorn, which he sustain'd Superior, nor of violence fear'd aught ; 905 And with retorted scorn his back he turn'd On those proud tow'rs to swift destruction doom'd. this infinite host of angels that preserved his allegiance to his Maker, ex- hibits to us a noble model of religious singularity. The zeal of the Seraph breaks forth in a becoming warmth of sentiments and expressions, as the character which is given us of him denotes the generous scorn and intre- pidity which attends heroic virtue. The author, doubtless, designed it as a pattern to those who live among mankind in their present state of degene- racy and corruption. — A. MILTON'S PORTRAIT OF THE ANGELS AND DEVILS. Milton's management of his angels and devils proves, as much as anything in the poem, the versatility of his genius, the delicacy of his discrimination of character, that Shakspearian quality in him which has been so much over- looked. To break up the general angel or devil element into so many finely- individualized forms ; to fit the language to the character of each; to do this in spite of the dignified and somewhat unwieldy character of his style ; to avoid insipidity of excellence in his seraphs, and inspidity of horror in his fiends ; to keep them erect and undwindled, whether in the presence of Satan on the one side, or of Messiah on the other, — was a problem requiring skill as well as daring, dramatic as well as epic powers. No mere mannerist could have succeeded in it. Yet, what vivid portraits has he drawn of Michael, Raphael (how like, in their difference from each other, as well as in their names, to the two great Italian painters !) , Abdiel, Uriel, Beelzebub, Moloch, Belial, Mammon — all perfectly distinct ; all speaking a leviathan language, which, in all, however, is modified by the character of each, and in none sinks into mannerism. If Milton had not been the greatest of epic poets, he might have been the second of dramatists. Macaulay has admirably shown how, or rather that Shakspeare has preserved the distinction between similar char- acters, such as Hotspur and Falconbridge ; and conceded even t©, Madame D'Arblay a portion of the same power, in depicting several individuals, all young, all clever, all clergymen, all in love, and yet all unlike each other. But Milton has performed a much more difficult achievement. He has re* 244 PARADISE LOST. presented five devils, all fallen, all eloquent, all in torment, hate, and hell, and yet all so distinct that you could with difficulty interchange a line of the utterances of each. None but Satan, the incarnation of egotism, could have said — '• What matter where, if I be still the same ?'• None but Moloch — the rash and desperate — could thus abruptly have broken silence — ;i My sentence is for open war." None but Belial — the subtile, far-revolving fiend — could have spoken of " Those thoughts that wander through eternity." None but Mammon — the down-looking demon — would ever, alluding to the subterranean riches of Hell, have asked the question — '• What can Heaven show more ?" Or, who but Beelzebub, the Metternich of Pandemonium, would have com- menced his oration with such grave, terrific irony as — '• Thrones, and imperial powers, offspring of Heaven, Etheroal virtues, or these titles now v Must wo renounce, and changing style, be called I'rince»